CD A U.S. Environmental Protection Agency Industrial Environmental Research
mmm f\ Off ice of Research and Development Laboratory
Off ice of Research and Development  Laboratory               _   .
                Research Triangle Park, North Carolina 27711 MaTCh
                                   EPA-600/7-78-043
           TECHNICAL MANUAL: A SURVEY OF
           EQUIPMENT AND METHODS FOR
           PARTICULATE SAMPLING IN
           INDUSTRIAL PROCESS STREAMS
           Interagency
           Energy-Environment
           Research and Development
           Program Report

-------
                 RESEARCH REPORTING SERIES


Research reports of the Office of Research and Development, U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, have been grouped into nine series. These nine broad cate-
gories were established to facilitate further development and application of en-
vironmental technology. Elimination  of  traditional grouping was consciously
planned to foster technology transfer and a maximum interface in related fields.
The nine series are:

    1. Environmental Health Effects Research

    2. Environmental Protection Technology

    3. Ecological Research

    4. Environmental Monitoring

    5. Socioeconomic Environmental Studies

    6. Scientific and Technical Assessment Reports (STAR)

    7. Interagency Energy-Environment Research and Development

    8. "Special" Reports

    9. Miscellaneous Reports

This report has been assigned to the INTERAGENCY ENERGY-ENVIRONMENT
RESEARCH AND  DEVELOPMENT series. Reports in this series result from the
effort funded  under the 17-agency Federal Energy/Environment Research and
Development Program. These  studies relate to EPA's mission to protect the public
health and welfare from  adverse effects of pollutants associated with energy sys-
tems. The goal of the Program  is to assure the rapid development of domestic
energy supplies in an environmentally-compatible manner by providing the nec-
essary environmental data and control technology. Investigations include analy-
ses of the transport of energy-related pollutants and their health and ecological
effects;  assessments of, and  development  of, control  technologies for energy
systems; and integrated assessments  of a wide range of energy-related environ--
mental  issues.
                       EPA REVIEW NOTICE
This report has been reviewed by the participating Federal Agencies, and approved
for  publication. Approval does not signify that the contents necessarily reflect
the  views and policies of the Government, nor does mention of trade names or
commercial products constitute endorsement or recommendation for use.

This document is available to the public through the National Technical Informa-
tion Service, Springfield, Virginia 22161.

-------
                                       EPA-600/7-78-043
                                             March 1978
   TECHNICAL MANUAL: A SURVEY OF
      EQUIPMENT AND  METHODS FOR
PARTICULATE SAMPLING IN INDUSTRIAL
              PROCESS STREAMS
                           by

               W. B. Smith, P. R. Cavanaugh, and R. R. Wilson

                    Southern Research Institute
                     2000 Ninth Avenue, South
                    Birmingham, Alabama 35205
                     Contract No. 68-02-2131
                        T. D. 10904A
                    Program Element No. EHE624
                  EPA Project Officer: D. Bruce Harris

                Industrial Environmental Research Laboratory
                 Office of Energy, Minerals and Industry
                  Research Triangle Park, N.C. 27711
                        Prepared for

               U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                  Office of Research and Development
                     Washington, D.C. 20460
                                      Chicago,
77*»#*SeKS»
rh raeo. li- °uuu

-------
                         ABSTRACT
*nrf  .Jhjs.technical manual lists and describes the instruments
and  techniques that are available for measuring the concent?a-

            F—n-^^-s i^srs

                **  °
cess streams.


strumpnfQ **vTH *8 t™*  exPerCental method's'and'prototjpe in-
struments   TO the extent  that the  information could be  found

an evaluation  of the performance" of each instrument is inSlCded.



     The manual describes  instruments and procedures for measur-


I?9aTsoSinc?S^rati°n^ °PaSity' and Part?cle size distribution
for contro? Sf ? Procedures for planning and  implementing tests

b?bl?ography   CS evaluatlon' a glossary,  and an extensive

-------
                              CONTENTS
                                                                Page

Abstract	  ii
Figures	  yi
Tables	-.'....!!!!!!!!!!  xi
Acknowledgement	  xii

     1.    Introduction	    1
     2.    Mass Concentration	 [    2
               Filtration	    2
                    Introduction	    2
                    EPA Test Method 5	.	    3
                         Nozzle	    4
                         Probe	    7
                         Pitot Tube	    7
                         Particulate Sample Collector	    8
                         Gaseous Sample Collector	    8
                         Sampling Box	    9
                         Meter Box	  10
                         Performance	  10

                    ASTM - Test Method	  14
                    ASME Performance Test Code 27	  15
                         Isokinetic Sampling	  17
                    High Volume Samplers	  18
                    Filter Materials	  20
                    Summary.	  22
               Process Monitors	  23
                    Introduction	  23
                    Beta Particle Attenuation Monitors	  24
                         Instrument Development	  26
                         Performance. ..	  29
                         Summary.	  33
                    Piezoelectric Mass Monitors	  33
                         Performance	  39
                              Temperature	  40
                              Humidity...	  40
                              Particle collection
                                characteristics	  41
                              Linear  response limit	  42
                              Considerations for  stack
                                application	  43
                         Summary.	  44
                               iii

-------
                   CONTENTS  (CO.NT)


               Charge Transfer	     45
                     Instrument Development	     46
                     Performance	     48
                     Summary	     50
               Optical Methods	     51
                     Conventional  Transmissometers	     51
                          Summary	     58
                     Other Optical Methods..	     58
                          Multiple-wavelength  transmis-
                            someters		     58
                          Light scattering	     62
                     Other Methods	     78
 3.   Opac i ty	_	     g 0
 4.   Particle Size Distributions	...................     93
          Established Techniques	     93
               Field Measurements	     93
                     Aerodynamic Methods	     93
                          Cascade  impactors	     94
                          Cyclones	    109
                     Optical Particle Counters	    118
                     Diffusion Batteries with Condensa-
                      tion Nuclei Counters	    126
                     Electrical Mobility.	    134
               Laboratory Measurements	    140
                     Sedimentation and Elutriation	    140
                    Centrifuges	    143
                     Microscopy..	    145
                    Sieves..	    151
                    Coulter Counter	'.    153
          New Techniques	    153
               Low Pressure Impactors.	    153
               Impactors with Beta Radiation Attenua-
                 tion Sensors	    155
               Cascade Impactors with Piezoelectric
                 Crystal Sensors	    158
               Virtual Impactors	. ,	    160
               Optical Measurement Techniques	    163
               Hot Wire Anemometry	    170
               Large Volume Samplers	    171
5.   Control Device Evaluation	    173
          Objectives of Control Device Tests		    173
          Type and Number  of Tests Required	    174
          General Problems and Considerations	    176
               Plant Location	    177
               Laboratory  Space...	    177
               Sampling Location  and Accessibility.....    177
               Power Requirements	    178
                             IV

-------
                    CONTENTS (CONT)


               Type of Ports	   178
               Flue Gas Velocity and Nozzle Sizes	   178
               Duct Size	   179
               Gas Temperature and Dew Point	   179
               Water Droplets and Corrosive Gases	   180
               Volatile Components	   180
               Process Cycles and Feedstock
                 Variations.	   181
               Long and Short Sampling Times	   181
               Planning a Field Test.	   182
6.    Summary	   184
     References	   186
     Glossary. . .	   206
     Bibliography	   218

-------
                              FIGURES

Number
   5                                           £or
7
8
  9  wwa^iuy ut smoKe plumes containing particles of
       fnn^rent ?izes.and refractive indexes as a
       function of their mass concentration.  After
                                                              Page
   1  The EPA Method 5 particulate sampling train. . . ........     5

   2  ASTM type particulate sampling train ....... ........ ...    16

   3  Schematic flow diagram of a typical RAC Automatic
        Stack Monitor System installation. (Drawing  not
        scale.)   Used by permission ..... ........ ... .........    28



   4                             ™1'.^.??^..    3S
   6

                 '  8   a	     36
      Two  types  of particle  collectors  for  piezoelectric
       monitors   A.  Electrostatic precipitation
       B.   Impaction.  After Daley  and  Lundgren.56 .........     33

      A £JS?Jble stack >mPling system  using  a proposed
       double sampling diluter and  a piezoelectric
       microbalance sensor.  After  Semf ' et al.53 ...........     45
                                	     52

                           tion relationship of laboratory
       A-**    Z	-"^.v. power plant emissions with
       different particle sizes.  After Connor.71.!";.	     54


 11  ^menis^rpfrticulatrm °pacity and mass measure-

                                             •  **'•••••*••     .DO
 12
                              VI

-------
                          FIGURES (CONT)

Number                                                        Page

  13  Opacity - mass concentration relationship for various
        industrial sources.  After Reisman, et al.78	    59

  14  Mean extinction coefficient as a function of the
        phase shift parameter p   .   After Dobbins and
        Jizmagian. 8 °	.v.s.*	    60

  15  Results of monochromatic vs. white-light optical
        density measurements made on sludge incinerator
        emissions.  After Reisman, et al.78	    63

  16  Scattering function vs. particle radius for several
        refractive indices.  After Quensel.83	    65

  17  Optical assembly diagram of a nephelometer used in
        stack monitoring.  The scattering angle 9, for
        any light ray from the source, is the angle be-
        tween the ray and the horizontal line a.  From
        Ensor and Bevan.8 5	    66

  18  Mass correlation data taken with the Plant Process
        Viscometer at the inlet and outlet of a particulate
        scrubber on a coal-fired utility boiler.  After
        Ensor, et al.88..	    68

  19  Effect of particle size distribution on particle
        volume concentration/scattering coefficient.
        From Ensor, et al.8 8	    69

  20  Optical diagram of the PILLS V instrument.  From
        Schmitt, etal.91	    70

  21  Theoretical response of PILLS V vs. particle size.
        Calculations for log-normal size distributions with
        geometric standard deviations of 1.65 and varying
        number mean diameter.  From Schmitt, et al.93	    72

  22  Schematic of Laser-TV Monitor.  After Tipton.96	    77

  23  Schematic of a transmissometer showing projection
        and viewing angles which must be no greater than
        5° for EPA compliance	    82

  24  A typical double pass in situ transmissometer design.
        After Nader.7 9	    83
                               VII

-------
                          FIGURES (CONT)

Number                                                        Page


  25  A single pass transmissometer design.  After
        Haville1 °3		    85

  26  Effluent transmittance vs. in stack transmittance for
        varying ratios of stack exit diameter to in stack
        path length:  A = 1/4, B = 1/2, C = 3/4, D = 1,
        E = 4/3, F=2, G = 4.  After Nader.105	    87

  27  Particle extinction coefficients for various aerosols
        over three scattering regions:  Reyleigh, Mie, and
        Geometric....	    90

  28  Schematic diagram, operation of cascade impactor	    95

  29  Approximate relationship among jet diameter, number
        of jets per stage,  jet velocity, and stage cut
        point for circular  jet impactors.  From Smith
        and McCain.l23	f f    97

  30  Design chart for  round impactors.  (D50 = aerodynamic
        diameter at 50% cut point.)   After Marple.112	...    98

  31  Schematics of five commercial  cascade impactors	   105

  32  Calibration of an Anderson Mark III impactor.   Collec-
        tion efficiency vs.  particle size for stages 1
        through 8.   After Gushing,  et al.117		   108

  33  Hypothetical flow through typical reverse flow
        cyclone	   110

  34  Comparison of  cascade  impactor stage with cyclone
        collection efficiency curve	   112

  35  Series cyclone used in the U.S.S.R.  for  sizing flue
        gas  aerosol  particles.   From Rusanov.132	   114

  36  Schematic of the  Southern Research Institute Three
        Series  Cyclone  System	   115

  37  Comparison of  Southern Research Institute Three Series
        Cyclone System  data  with cascade impactor  curve
        After Gooding. 13'*.	-f    116

  38   The  EPA/Southern  Research Institute  Five  Series
        Cyclone System			^	    117


                                viii

-------
                          FIGURES (CONT)

Number                                                        Page


  39  Laboratory calibration of the EPA/Southern Research
        Institute Five Series Cyclone System.   (Flow rate
        of 28.3 &/rain, temperature of 20°C, and particle
        density of 1 g/cm3.)....	   119

  40  Schematic of the Acurex-Aerotherm Source Assessment
        Sampling System (SASS)	.. .	   120

  41  Schematic of an optical single particle counter	   121

  42  Experimental calibration curves for two optical
        particle counters.  After Willeke and Liu.136	   123

  43  Optical configurations for six commercial particle
        counters	   124

  44  A rectangular channel diffusion battery	   127

  45  Screen type diffusion battery.  The battery is 21 cm
        long, 4 cm in diameter, and contains 55,635 mesh
        stainless steel screens.  After Sinclair . 1 "*5	...   128

  46  Diagram of a condensation nuclei  counter.  After
        Haber 1 and Fusco.1 "**	   130

  47  Diffusion battery and condensation nuclei counter
        layout for fine particle sizing...	   132

  48  Theoretical parallel plate diffusion battery penetra-
        tion curves	   133

  49  Particle mobility as a function of diameter for
        shellac aerosol particles charged in a positive
        ion field.  K is the dielectric constant of the
        aerosol particles.  After Cochet and Trillat.155	   135

  50  The  electric mobility principle..	   137

  51  Schematic of the Thermosystems Model 3030 Electrical
        Aerosol Analyser.   After Sem.158	   138

  52  The  Roller elutriator.   After  Allen.160	   142

  53  The  Bahco microparticle classifier		   144
                                ix

-------
                         FIGURES (CONT)

Number                                                        Page


  54  A cut-away sketch of the Goetz Aerosol Spectrometer
        spiral centrifuge.  In assembled form the vertical
        axes (1)  coincide and the horizontal arrows (2)
        coincide.  After Gerber. 16I*		...   145

  55  Cross-sectional sketch of the Stober Centrifuge.
        After Stober and Flachsbart. 16 5		....   147

  56  Cross-sectional sketch of a conifuge		   148

  57  Three diameters used to estimate particle size in
        microscopic analysis	   150

  58  Operating principle of the  Coulter counter.  Courtesy
        of Coulter Electronics		..   154

  59  Cross section of prototype  Mark IV University of
        Washington Source Test Cascade Impactor	   156

  60  Sampling  train utilizing a  low pressure impactor.
        After Pilat.176			   157

  61  Particle  deposition and' ^-attenuation  with  a.  a
        continuously moving  tape,  and b.  a stationary
        tape  that is stepped forward periodically	   159

  62  Virtual impactors (centripeters,  dichotomus samplers,
        stagnation impactors)  a.  impingement  into a  stag-
        nant  air  space;  b. opposed  axisymmetric jets	   161

  63  Scattered light  intensity versus  scattering angle
        for two spherical particles  of  equal  diameter.
        The solid curve  is for a glassy,  non-absorbing
        sphere and the  dashed  curve  is  for an absorbing
        sphere.   After  Gravatt. 1 9 l			   165

  64   A  system for  collecting  large  volume samples from
        industrial  process streams.   After McFarland
        and Bertch.1206		._	   172

-------
                               TABLES

Number                                                        Page

   1  Sampling Systems for Testing by EPA Method 5	     6

   2  Overall Comparison	    20

   3  Glass Fiber Filter Products	    20

   4  Typical Flue Gas Conditions and Operating Variables
        for CPM Calibration (after Wostradowski95)....	    74

   5  Linear Regression Results of CPM Calibration Curves
        for Each Mill (after Wostradowski95)	    74

   6  Comparison of Correlation Data with Particulate
        Characteristics (after Wostradowski 9 5)	    75

   7  Relative PILLS V Response as a Function of Salt Con-
        centration and Color of the Extracted Dust Samples
        from Mill B (after Wostradowski95)	    75

   8  Field Test Results.   (Results in Grains/Standard ft3.
        After Tipton9 6)	    78

   9  Commercial Cascade Impactor Sampling Systems	    99

  10  Cascade Impactor Stage Parameters,  Andersen Mark III
        Stack Sampler	   100

  11  Cascade Impactor Stage Parameters,  Modified Brink
        Model B Cascade Impactor	   101

  12  Cascade Impactor Stage Parameters,  MRI Model 1502
        Inertial Cascade Impactors	   102

  13  Cascade Impactor Stage Parameters,  Sierra Model 226
        Source Sampler	   103

  14  Cascade Impactor Stage Parameters,  University  of
        Washington Mark  III Source Test Cascade Impactor	   104

  15  Characteristics  of Commercial,  Optical,  Particle
        Counters	^	          -125

  16  Comparison Table of  Common Sieve Series	   152

  17  Particulate Control  Device Tests	   133
  18   Status  of  Particulate  Sampling  Methods  for  Process
       Streams	
                              XI
                                                               185

-------
                          ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

     Members of the Southern Research Institute staff who helped
to write and edit this report are William Farthing, Kenneth M.
Gushing, Joseph D. McCain, Charles Feazel, and James Ragland.
Don Davis and Michael Myers were the illustrators.  Doris Thrower,
Ann Billingsley, and Anne Smith prepared the manuscript; and
Dorothy Reedy prepared the bibliography.  The assistance and coop-
eration of all are appreciated.
                               xii

-------
                            SECTION I

                          INTRODUCTION

     The purpose of this manual is to list and describe the in-
struments and techniques that are available for measuring the
concentration or size distribution of particles suspended in
process streams.  The standard, or well established methods are
described as well as some experimental methods and prototype in-
struments.  To the extent that the information could be found,
an evaluation of the performance of each instrument is included.
It is not within the scope of this document to train personnel
to make the measurements, but to provide a project leader with
enough information to select intelligently the methods and in-
struments to be used.

     Section II contains descriptions of instruments and procedures
for measuring mass concentrations, Section III is devoted to
measurements of opacity, Section IV to particle-size measurements,
and Section V specifically to control device evaluation.  Section
VI is a brief summary of the status of instruments that are in
use or under development for sampling particulate matter in process
streams.  Also, a glossary and extensive bibliography are included.

-------
                             SECTION  II

                        MASS CONCENTRATION
 FILTRATION
 Introduction

      Particulate mass concentration measurement methods  using
 filtration as the means of sample collection can be classified
 according to the sampling flow rate used and the location of
 the filter in or out of the process stream.  Low sampling flow
 rate methods usually sample in the 14.2 £/min  (1/2 ft3/min)
 to 42.5 jt/min (1 1/2 ft'/min)  range.  High flow rate methods
 usually operate above 142 £/min (5 ft3/min).  Use of a filter
 located outside the confines of the process stream is referred
 to as  an extractive method.   Use of the filter located in the
 process stream is referred to as an in situ method.

     Various organizations have promulgated specific procedures
 and  sampling train  designs for  one or  more  of  these methods.
 The  EPA Test Method 5'  specifies  the  use of an  extractive sampler
 Sampling trains constructed to meet Method 5 specifications were
 initially  designed  to operate at  flow  rates up  to  28.3  £/min
 (1 ftVmin);  but, recently a 113 £/min (4 SCFM)  extractive sam-
 pler has been  developed which  (reportedly)  complies with  the
 Method  5 specifications.   The proposed EPA  Test Method  17 speci-
 fies the use of  in  situ sampling.2  The  American Society  for
 Testing Materials (ASTM) specifies an  in situ sampler.3   The
 American Society of Mechanical Engineers  (ASME) Performance
 Test Code  27 specifies the use of either an in situ or extractive
 sampler.*  The ASME will soon be releasing a new Performance
Test Code  38 which will supercede the  Performance Test Code 27.

-------
The Industrial Gas Cleaning Institute  (IGCI Pub. No. 101) and
Western Precipitation Company  (Bulletin WP50) have also  suggested
sampling methods.

EPA Test Method 5

     Official performance testing of stationary sources  for
particulate emissions must be conducted with the EPA Test Method
5 "Determination of Particulate Emission from Stationary Sources".1
The stationary sources covered include new steam boilers, in-
cinerators, cement plants, pulp and paper mills, and the like.
All states require the use of some form of the Method 5  train
for compliance testing.  Method 5 relies on the removal or extrac-
tion of a dust laden gaseous sample from the duct or stack fol-
lowed by the subsequent removal of the particles on a filter
with concurrent measurement of the sample volume to determine
particulate concentration.

     With EPA Method 5, one obtains a measure of the average
particulate mass concentration for the cross-sectional area
of the duct during the time sampling takes place.  However,
only the particles that are present at or below 120°C are detec-
ted.  The particulate concentration is expressed in terms of
the dry component of the stack gas, excluding the component
contributed by water and other vapors.  (Regulations in some
states include the wet component.)  Finally, this concentration
is expressed as the concentration that would be present under
conditions of standard temperature and pressure.

     A sample is removed from the duct by using a prescribed
traversing procedure which involves drawing portions of the
sample from different points within the duct.  This procedure
yields, in effect, an approximate integration of collected mass
and sample volume over the cross-sectional area of the duct.

-------
      Before  sampling, however,  it  is necessary  to determine  the
 number  of  sampling points.  EPA Test Method  1 "Sample  and  Velo-
 city Traverse for Stationary Sources"5 describes the computations
 used to determine the number of sampling points for both the  velo-
 city traverse and mass sampling traverse.  The number  of points
 will depend on the size and shape of the duct.  The velocity  tra-
 verse is performed before the mass sampling  traverse using EPA
 Test Method 2 "Determination of Stack Gas Velocity and Volumetric
 Flow Rate".6  The velocity information is used to select the  proper
 nozzle size and to determine the average stack velocity from  which
 the average volumetric flow rate is determined.   The average  volu-
 metric flow rate along with the average participate concentration
 obtained.by Method 5 is used to determine the average mass emis-
 sion rate.

      Method 5 requires that isokinetic  sampling  conditions be main-
 tained.   Thus,  at each traverse point,  the  sample  velocity at that
 point  is adjusted to  equal the  gas  velocity in the  duct.

     The Federal  Register  gives detailed  specification  for  the
 apparatus comprising  the sampling train which must  be used  to
 properly conduct  a Method  5  test.   The  sampling  train consists
 of  a nozzle,  probe, pitot  tube,  particulate  sample collector,
 gaseous  sample collector,  sampling  box, and meter set;  refer  to
 Figure 1.   The user can either  construct  his  own sampling  train
 by  following  the  specifications7 or he can use one of the many
 commercial  models available  (see Table I).
Nozzle—
     The nozzle removes the sample from the gas stream and has
several restrictions to its use.  It should disturb the gas flow
as little as possible, or the sample will not be representative.
A thin wall, sharp edged, nozzle disturbs the flow the least.
The nozzle should be of a size to permit isokinetic sampling and

-------
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
  PROBE
I
                          HEATED
                          AREA
FILTER HOLDER
REVERSE-TYPE
PITOT TUBE
             I
                 PITOT
                 MANOMETER
                           THERMOM
                      ETERS
                ORIFICE
                                         IMPINGER TRAIN OPTIONAL:
                                         MAY BE REPLACED BY AN
                                         EQUIVALENT CONDENSER
                                                  THERMOMETER
                                 CHECK
                                 VALVE
           BY-PASS
           VALVE
                                    "•'    itXW-tX*
                                                 MAIN
                                                 VALVE
           MANOMETER    DRY TEST METER   AIR TIGHT PUMP
               Figure 1. The EPA Method 5 paniculate sampling train.
                                             VACUUM LINE
                                                                  0700-14.16
                                                                  3630-201

-------
                   TABLE I.  SAMPLING SYSTEMS FOR TESTING BY EPA METHOD 5
en
              Company

      Aerotherm-Acurex


      Glass  Innovations,  Inc.


      Joy Manufacturing Co.
Lear Siegler, Inc./
  Environmental Tech-
  nology Div.

Misco International
  Chemicals, Inc.

Research Appliance
  Company

Scientific Glass &
  Instruments, Inc.
        Address

485 Clyde Avenue,
Mountain View, CA 94042

P.O. Box B
Addison, NY 14801

Commerce Road
Montgomeryville, PA 18936

One Inverness Dr. East
Englewood,  CA 80110
                                1021 S. Noel Avenue
                                Wheeling, IL 60090

                                Pioneer and Hardies Rd,
                                Gibsonia, PA 15044

                                7246 Wynnewood
                                Houston, TX 77001
                                                              Train Title
                                                       High Volume Stack Sampler
                                                       The Source Sampler
                                                       Emission Parameter Analyzer
                                                            PM100 Manual Stack Sampler
                            Stack Source Sampler
                            Staksamplr
                            Stack-0-Lator
     Note:  Most companies will supply filters for use with their trains upon request.

-------
 to  allow  easy  access.   A  buttonhook  nozzle  is  usually used,  since
 it  has  the  advantage of requiring  a  minimum porthole  size  of 6.4
 cm  (1 1/2 in.).  A  set  of  nozzles, 0.32  cm  (1/8  in.)  up to 1.27
 cm  (1/2 in.) inside diameter of  0.16 cm  (1/16  in.)  increments is
 usually sufficient  for  routine stack sampling  applications.

 Probe—
     The probe removes  the sampled stream from the  stack.  The
 major requirement is that  it does  not  significantly alter  the
 sample from stack conditions.  The sample temperature may  be allowed
 to  fall below  the gas temperature  in the duct, and  the filter box
 can be no hotter than 120°C±14°C;  except for fossil fueled power
 plants, where  the maximum  is 160°C.   If  the aerosol temperature
 falls too low, water and other condensible  vapors in  the sample
 stream begin to condense,  which quickly  leads  to clogging  of the
 filter media.  Method 5 stipulates the use  of  heat  resistant glass
 sampling lines for probes  less than  2.5 meter  (8 ft.)  in length.
Glass probe liners,  as  compared to metal probe liners,  are de-
sirable because of the  ease and completeness with which glass can
be cleaned and because  glass is chemically  inert.   However,  to
prevent breakage in lengths over 2.5 meters, Method 5  permits the
use of approved steel probes.  New regulations require  a thermo-
couple to be attached to the probe end for monitoring  the  stack
gas temperature.

Pitot Tube—

     A pitot tube is attached to the probe  to  monitor  the  gas velo-
 city.  A pressure drop, which is generated  by  the gas  velocity
 in the duct, is monitored  to insure  isdkinetic sampling velocities.
Method 5 specifies a Stausscheibe type, also called the S-type
or reversed pitot.  This pitot is used instead of a standard type
 (Prandt) because of the clogging tendency of the standard  type

-------
 in heavy dust laden streams.  The S-type has two main advantages:
 it is easy to construct and, because of its design, it shows
 a larger difference in pressure for the same gas velocity, than
 the standard.  At extremely low or high velocities, the pitot
 method is inaccurate and unreliable.  Calibration of a properly
 constructed S-type pitot tube is not required.

 Particulate Sample Collector—

      The glass fiber filter should be at least 99.95% efficient
 for  collection of 0.3 micron dioctylpthalate smoke particles.
 It must  also  be  inert to chemical reactions.  There are sometimes
 problems with unknown efficiency characteristics of the glass
 fiber  filter. Method 5 requires a filter  efficiency test to
 be performed, unless the test  data from the suppliers  quality
 control  program  indicates  that  the filter  has  sufficient  collection
 efficiency.

     The  cyclone,  which is  available with many  commercial trains,
 is not required  by Method  5.   Its  use results  in the removal
 of larger particles,  thus allowing for  longer sampling  times
 by preventing early  blocking of  the filter.

 Gaseous Sample Collector —

     Gas absorbers are  generally called  impingers or bubblers.
 There are four impingers in the Method  5 sample  train.  They
 remove the water, gases, vapor and condensible particulate matter
 and allow the moisture content of the gas stream to  be determined.
Condensible particulate matter is defined as that which is formed
 by either coalescing of ultrafine particles or by condensation
of gases upon temperature reduction.  All impingers  are of the
Greenberg-Smith type.  The first impinger cools the hot gases
and provides for  some gas absorption/condensation.  The second
impinger  is  for fine particulate removal and final gas absorption.
                                8

-------
The third impinger is a dry type used to collect any carryover
from the previous impingers.  The last impinger contains silica
gel for the final removal of all water vapor.  By removing the
water vapor, the silica gel serves to protect the working parts
of the vaccuum pump and dry gas meter.  There are two other items
in the impinger train for the protection of the metering system
and sample.  The first is a thermometer so that the temperature
of the exit gas from the bubblers can be kept low enough to protect
the metering system.  The second item is a check valve which
primarily protects the sample by preventing any backflow through
the sample.  When the filter becomes loaded, a partial vacuum
is created between the filter and impingers.  If a check valve
is not used, or if the valve sticks when the pump is turned off,
the water in the first bubbler can be drawn back up into the
filter holder.  Also, if the stack is at a significant negative
pressure, the vacuum created between the filter and the stack
would add to the vacuum created by the loading effect and could
result in a ruptured filter.

     The EPA and some states do not require the measurement of
the condensible particulate fraction and hence the impingers
are not specifically required.  The fragile glass impinger train
may be replaced by a suitable condenser.  The condenser may be
as simple as a piece of coiled tubing immersed in an ice bath.
The condenser should be followed by a silica gel drying tube
to collect the remaining moisture and protect the vacuum pump
and dry gas meter.

Sampling Box—

     The sampling box serves to hold the probe, the filter holder,
the impinger train and its ice bath.  The filter holder is con-
tained in a heated area of the sampling box and must be kept
below 120°C±14°C.   These areas must be well insulated and water
tight.   There are many choices of sample box supports available

-------
  with  commercial  sampling  trains.   Several  use an overhead rail-
  type  support while  others use  supports  on  which  the  box slides.
  Where the  condensable  particulate  fraction is not required by
  state regulation  or  is of no interest,  the sampling  box can be
  simplified.8  The impingers/condenser,  then,  can be  located remotely
  from  the sampling box,  with the connection to the filter  made
  by means of  an umbilical  cord.
 Meter Box—
      The meter or control box contains the following items:
 a vacuum pump capable of maintaining isokinetic flows during
 heavy filter loadings,• a control valve to vary the sample stream
 flow rate; a vacuum gauge for measuring the sample stream pres-
 sure; a dry gas meter equipped with temperature measuring de-
 vices at inlet and outlet for determining the sample volume,
 a calibrated orifice meter which is used to monitor the sample
 stream flow rate;  two pressure gauges,  one to measure the pitot
 tube pressure drop,  and  the  other  to measure the orifice meter
 pressure drop;  a variable voltage  power supply to maintain the
 probe and filter  box at  their respective temperature  by means
 of  their individual  heaters;  and a  pyrometer  or  a potentiometer
 suitably calibrated  for  thermocouple measurements of  the duct
 and  filter  box  temperature.

      Calibration requirements  are discussed  in the EPA  maintenance
 procedures.'  Critical laboratory calibrations include  the orifice
 meter, dry gas meter, and pitot  tube.   Calibration of the orifice
 meter and dry gas meter requires the  use of a wet  gas meter.
Various  other common laboratory  instruments are required  for
 the maintenance and calibration  of the  other system components.
Performance—
     An inherent limitation of the Method 5, indeed, of all
stack sampling systems, is the inability to obtain particulate
                               10

-------
 matter  in  the  same  state  as  it  exists when  the  plume  mixes  with
 the  atmosphere.   This  change  to atmospheric conditions  may  re-
 sult in particulate matter being formed  in  the  plume  that was
 not  present  in the  stack.  In its original  form, Method 5 also
 captured the particulate  matter  that occurred after the sampled
 gas  was quenched  in an ice bath  and thus  it attributed  to the
 plume, particulate matter that,  it was expected, did  not occur
 in the actual plume.   The present form does not include the  im-
 pinger catch.  Tests were performed that  compared EPA Method
 5, including impingers with the  commonly  used alundum thimble
 method, which followed ASME guidelines, and with the  thimble
 located out of stack.   Simultaneous determination of  particulate
 mass concentration were made  on  the flue  gas from a furnace burn-
 ing  about  34.0 kg/hr  (75  Ib/hr)  of low-sulfur lignite to yield
 dust concentrations of 1.14 to  0.02 gm/m3  (0.5  to 0.09  grain/SCF).
 The  two methods agreed within 5%  at the higher concentration
 and  the impinger residues were not significant.  At the low con-
 centration the EPA train yielded  values from 50 to 200% greater
 than the ASME train, and the  impinger residues constituted a
 substantial part of the total weight.10

     The performance of the Method 5 has  been compared  with a
 newly developed dilution source sampling  system.11  This system
 uses dry atmospheric air to withdraw a sample from a  process
gas stream and simultaneously dilute and cool it with atmospheric
 air to ambient temperature and pressure in ways that  replicate
 the way actual plumes  reach equilibrium with the atmosphere.
Tests of the diluter and Method 5 were simultaneously conducted
on the exhaust of a coal-fired stoker furnace with over-fired
oil.   Results from one test showed the dilution sampling system
recorded particulate concentration 7.2% larger than that recorded
 by Method 5.  A second test of the diluter and an in-stack impactor
 showed the existence of submicron particles, that would  be emitted
 to the atmosphere, that were  not present at stack gas temperature.
Since, for most sources, particularly coal-fired boilers, submicron
                                11

-------
 particles  comprise  only  a  small  fraction  of  the  total  mass,  this
 occurrence is  insignificant  when measuring mass  concentration.
 However,  fine  particles  would  be important for the  characteri-
 zation  of  plumes.

     A  possible  problem, one that  is  just the opposite of  the
 first problem  discussed, is  the  measurement  of "false  particles"
 in  the  sampling  process.   For  example, particles  collected early
 in  the  run and distributed along the  probe walls  and in the  filter
 provide a  large  surface  area continually  exposed  to the fresh
 sample.  There is thus an  opportunity for catalytic oxidation
 of  S02  and S03 ,  physi- and chemisorption  of  organic vapors on
 particulate surfaces, or compound  conversion; or  if cooling  of
 the sample gas occurs, sulfuric  acid  can  condense to an aerosol.
 A study done on  oil-fired  boilers  indicated  that Method 5  proce-
 dure does  not  lead  to the  formation of false particles for that
 source, except when the S03 concentration and external filter
 temperature permit  condensation  of sulfuric  acid.12

     A  study performed on  glass-fiber filter media  did show  a
 reaction between the SO  component in the process stream and
                       A
 the filter media.13'11*  However, this reaction was  found to  be
 active primarily at high process stream temperatures.   At  120°C,
 the Method  5 sampling temperature,  the weight gains due to SO
                                                             J\
 reaction did not exceed l.mg for 47 mm diameter filters.

     Another problem arises when the humidity of the process
 stream is high.  The sampling flow rate is measured by  refer-
 ring to the pressure drop across the orifice meter  after the
water vapor has been removed by  the impingers.  Therefore, the
measured volumetric flow rate through the orifice is always  less
 than the actual volumetric flow  rate through the nozzle.   This
may produce an anisokinetic sampling condition.  For example,
when sampling a stack whose moisture content during sampling
shows a 2% drop,  from 10% to 8%, an error of approximately 2.2%
                               12

-------
will be reflected in the measured volumetric  flow rate.  But
when sampling a stack where moisture content  was calculated to
be 90% and the average moisture content during sampling shows
a 2% drop to 88%, an error of approximately 16.7% will be re-
flected in the measured volumetric flow rate.  Such an error
is enough to invalidate the test, as the percent isokineticity
will fall outside the 90 to 110% range.  An experimental method
to overcome this problem is described by Patankar and Ott.15


     Probe loss studies in the Method 5 probe have shown that
deposition of particles in the heated probe ranged from 10% for
a 2 pro MMD aerosol to 97% for a 17 \im MMD aerosol.16  Such high
probe deposition indicates the need for consistent, thorough
probe washing procedures.
     Studies have been performed to determine the precision obtain-
able with the Method 5 and the clarity of its instructions.  A
series of collaborative tests were performed by Hamil et al.
on fossil fuel-fired steam generators,17 Portland cement plants,18
and municipal incinerators.19'20  A collaborative test involves
several laboratories simultaneously conducting tests on a common
source.  There tests were performed in a "real world" manner;
this involves no interaction between collaborating laboratories
or outside supervision, which would bias the results.

     The results of the collaborative tests are expressed as stan-
dard deviations of three principal components:

     a^ - the between-laboratory standard deviation.  This repre-
          sents the total variation in a result, composed of with-
          in-laboratory and laboratory bias components.  The
          between-laboratory variance can be written as

                  "
                               13

-------
       a - the within-laboratory standard deviation.  This repre-
           sents the ordinary sampling error in replicate runs made
           at the same mass concentration by the same laboratory
           te am.

      aL - the laboratory bias standard deviation.  This represents
           the variation that can be expected between two independent
           laboratory teams determining results at the same mass con-
           centration.   This variation is attributable to such fac-
           tors as  different operation, equipment, and analysis.

 The  most  recent collaborative test,20  performed on an incinerator,
 produced  the following  results:

      ab =  12'1%           a = 10.4%           a  = 6.1%
                                                LI
 These estimates were considerably  lower  than those obtained  in
 the  first  collaborative  tests.17'18'19   The  test study  attributed
 the  improved results to  the use  of  more  experienced laboratory col-
 laborators,  the  performance of more frequent calibration  checks
 and  rechecks,  the revision  of the Method  5  sample handling and
 recovery procedures, more reliable  statistics,  and the  absence
 of the "high value"  effects  found in the  first  collaborative
 tests.  The  "high value" effects were  thought  to  be due to the
 accidental scraping  of the  particulate matter  adhering  to the
 stack wall into  the  sampling probe  tip during  the  probes' inser-
 tion and removal through the sampling port.

ASTM - Test Method

     Both the ASTM and the ASME provide specifications for in
situ samplers.  The ASTM Method is similar to the  EPA Test Method
5.  The  main difference is the use of an instack  filter with
no restrictions on the sampling flow rate used.  However, the
                               14

-------
sizes of the sampler components  (tubing, filter holder,  etc.)
usually place an upper limit on  the flow rate.  With  the ASTM
arrangement, shown in Figure 2,  a thimble-shaped  filter  is used
to sample high mass concentrations.  The pitot tube and  the other
parts are similar to the Method  5 sampler.  External  heating
of the filter by auxiliary equipment is usually not needed.
However, the filter should be preheated by locating the  filter
in the process stream for at least 30 minutes to  insure  that
the temperature of the filter is in equilibrium with  the tempera-
ture of the process stream.  When inserting the filter for pre-
heating, the nozzle must be pointed in the downstream direction
of the gas flow.  This orientation will prevent pretest  collec-
tion of particulate matter.  Also, when inserting the filter
into a duct not at ambient pressure, the sampling lines  must
be closed in order to prevent undesirable gas flow through the
filter.

ASME Performance Test Code 27

     The ASME Performance Test Code provides for  the  use of a vari-
ety of instruments and methods.4  Paragraph 55 of Section 4 of the
Code states "Testing experience has not been uniform  enough to
permit standardized sampler design.  This code, therefore,
merely gives limiting requirements which past experience has shown
desirable to avoid major sources of error".  The Code is designed
as a source document which provides technically sound options
to be selected and agreed upon by the contractor and  the contrac-
tee who performs the sampling.  According to the Code, the sam-
pling device shall consist of a tube or nozzle for insertion
into the gas stream and through which the sample  is drawn, and
a filter (thimble, flat dish, or bag type)  for removing  the par-
ticles.  For the purpose of the Power Test Code,  99.0% collection
efficiency by weight is satisfactory, and the filter  can be made
of cotton, wool, filter paper, glass wool,  nylon, or  orIon.
The filter can be an extractive or in situ filter, however, the
extractive filter is used much of the time.
                                15

-------
   GLASS FIBER THIMBLE FILTER
SAMPLING
NOZZLE
(W^
V^u
U 	 ;

--A 	 	 , / 	
....'} 	 — 	 /. - 1 	 — ' 	
	 i 1 	 ' 	 >y \

pnwnPMCPo







no VCD
UK Y tn

CHECK
VALVE
i — ~^
^\
\
REVERSE-TYPE
PITOT TUBE
        PITOT
        MANOMETER-^"

      THERMOMETERS^       fc
ORIFICE
                                                 MAIN VALVE
                DRY TEST METER
                                 AIR-TIGHT PUMP
                                                          070O-14.17
                                                           3630-202
   Figure 2. ASTM type particulate sampling train.
                       16

-------
Isokinetic Sampling—

     Also required is a means of checking the quality of the
velocity of the gas entering the nozzle and the velocity of the
gas in the flue at the point of sampling.  This can be performed
by use of a pitot tube traverse before the sampling is performed.
Then the appropriate sampling flow rate can be calculated for
each point.  If the process stream velocity is not constant,
pi tot tube measurements should be performed during sampling to
insure isokinetic sampling conditions.  Or, in the case of varia-
ble process stream velocities, a null type nozzle can be used
in place of the pitot traverse.  A null type nozzle operates
on the principle that isokinetic sampling exists when the static
pressure in the duct is equal to the static pressure inside the
sample stream.

     A method to measure the quantity of gas sampled and a pump
to draw the sample is needed.  Provisions should be made to heat
the filter when used extractively.

     Both the EPA Method 5 and the ASTM Method comply with the
ASME Method.

     Performance tests have compared the in situ ASME Method
with the EPA Test Method 5.  These tests produced conflicting
results.21  Other comparative studies were conducted by the
National Council of the Paper Industry for Air and Stream Improve-
ments.22  A summary of a company's experience in the measurement
of fly ash collector efficiencies and particulate emissions from
coal-fired power plants using the ASME Method and modifications
to the ASME Method is given in Reference 21.
                                17

-------
High Volume Samplers

     High volume samplers are designed to gather a relatively
large amount of particulate matter in a short period of  time.
Two commercial versions, one made by Rader Pneumatics Inc.,
P.O. Box 20128, Portland, Oregon 97220, and the other by Acurex-
Aerotherm Corporation, 485 Clyde Avenue, Mountain View, California,
represent the state of the art.  Rader manufactures both a manual
and an automatic sampler.  The Aerotherm version meets EPA Test
Method 5 specifications and therefore can be used for compliance
testing  (manufacturer's claim).

     The Aerotherm Train includes three nozzles 6.35 mm, 12.7 mm,
19.8 mm  (1/4, 1/2, and 3/4 inches) in diameter.  The probe can be
rotated through 360° for sampling in off-angle ducts, and it
can be turned 90° for sampling horizontal ducts from the top.
The 142 mm diameter filter is fiberglass and is enclosed in a
heated box at the end of the probe.  Isokinetic sampling is main-
tained manually with the aid of nomographs.  The gauges for the
pitot tube, orifice, and temperature conditions are located in
a control unit.  The nominal sample flow rate is 113 i/min
(4 SCFM).  It has four impingers and can be operated at tempera-
tures up to 260°C (500°F).

     The Rader unit, a portable, hand-held utility sampler, uses
an unheated 20.3 x 25.4 cm (8x10 inch)  filter mounted on the
probe.   Isokinetic sampling can be maintained either manually
or automatically.  The automatic model has a microprocessor that
controls sampling functions, performs calculations, and displays
sampling parameter values measured by the sensors.  The manual
model has the gauges for the pitot tube, orifice, and temperature
measurements mounted on the probe.  Sampling flow rates up to
1.98 m3/min (70 ft3/min)  can be achieved and the sampler can be
operated in temperatures up to 260°C (500°F).  Neither model has
impingers or condensers to recover the water vapor in the sample
stream.
                                18

-------
     The Rader unit, has been used to measure emissions from hog
fuel fired boilers, a bark burning boiler, a bark and wood fired
incinerator, wigwam burners, an asphalt batching plant, a seed
cleaning plant, and a filter-cyclone system handling wood fiber.23
The Rader Hi-Volume sampler was compared against the "standard"
Method 5 train, which included the impinger catch  (back half) ,
and a "modified" Method 5 train which considered only the probe
and filter catch (front half).21*  Throughout the test the back
half catch totaled from 1.8% to 23% of the total "standard"
Method 5 train.  The comparison of the overall results is shown
in Table II.  An overall mean, x, standard deviation, s, and
standard error, S-,  (standard deviation of the mean) for the
                 J\
mass loading are computed from all test runs for each of the
sampling methods.  The standard deviation and standard errors
for the high-volume method are both lower than for the other
methods.  This might be at least partially attributed to the
number of samples  (runs) per test collected by the different
methods.  Both Method 5 results were determined from two samples
collected each day - one in the morning and one in the afternoon.
The high-volume method had a maximum of 8 and a minimum of 4
samples taken per day, making the statistics more reliable, and,
consequently, the standard deviation and standard error would
tend to be lower for the high-volume method.

     A portable, lightweight, intermediate-volume sampler with a
filter area of 129 cm2  (20 sq. in.) has also been developed.
The instrument samples in the .09 to .68 m3/nun  (4 to 29 CFM)
range with resulting nozzle sample velocity matching the 25-250
cm/sec  (10-100 fps) velocities normally encountered  in stacks.
A high temperature 0-ring seal control external leakage.  Field
test measurements with the sampler demonstrated a 94% correla-
tion with standard methods.25
                                19

-------
                   TABLE II.   OVERALL COMPARISON



High Volume
Method 5
Modified Method 5
X

(gr/SDCF)
.199
.202
.182
s

(gr/SDCF)
.064
.080
.071
s-
X
(gr/SDCF)
.024
.030
.027
 Filter Materials

      Filter materials  for  use  in mass  collection equipment  are
 available  from  scientific  equipment supply houses  in several
 different  shapes,  sizes, and compositions.  Although membrane,
 teflon fiber, cellulose, metal-alloy,  quartz, and  ceramic filters
 are available,  the most widely used for stack sampling  is the
 glass fiber filter.  A list of glass fiber filters commonly used
 in air pollution studies is given in Table III.  This list  is
 not exhaustive.  For a particular test, a filter should be chosen
 considering the objectives of the testing program  and the char-
 acteristics of  the sampling environment and equipment.  In some
 sampling programs, a particular filter may be used to avoid spe-
 cific problems.  For example, reaction between the sulfur com-
 pounds in  a gas and alkaline sites in  glass fibers often cause
 unwanted weight gains.  In such a situation, it would be desir-
 able to use a filter that is known to  have low sulfur sensitivity,
 such as Reeve Angel 934'AH.26

            TABLE III.  GLASS FIBER FILTER PRODUCTS
Gelman Type A                          Gelman Instrument Company
Gelman Type AE                         600 S. Wagner Road
Spectrograde                           Ann Arbor, MI 48106
MSA 1106-BH                            Mine Safety Appliance Co.
                                       400 Penn Center Blvd.
                                       Pittsburgh, PA 15235

                                20

-------
                     TABLE III  (Continued)

GF/A                                      Whatman,  Inc.
GF/C                                      9 Bridewell Place
GF/D                                      Clifton,  NJ 07014
Reeve Angel 90OAF
Reeve Angel 934AH
Balston Microfibre                        Balston,  Inc.
                                          703 Massachusetts Ave,
                                          Lexington, MA  02173
     The EPA Method 5 specifies the use of glass fiber filters
having 99.95% collection efficiency for 0.3 urn dioctyl phthalate
(OOP) smoke particles.  The gas velocity, sample conditions,
and the size of the filter are not specified, nor is a list of
commercial filters meeting the specification provided.  However,
test data from the filter supplier's quality control program
can be substituted for efficiency tests results.1  Efficiencies
of some filters have been measured by Appel and Wesolowski,27
Elder et.al.,28 Mueller,29 Lundgren and Gunderson3°'31 and Staf-
ford and Ettinger.32'33'3"

     Thimbles for in situ sampling probes are made by Schleicher
and Schuell, Nuclepore, and Flakt, and are available from BGI,
Inc., Waltham,  MA; SF Air Products, Inc., Old Greenwich, CT;
and the Carborundum Company, Knoxville, TN; as well as from the
suppliers of ASTM and other sampling trains.  A brief survey
of thimble holders is given by M.  Ellis in the April 1976 issue
of Stack Sampling News.
                                21

-------
  Summary

       The  major  difference  between  the  filtration  methods is  their
  requirements  concerning  the  use of  in  situ  and/or extractive
  sampling.   The  EPA Method  5  requires extractive;  the  proposed
  EPA Method  17 requires in  situ; the ASTM Method requires in-situ;
  and the ASME Method permits  both in situ and extractive.  Because
  of the large size of  the high volume sampler's filter  holders,
  these devices are not designed for  in  situ  use.

      The main advantage of the in situ sampler over the  extractive
  sampler is  the  fact that substantially all  of the particulate
 matter is deposited directly in the filter; therefore, only a
 small area needs to be washed.  Because the filter is maintained
 at the stack gas temperature, auxiliary heating of the filter
  is not needed.

      The main disadvantage of the in situ sampler over the extrac-
 tive sampler is the fact that the in situ sampler is limited
 to process streams where temperatures do not exceed the  limit
 of the filter medium and holder.   In fact,  thermal expansion of
 the filter holder may create gas  leakage problems.  The  instack
 filter cannot yield data on condensable particulate matter in
 the plume.
     Another difference  between  the  filtration  methods  is the
 sampling flow rate(a)  used  in each method.   Sampling  trains  con-
 structed to meet EPA Method 5 specifications were  initially  de-
 signed to operate at flow rates  up to 28.3 l/min  (1 ft3/min)-
 recently, a 113 £/min  (4 SCFM) sampler has been developed  which
complies with EPA Method 5 specifications.  ASTM and ASME  Methods
do not define a flow rate range.  Some high volume trains  can
operate at flow rates up to 1.98 m3/min  (70 ft3/min)
                                22

-------
     The main advantage in the use of a high  flow rate sampler
lies in the fact that the amount of time required to sample a
given volume of stack gas is small compared to a low flow rate
sampler.  In a process stream where the mass  concentration is
constant, the time required for sampling is markedly reduced.
In a process stream where the mass concentration is highly varia-
ble, a larger number of high volume runs would be required to
obtain a value representation of the same average mass concentra-
tion obtainable from one run of the low volume run.  Statistically,
it is more desirable to obtain several samples of a value than
just one sample.  For stable streams this will give additional
information revealing the precision with which the method has been
applied.  When using high flow rate extractive samplers the high
ratio of sample gas flow rate to probe wall area minimizes errors
due to loss of particulate matter on the tubing walls between
the nozzle and the filter, minimizes heat losses, and thus helps
to prevent the condensation of vapors in the  train.  The high
ratio also can be a disadvantage when cooling of the sample gas
stream is required to protect the equipment since auxiliary cool-
ing equipment may be needed.

PROCESS MONITORS
Introduction
     The ideal process stream mass monitor would have the follow-
ing features:
1.   The sensing principle used to detect the particles in a gas
    stream would be a direct measurement of the mass of the par-
    Hr-j,-:-;.
2.   The mass sensor would be insensitive to such factors as changes
    in gas temperature and humidity, corrosive gases, and liquid
    droplets.


3.   The monitor would provide continuous, instantaneous  ("real-
    time") measurements of mass concentration.
                                23

-------
 4.  Since  the mass concentration  in a process  stream often varies
    within  the cross-sectional area of the duct, the ideal monitor
    would measure the average mass concentration across  the  entire
    cross-sectional area of the duct.

 5.  A monitor with its sensor mounted directly within  the gas
    stream, called an in situ monitor, is generally preferred over
    the extractive monitor, in which the sample may be altered  sig-
    nificantly prior to the measurement.

     No monitor currently available has all  the above  qualifica-
 tions.  The development of process monitors  has begun  to gather
 momentum only recently, and much  of the performance data pertain-
 ing to their operation at various sources and  under various  con-
 ditions has been shown to be contradictory or  of limited useful-
 ness.  Nevertheless, a process monitor may provide sufficient
 accuracy for certain applications.

 Beta Particle Attenuation Monitors

     When beta particles impinge on matter,  some are absorbed,
 some are scattered, and some are transmitted.  The reduction in
 the incident beam intensity is known as beta radiation attenua-
 tion.  The attenuation is primarily a function of the beta particle
 energy, the .amount of the attenuating matter in the radiation path,
 and the electron density of the matter.  The electron density
 is the ratio of the atomic number (number of electrons per mole-
 cule) to the atomic weight (mass of the molecule).  This ratio
 is essentially the same (between 0.45 and 0.51) for most elements
 below the very heavy ones.   Hydrogen is an exception, but its
presence does not usually cause a significant error.   Because
 the electron density for  most of the elements  is almost  the  same,
beta attenuation is practically independent of the chemical compo-
sition of the absorber.   Beta attenuation Is considered  by many
engineers and scientists  to be a direct measure of mass.

                                24

-------
     The relationship between the attenuation and the absorbing
mass is approximated by the exponential function

                         I/IQ = exp  -UmX                  (1)

where I  is the incident beam intensity, I is the transmitted beam
intensity, X is the absorber area density in mg/m2, and y  is a
function of the maximum energy of the beta particle.  For a given
absorber, the value of X is increased by increasing the thick-
ness of the absorber.  The greater the thickness, the greater the
mass area density  (mg/m2) and consequently the greater the elec-
tron area density.

     Both gases and particulate matter attenuate beta radiation.
Therefore, in situ application of beta attenuation as a measure-
ment of mass concentration is not feasible because the mass of
gas molecules in a gas stream far outweigh the mass of the parti-
culate matter, and beta attenuation methods cannot discriminate
between the two.  Consequently, beta attenuation monitoring methods
require an extractive sampling system.

     The major component of the beta radiation attenuation moni-
tor, or simply beta monitor, is the beta sensor.  The beta sensor
consists of a beta source and a beta detector.  The particles
to be measured are placed between the source and the detector.
Usually, the particles are collected on a filter tape.  The beta
radiation passing through the filter tape is measure before the
particles are deposited, for a zero measurement, and after par-
ticle deposition.  The difference in these measurements is a mea-
sure of the mass of the particle deposit.  Measurement of the
air volume from which the particles were collected results in
the determination of the particulate mass concentration.  After
each measurement cycle, the filter tape is advanced to provide a
clean spot for particle deposition.
                                25

-------
Instrument Development—

     Many specific instrument designs using various combinations
of beta sources, beta detectors, and particle collection devices
have been previously described and tested in industrial and ambient
environments.  These combinations include a prototype model using
a C11* source, Geiger Mu'ller  (GM) detector, and an electrostatic
precipitator collection device;35 a stack model36 and a vehicle
emissions model37 which was tested on a stack,38 using a C14 source,
GM detector and filter collector; an ambient model using a Cll+
source, proportional counter detector, and filter collector;39'4°
a vehicle emissions model using a C1'1* source, scintillation de-
tector and filter collector;1*1 an ambient model using a C11* source,
GM detector, and impactor particle collector; **2 a stack model  using
a Pm11*7 source, solid state detector, and filter collector;1*3
a stack model using a Pm11*7  source, GM detector, and a combina-
tion cyclone-filter collector j1*1* and a model using a GM detector
and cyclone.1*5  The model that uses a cyclone-filter combination
is capable of sampling isokinetically on an automatic basis.1*1*
Lilienfeld has reviewed the application of 3-monitors to indus-
trial dust measurements, ambient monitoring, and particle  size
analysis.  His review contains discussions of the principle, prob-
lems, and errors associated with the 8-technique. **6

     Recent 6-monitor systems designed for stack applications
include computerized beta monitoring systems.  Two such systems
are manufactured by RAC Corp., Pioneer and Hardies Road, Gibsonia,
PA 15044, and Lear Siegler,  Inc., One Inverness Drive East, Engle-
wood, CA 80110

     The computerized monitoring systems are composed of the
following major units:   (1)  sampler,  (2) particle measurement,
                                26

-------
(3) gas conditioner, (4) gas volume measurement, and (5) control
and computer units.  The RAC unit is shown in Figure 3.

     Sampler units consist of a nozzle of suitable size, and a
probe, which in the RAC system is fixed, and in the Lear Siegler
system is optionally stationary or is motorized for traversing
the stack.  Probes are generally heated to keep the gas above
the dew point.  A boundary layer diluter, where provided, condi-
tions gas streams containing high levels of temperature, humidity,
or particulate concentration.  The diluter adds a controlled volume
of dry air into the probe.  These systems automatically maintain
a constant flow rate; however, at present, they do not automatically
maintain an isokinetic flow rate.

     The particle measurement unit consists of a heated nozzle
or air tight filter holder.  The unit also contains the drive
and indexing system so that the filter tape can be moved forward
and backward for zero and sample counts and for sample collecting.
The tape movements are commanded by the computer, and data from
the beta counts are stored in the computer memory.  The source
used is a C11* radionuclide with a half-life of 5730 years and a
radiating strength of 100 microcuries.

     The gas conditioner contains a cooling and dehydrating module
to condition the gas before it enters the gas measurement unit.
Automatic, periodic back-flushing of effluent sample lines is
provided to clean the lines of any residual particles.

     The control and computer unit is the main feature that dif-
ferentiates the computerized beta monitoring systems from their
predecessors.  In the system, the minicomputer sequences all units
as well as individual component functions.  It receives measure-
ments of the sample gas parameters, beta counts, and other per-
tinent data, such as diluter volume.  The minicomputer uses this
                                27

-------
                                   PROBE &OILUTER (Optional)
                                              Sample Flow
                                                         Outlet
                                                         Orifice
                                                              Beta Radiation Gauge
                                                              C14 Radiation Source
                                                              Pressurizing Air Line
              Dilution Air Line —P
                                                       DEHYDRATION MODULE
                                                      (Refrigerated Condenser)
                                                      Water/Condensate Discharge
                                                        lenoid Valve
Purge/Back-Flush Air Line
             Control Station
             can be located
             up to 250' from
             Sampling Module
                    MASTER CONTROL t MINI-COMPUTER MODULE

                             Beta Counter   Volume Counter
Tape Printout
                                                                             Electric
                                                                             flow
                                                                             Control
                                                                             Valves
                                                                             Flow
                                                                             Rota-
                                                                             meters:

                                                                             #1
                                                                             Sample
                                                                             Stream

                                                                             #2
                                                                             Dilution Air
                                                                             #3
                                                                             Purge/Back-
                                                                             Flush Air
                                                                                                3630-205
           MINI-COMPUTER
                               CONTROL CONSOLE
                                                   * (Measures Sample Volume) ""-Exhaust
                                                  »* (Measures Dilution Air Volume)
   Figure 3.   Schematic flow diagram of a typical RAC Automatic
                 Stack Monitor System installation. (Drawing not to
                scale.)  Used by permission.
                                          28

-------
information and equation 1 to compute the mass concentration for
conditions of standard temperature and pressure.  The results
are furnished on a printed type readout.  In the Lear Siegler
system, the computer only processes the beta counts to produce
a signal proportional to the collected mass.  A strip chart re-
corder is used for the mass readout.  Mass concentration must
be calculated from the measured flow conditions.  Calibration
of the monitors is performed in the factory; however, the Lear
Siegler system has accommodations for gravimetric calibrations
in the field.

Performance—

     First it should be noted that very few ^-monitors are in ser-
vice as process monitors, and very little quantitative information
is available on their performance.

     Possible sources of errors are loss of sample in the probe,
variation in filter thickness, nonuniform deposition of dust,
losses in filter efficiency, statistics of radiation counting,
deviation from the attenuation law  (Equation 1), and uncertain
flow measurement.

     Beta attenuation is not solely dependent on the ratio of
atomic number to atomic weight, but is also partially dependent
on the atomic number.  Because of this dependency and because
the atomic number to atomic weight ratio varies .between 0.45 and
0.51, the beta monitors are somewhat sensitive  to the chemical
composition of the absorbing matter.  One study compared the ab-
sorption characteristics of aluminum and membrane tape and found
them to be significantly different.39  On the other hand, a  dif-
ferent study gave data on a variety of absorbers which are in
particle form.  These included soot, fly ash, cement, dust,
                                29

-------
 gypsum, and open burning coal.  This data  indicated  that  these
 absorbers have very similar absorption characteristics.45   There
 was a 10% uncertainty in the data and therefore  this  study  cannot
 be considered conclusive.

      It has been shown that the geometry of the  apparatus  (e.g.,
 the source window thickness, the distance  from source to detector,
 filter tape thickness) significantly affects the amount of  beta
 attenuation that takes place for a given absorber thickness.
 This problem can be partially handled by calibration.  One  study
 demonstrated that the variation in thickness of  the filter ma-
 terial has a significant effect on the calibration of the sen-
 sor.47 This effect  was attributed  to the nonexponential character
 of the beta radiation attenuation.   It was calculated that an
 instrument,  using a C1"  source, that does not take into account
 the nonexponential  character of beta radiation  attenuation will
 yield  a  mass error  of  about 8%, assuming  that the unknown filter
 variations are  limited to 1 mg/cm2.

     First generation  models could be  used  only in process streams
 which  were less  than 170°C,  which  is the  operating temperature
 of  the glass fiber  filter tape.  The computerized models  have
 a  range of  up to  538°C  (1000'F)  with the  use  of the  sample diluter
 and conditioners.

     The computerized models are best used  in gas streams  which
 contain particle sizes predominently less than  about  5 ym.   This
 is due to the inability of  the  instrument to sample  isokineti-
cally on an automatic basis and probe losses.   The monitor using
the cyclone-filter combination with automatic isokinetic sampling
ability1*.1* would not  have these limitations.
                                30

-------
     The response time consists of the time required for  initial
filter tape count, transportation of the filter tape to and  from
the particle collection location, particle collection, and final
filter tape count.  The counting and transportation take  around
3 minutes in all beta monitors.  Particle collection using a
filter can take anywhere from 5 to 10 minutes.  Particle  collec-
tion time will depend on the particle concentration of the process
stream, minimum mass detection levels of the  sensor, and  the type
of particle collection employed.  Monitors using an impactor would
require a relatively short collection time due to  its ability
to deposit particles in a concentrated area on the impaction sur-
face.  Models using a cyclone would have a short collection  time
because of the ability to use high flow rates with a cyclone.

     Early experience with first generation monitors showed  an
accuracy of ±10%, not including the error due to losses in the
probe.  It included only those errors generated by the instrument
alone; such as varying tape thickness, statistical variation in
count rate, particle collection efficiencies  less  than 100%,  etc.1*5

     Two first generation monitors were tested on  a coal-fired
power plant.^  For these tests, the instrument reading was  com-
pared with the manually measured gravimetric  concentration for
concentrations ranging up to 250 mg/m3.  Results yielded  correla-
tion coefficients 0.94 for 24 sampling runs of the A monitor with
a 22% variation at a 150 mg/m3 concentration  for a 95% confidence
level.  The B monitor achieved a 0.81 coefficient  for 43  sampling
runs and a 31% variation.

     Two prototype beta monitors (those described  in references
37 and 41)  were extensively evaluated in a particle sampling fa-
cility attached to a coal-fired power plant.38  The ratio of the
mass measured by the instrument to the mass on the independent
                                 31

-------
 reference filter was obtained for many runs.  One model gave a
 ratio of 0.98  with a standard deviation of 0.04.  The other model
 gave a poorer  performance with a ratio that varied from 0.43 to
 0.61 and a standard deviation that varied from 0.54 to 0.073.
 The explanation given for this factor of two difference in the
 measured ratios was attributed to problems within the latter in-
 strument and not in the sampling techniques.38

      Recent studies on application of beta monitors include coal-
 fired and lignite fuel power  plants,  cement plants, and ferro-
 alloy plants.36  For the coal-fired power plant, the particle
 concentration  determined by  the monitor was compared with the
 particle concentration determined by  weighing the mass deposited
 on  the  filter  tape.   Results  produced a confidence range of 30%
 for  the  individual measurements and a confidence range of 5% for
 the  mean values.   Tests at the lignite-fired power plant compared
 the  instrument's reading with the mass concentration measured
 gravimetrically up to concentrations  of 200 mg/m3  STP.   Results
 gave  a  standard deviation of  up to 16% for the individual readings
 It also  was  found  that after  an operating period of three months,
 no dust  could  be detected in  the probes.

      Other  data,  however, on  applications to a ferro-alloy plant,
 and  an oil-fired power  plant1*9  have indicated probe losses ranging
 from  30%  to  86%  of  the  total  catch  determined by Method 5.   Cor-
 relation  between the  EPA Method  5  and  the beta monitor  varied
 from  0.14 to 0.80.

      Initial experience  with  a  computerized  model  that  is  now
 installed in several  locations  has  shown  that it will  function
with  a variation of only  1 to  5%  from  values  obtained with EPA
Method 5.50  This model  offers,  as  an  option,  a  sample  diluter
probe consisting of a  fixed probe which  is  filled  with  a  porous
inner liner.  The dilution air  is  forced  through the walls of
                                32

-------
the inner liner and provides an effective boundary layer which
minimizes probe deposits and also conditions the sample.  A bound-
ary layer interface system for extractive sampling has been developed,
which is similar to the diluter probe.51  There are plans to evaluate
this interface system with a beta monitor.

Summary—

     Beta monitors of several designs have been tested on indus-
trial sources over the past ten years.  Advantages include a sensing
principle that is very closely correlated to mass and independent
of particle composition, low sensitivity to particle and aerosol
parameters other than mass, and a movable filter tape which makes
it convenient for performing chemical analysis concurrent with
sampling.

     Disadvantages include a response time longer than some other
monitors, the need for an extraction/dilution system, and a sensi-
tivity to variations in filter tape thickness.

Piezoelectric Mass Monitors

     Piezolectricity is a property of certain crystals, such as
quartz, which involves the production of an electrical charge
on certain faces of the crystal when the crystal becomes mechani-
cally stressed.  The converse process also occurs; that is, a
piezoelectric crystal becomes mechanically stressed where an elec-
trical charge is placed on certain faces.  This two-way capability
is responsible for the ability of a piezoelectric crystal to cause
an oscillating electric circuit to resonate at the natural vibra-
tional frequency of the crystal.

     When foreign material adheres to the surface of a vibrating
piezoelectric crystal, the natural frequency of vibration of the
crystal decreases.  The magnitude of the frequency change is di-

                                 33

-------
 rectly proportional to the mass of the added material.  This was
 first shown theoretically and experimentally by Sauerbrey for
 thin metallic films.52  This relationship also holds for any ma-
 terial which sticks to the surface and vibrates with the crystal

      The relationship is:


      AM = -        Af
 where
      AM =  mass added to the electrode area (yg)
      Af =  change in natural vibrational frequency (Hz)
       A =  electrode area of the. crystal (cm2)
      fo  =  natural vibrational  frequency of the crystal  (Hz)

      A  schematic  of a quartz crystal  transducer  is  shown  in  Fig
 ure 4.   The particles are deposited onto the crystal  surfaces
 with  a  collection  device, such  as a small  electrostatic precipi
 tator chamber  or  an  impactor.

     There are four  common  vibration modes  for quartz crystals.
Most commonly  used  in piezoelectric monitors is  the thickness-
shear mode, which  is created by cutting  the crystal so that  the
crystal axes are oriented in such a way  that the crystal will
vibrate as shown in Figure  5.

     A typical piezoelectric monitor consists  of the  following
components as  shown  schematically in Figure 6.

     1.  Primary crystal used to sense deposited particles.

     2.  A particle collector.

     3.  A pump to draw the aerosol through the  collector.

                                34

-------
         PARTICLES
   PARENT
 COLLECTION
    DEVICE
FORCE FIELD
GENERATED BY
PARENT DEVICE
 lUARTZ CRYSTAL

METALLIC
ELECTRODES
                             PIEZOELECTRIC
                              OSCILLATOR
                                CIRCUIT
           FREQUENCY
            MONITOR
                                                          3630-206
 Figure 4.  Schematic system for transducing particle
           quartz crystal oscillator.  After Sem, et al.
               using
                            35

-------
                          PARTICLES
                                                   T
                                             3630-208
Figure 5. The thickness-shear mode of oscillation for a quartz
         crystal. After Sem, et al 53
               PRIMARY
               CRYSTAL,
 REFERENCE
 CRYSTAL
             PRIMARY^
             OSCILLATOR
             CIRCUIT
REFERENCE
OSCILLATOR
CIRCUIT
                        MIXER
                     FREQUENCY
                     COUNTER
         UIKfcCT
         MASS
         CONCENTRATOR
         INDICATOR
                                              J
                     FREQUENCY
                                              3630-207
Figure 6. Piezoelectric microbalance electronic block diagram.
         After Sem, etal.53
                            36

-------
      4.  Reference crystal used to subtract out possible frequency
          changes caused by changes in gas temperature and humidity,

      5.  Oscillator circuit for both primary and reference crystal,

      6.  Mixer circuitry to subtract the signals from the two
          crystals.

      7.  Digital frequency counter to monitor the mixer output,
          which is proportional to the total mass adhering to the
          crystal.

 and/or

      8.   Apparatus to compute  and to provide direct readout of
          mass  concentration.

      Both precipitators  and impactors are used  as particle  col-
 lectors;  examples of  each  are  shown  in Figure 7.   Equation  3  gives
 the equation relating the  mass concentration to the frequency
 change.

     r  _ i. Af
     C  '  SQ At                                                  (3)

where:
      C = mass concentration in yg/m3
     Af = change  in mixer  frequency  (Hz)
      Q = sampled aerosol  flow rate  (m3/sec)
      S = Af/AM theoretical mass sensitivity, Equation 2  (Hz/yg).

     Thus, the mass concentration is proportional to the  time
rate of change of the frequency.  Direct readout of mass  concentra-
tion can be achieved by converting the frequency change to a volt-
                                 37

-------
                   1. AIR INLET
                   2. AIR OUTLET
                   3. TEST CRYSTAL
                   4. REFERENCE CRYSTAL
                   5. PRECIPITATOR ELECTRODE
                   6. AEROSOL-CORONA CONTACT ORIFICE
                   7. IMPACTION ORIFICE
                   8. BY-PASS AIR ORIFICES
                   9. THERMISTER POSITIONS
                                           3630-209
Figure 7.  Two types of particle collectors for piezoelectric monitors.
          A.  Electrostatic precipitation.  B. Impaction. After Daley
          and Lundgren.56
                                  38

-------
age.  Then, use of circuitry  to  differentiate  the  voltage  with
respect to time will produce  a signal proportional to  the  mass
concentration.  This signal can  be  applied  to  a  strip  chart  re-
corder.

     At least two commercial  instruments are available,  based
on the piezoelectric principle,  for monitoring particulate prop-
erties.  One is a mass monitor manufactured by TSI Incorporated
(500 Cardigan Rd., St. Paul,  MN  55165).  Another instrument  is
a cascade impactor, discussed in' Section 4  of  this report.
Neither of these devices  is designed to operate  at mass  concen-
trations as high as those  typically found in process streams.
The TSI device, however,  has  been compared  to  filter methods for
measuring the concentration of several aerosol materials,  and
shown to yield an accurate measure.  The most  important  appli-
cation of the TSI device  is monitoring worker  environments for
respirable dust concentrations.

Performance—

     Most of the work with piezoelectric monitors  conducted  prior
to 1970 focused on thin film  measurement and gas concentration
measurement.  King has noted  a list of references  which  deal with
quartz crystal applications ranging from measuring dew points
to detection of hydrocarbons  and sulfur compounds.55  These  are
designed for ambient air monitoring.

     Piezoelectric monitors designed for the purpose of  monitoring
particulate mass concentration in industrial process streams or
stacks have not been developed,  and. the development of an  in situ
piezoelectric monitor is not  forseeable based on the state of
current technology.   However, it is likely that the ambient  piezo-
electric monitors will be modified or adapted for  stack  use, per-
haps through the use of improved sample extraction/conditioning
                                 39

-------
  systems.  Thus, information pertaining to the performance charac-
  teristics of the ambient monitors would provide insight into the
  problems that are likely to be encountered when extending the
  ambient monitors to handle process streams.   Tests have shown
  ambient monitors to be sensitive to a number of factors other
  than mass concentrations,  such as, temperature, humidity,  particle
  size,  and type of particle collector used.   The monitor is not
  sensitive,  per se,  to the  composition of  the participate matter.

       Temperature-Quartz crystals  are somewhat  sensitive to  tem-
  perature  changes.   Because  the mass  concentration  is  a function
  of  the  time  rate  of  change  of  the  frequency,  a  time rate of  change
  of  the  temperature will be  measured  as  an apparent change  in mass
  concentration.

      Tests on two monitors, one using an electrostatic  precipi-
 tator as the collection device and the other  using an  impactor,
 showed that temperature changes of 0.3 to 1.0°C/min would produce
 an error of 5 Mg/m=.  This ls usually inslgni£lc£mt ^
 with the relatively high mass concentration ranges sampled by
 the monitors,  it was also  found that the  use of a reference
 crystal did not compensate  for  inlet temperature changes because
 only the test crystal exposed to the temperature fluctuations
 observed at the inlet.56

      Humidity-There  are  two types  of errors  attributable to
 changes  in  the  relative humidity.   One is associated with the
 crystal  and  its  electrode, and  the  other stems from the hygro-
 scopic nature of the  aerosol  deposit.

      It was found that the platinum electrode  provided  with the
 electrostatic precipitator collector  showed wide variation  in
 humidity response.  This variation was due to  the corona action
on the test electrode.  For  this unit  the problems became severe
                                 40

-------
 for relative humidities above 30%.  As with the temperature re-
 sponse, a time rate of change of the relative humidity produced
 a change in the apparent mass concentration.  The hygroscopic
 character of the aerosol deposit on the test crystal greatly af-
 fects the ability of the reference crystal to compensate for rela-
 tive humidity changes in the air stream.   For many materials en-
 countered in ambient aerosol sampling,  it was found that relative
 humidity changes of less than 0.2%/min can cause mass changes
 that are greater than the change associated with the accumulating
 aerosol particles.56  Condensed  water  vapor would also cause a
 problem.

      Particle collection characteristics—For  spherical particles,
 the mass  sensing ability of  5 and 10 MHz  AT-cut  quartz crystals
 begins  to decrease  at a particle diameter  of approximately 2 ym
 and reaches  zero at 20 ym.   However, good  agreement between cal-
 culated and  experimental sensitivity values for  a polydispersed
 deposit with  a  2.5  ym MMD indicated  that  irregular particles con-
 siderably larger  than 2 ym are probably sensed when present in
 polydisperse  deposits.56

     The  reason  for  this  lack of  sensitivity beyond  2  ym  lies
 in  the  fact that  in  order for a  particle to be sensed,  it  must
 adhere  perfectly  to  the  crystal  and vibrate with  the crystal.
As  the  particle size  increases,  the ratio  of particle  adhesive
force to  inertial forces decrease.  Thus,  the mass of  particles
above certain critical  sizes will not be sensed with 100%  effi-
ciency.   The critical size is increased by  depositing  particles
uniformly onto the crystal surface and by minimizing crystal drive
level.  Application of a thin coat of sticky material  to the crys-
tal surface is another method.  However, problems can  arise with
the absorption of gases by the adhesive coatings.
                                41

-------
      Mass sensitivity is not uniformly distributed over the active
 area of the crystal.  The mass sensitivity is greatest at the
 center and decreases towards the edge of the active area.  In
 cases where the deposit area is larger than or conterminous with
 the active area of the crystal, the crystal mass sensitivity (--
 is constant.   However, when the deposit area is less than the
 active area,  the crystal .mass sensitivity is a function of the
 location and  size of the deposit.

      In tests of the electrostatic collector, it was found that
 the diameter  of the deposit area was 5.3 mm for 0.2 ym diameter
 particles  and decreased to 2 mm for 20 ym particles.   This decrease
 in deposit area size with increasing particle diameter is due
 to the higher electrical mobility  of the large particles.56
 This creates  different sensitivities for different particle  size
 deposits.   The impactor  version had a more constant deposit  area
 diameter for  different particle size.   The use of an  impactor,
 however, usually results in a large number of small particles
 (typically <0.5  ym)  being lost  which are smaller  than  the cut
 off  point  for  the  impactor.

      Linear response  limit—Sometim^ during  sampling,  a point
 will  be reached  when  additional  mass deposited  onto the crystal
 surface will  not be  sensed  at 100%  efficiency and  will result
 in a  non-linear  response.   This  is  due  to  the additional  particles
 no longer  vibrating  in unison with  the  crystal.

      It was found that some material  showed non-linearity  almost
 from  the start of sampling; this may necessitate  very short sampl-
 ing times.   The monitor with  the impactor  had one  typical  fre-
quency change vs. accumulated mass  curve,  whereas,  the monitor
with  the electrostatic collector showed a  wide variety of  fre-
quency change vs. accumulated mass  curves  for different particle
sizes.  The reasons given for this  variety of curves for the
                                 42

-------
 electrostatic collector were:  agglomeration  of  small  particles
 on the crystal surface, shifts in  the region  of  deposition  due
 to changes in the electric field caused by  the initial annular
 deposit, and evaporation of volatile compounds under the action
 of the corona.  Concentration-sampling time products which  would
 produce a 20% deviation from linearity were found to be from 100
 to 6,000 min-yg/m3 and 5,000 to 60,000 min-yg/m3 for the impactor
 collector and electrostatic collection respectively.56  It  is
 therefore important to determine the linear response limit  by
 calibrating the piezoelectric monitor with the aerosol to be
 sampled.

      Considerations for stack application—The excessively  high
 levels of temperature, mass loading, and humidity present in pro-
 cess  streams  and  stacks make the  ambient monitor unusable for
 such  applications unless the sample is cooled and diluted.   Two
 ambient studies  have been  performed which tested the performance
 of  ambient  monitors.56'57

      High temperatures tend to  increase  the crystal  temperature
 coefficient to an unacceptable  level.  Typical operating tempera-
 tures for piezoelectric monitors  range up  to 66°C (150°F),  al-
 though  it may be  possible  to  increase  the  operating  temperature
 by  the  selection  of  a  different crystal  cut type. Typical  stack
 temperatures are  in  the range of  149 to  232°C  (300 to 450°F).

      Problems with sensing  large particles  might  be  alleviated
 by  the  use of a low  frequency crystal or one with a  different
 vibration mode.

      High mass loading  results in unrealistically short sampling
 times.  Typical mass loading limits  for proper operation of  these
monitors can range from 2 to 20,000  yg/m3.  Thus, the upper  con-
centration limit of the monitors falls where the  mass concentra-
tion range usually begins at the outlet of a high efficiency

                                 43

-------
  control  device  on  a  process  stream.   High  mass loading could be
  handled  with  the use of  a  proposed  double  sampling diluter,  such
  as  the one  shown in  Figure 8.   in the double  sampling  diluter,
  the  large sampling probe extracts a  sample at isokinetic condi-
  tions and at  a  high  flow rate.   The  required  flow  rate (usually
  around 1 liter/min)  for  the  monitor  is  acquired  by a second  iso-
  kinetic  sampling of  the  first sample.   Like all  extractive me-
  thods, this would suffer
      High humidity and temperature conditions could be handled
 with the use of sample conditioning, such as, the addition of
 a measured amount of clean, dry air to the sample.  An example
 of such a conditioner is being used with a beta monitor discussed
 in the section on Beta Attenuation Monitors.
 Summary—
      Piezoelectric monitors have had no applications in sampling
 industrial process streams, nor are there any prototype monitors
 known to  be designed for  this purpose.   However, they have been
 used  for  ambient  and automobile emissions monitoring and show
 promise as process stream monitors.   Advantages include a sensing
 Pnndple  that  relates  directly to  mass and  which is independent
 of particle composition,  and  yields  continuous,  instantaneous
 ("real-time") measurements.

      Disadvantages  include  a  need for an  extraction/dilution  sys-
 tem,  sensitivity  to  changes in  gas temperature  and  humidity  (de-
creases for particle sizes  greater than 2 Mm),  the  necessity  of
periodic cleaning to prevent non-linear sensor  response, and  the
need for calibration for the aerosol to be sampled  to determine
the linear response limit.
                                 44

-------
SAMPLING
PROBE
  (I
SAMPLING
PROBE
 n
SAMPLING
CONDITIONER
OSCILLATOR
CIRCUIT



  FLUE
  GAS
            . DUCT
             WALL
   PARTICLE
   COLLECTION-
   REGION
                                  QUARTZ
                                  CRYSTAL
                                   FLOWMETER
                                                      VAVLE)M
                           PUMP
                APPROXIMATELY
                150 LITERS/MINUTE
                                                      PUMP I
                             APPROXIMATELY
                             1 LITER/MINUTE

                                 3630-210
Figure 8. A possible stack sampling system using a proposed double
         sampling diluter and a piezoelectric microbalance sensor.
         After Sem et al.53
                          45

-------
Charge Transfer

     The phenomenon of transfer of a negative electric charge
is observed when two bodies of different composition come  into
contact.  The transfer can occur during either  static contact
or triboelectric (rubbing) contact.  The mechanism of transfer
in static contact is essentially the same for both metals  and
semiconductors.58'59  Upon contact, a flow of electrons  is  ini-
tiated due to the different contact potentials  of the materials.
This flow will continue until the build-up of charge produces
an electric potential that is equal and opposite to the  difference
between these contact potentials.  The theory for the static con-
tact charging of insulators is now well developed and the  charge
transfer mechanism is thought to be different from that  of  metals
and semiconductors.  In the charge transfer process, it  is  not
known which type of interaction (static or triboelectric)  actually
takes place; probably both occur.  In the case  of insulators
particularly, triboelectric effects along with  electrolytic ef-
fects on the moist surfaces of particles probably play large
roles.

Instrument Development—

     In all charge-transfer instruments, the aerosol stream is
forced to collide with a sensor.  When the particles in  the aero-
sol stream contact the sensor a charge is transferred producing
a current that is continuously monitored with an electrometer.

     The charge-transfer instruments that have  been used for mea-
suring the concentrations of aerosols differ mainly in the  shape
and construction of the sensor.  Two instruments, one with  a
spherical metal sensor, the other with a sensor-in-nozzle  design
are described by Schutz.60  The Konitest design of a bullet shaped
sensor is discussed by Prochazka.61'62  Kony Company Ltd,  a Japa-
nese concern, has just recently developed an automatic continuous,

                                46

-------
dust concentration meter, Konytest  (patterned  after  the  German
Konitest model) under a technical agreement with Dr.  Prochazka
of West Germany.63  No performance  data or specifications  for
this installation are known at this time.  An  in-stack model has
been developed in the USSR.61*  The  IKOR Air Quality  Monitors  (IKOR
Inc.) P.O. Box 660, Blackburn Industrial Park, Gloucester, Mass.
01930, use a variety of sensor materials and configurations,
depending upon the nature of the particles to  be monitored and
their gaseous environment.  The IKOR instruments are the only
instruments commercially .available  in this country and are avail-
able in three models.  Models 206 and 207 are  extractive; Model
2710 is the newly developed in situ monitor.

     Model 206 consists of three components:   a probe, a sensor
unit, and a control unit.  In monitoring, the  probe  is inserted
into the stack, where it simultaneously extracts a continuous
sample and measures the stack gas conditions.  The sample flow
rate is monitored by a venturi attached to the probe.  Isokinetic
sampling conditions are maintained manually.   The sample is con-
ducted through the probe and flexible hose which are both elec-
trically heated, and carried to the sensor unit.  Collisions be-
tween particles in the gas stream and the sensor produce an elec-
tric current that is proportional to the particulate mass flow
past the sensor per unit time and is thus a measure  of the in-
stantaneous mass concentration.  The current is electronically
processed to produce an output voltage that is registered on the
(particulate)  mass flow rate meter.  A strip chart recorder pro-
vides a permanent record of the output signal with time.  An in-
tegrator is used to automatically sum the area under  the output
curve and thus produce a measure of the total  transferred charge
during the specific period of operation.  This total  transferred
charge can be compared to the filter weight gain during  the in-
itial period of operation for purposes of calibration.
                                47

-------
      Model 207 is essentially the same, except for the Integrator/
 Test Set, which is incorporated into the control unit.  Once
 calibrated on a particular source, Models 206 and 207 can be ope-
 rated with or without the filter.  Model 2710 consists of a probe
 with a sensor attached at its end for in situ sampling, and a
 control unit.  No pump is used on the in situ system, thus, the
 impact velocity of the particle is just the velocity in the dust.

 Performance—

      There are other  factors,  beside mass,  that can affect the
 amount of charge transferred to the sensor  from particles in any
 given process stream.   Some  of the possible factors are the chemi-
 cal  composition of the particles and the sensor material, condi-
 tion of the sensor surface,  particle size,  and particle charge.
 This sensitivity to factors  other than  mass can result in erro-
 neous readings and frequent  need for recalibration.   The extent
 to which  these factors affect  the instrument's response is dis-
 cussed  in a laboratory study of  Model 206 conducted  by Walter
 John65  and in additional  sources such as field test  reports66"70
 and  company sales  literature.   The information applies to all
 models  unless stated otherwise.

      The  sensitivity of the  instrument  is defined  as  the  amount
 of charge  transferred  to  the sensor  per  unit  mass, expressed  in
 yCoul/g.   John  found the  sensitivity to  be  constant  for  runs  in
 which the  total  sampled mass of  aluminum oxide varied from 10
 mg to 100 mg;  similar  results  were obtained for  aluminum  dust.65
 Field tests also have  shown  this  constant sensitivity for  aluminum
 oxide.  The range of mass concentrations employed  for these  tests
 is not available.  Company sales  literature gives  the mass con-
 centration range for Models  207 and  206  as  0.000023 g/DNCM (0.00001
gr/SCF) to 23 g/DNCM (10 gr/SCF) and  0.000023  g/DNCM  (0.00001
gr/SCF) to 230 g/DNCM  (100 gr/SCF) respectively; the  2710  is given
                                48

-------
as 0.00023 g/DNCM (0.0001 gr/SCF)  to 230 g/DNCM (100 gr/SCF).
These values are dependent on actual stack conditions.  Actual
ranges obtained under typical stack conditions for coal-fired
boilers are typically from 0.012 g/DNCM (0,0005 gr/SCF) to  115
g/DNCM (50 gr/SCF). 66'67

     The sensitivity varies with the composiion of the particles
and the sensor surface, requiring that the instrument be recali-
brated whenever the particle composition changes.  John reported
the results of sensitivity measurements on 13 different compounds,
many of which are found in stack effluents.  He found that  metals
produced the highest sensitivities, followed by semiconductors,
then insulators.  Metals  have the lowest electrical  resistivities,
semiconductors have higher resistivities,  insulators have  the
highest resistivities.  This suggests  that the  sensitivity  is
inversely  proportional  to the electrical resistivity of  the par-
ticle.  This result also  can be derived from charge  transfer
theory.   The ratio of  highest sensitivity  to lowest  sensitivity
is  60  to  1.  This wide  range makes  the instrument unreliable in
process streams which  contain variable mixtures of metals,  semi-
conductors,  and  insulators.  Liquid droplets also produce  a signal
and therefore must be  considered.   Company literature gives the
particle  diameter size range of  their  models  as 0.1 to 100 ym,
depending  on operating conditions.
                                                               6 6
      Tests have shown high sensitivity to submicron particles.
 John, however,  found a complete lack of response to tobacco smoke.
 He found similar results for a polydispersed and a 0.5-6 ym sample
 of aluminum and a 0.5-3 ym and a 3-8 ym glass bead sample.

      Corrosion will affect the response by changing the chemical
 composition of the sensor surface, by producing electrochemical
 reactions, and by breaking down the sensor insulation.  The sen-
 sors can be obtained in a variety of materials to minimize these
                                 49

-------
 effects.   Liquid droplets  can  cause  signal  loss  through  leakage.
 Smearing of  the sensor  surface by  buildup of  wet,  oily,  or  waxy
 particles  will affect the  reproducibility of  the signal.  This
 can be minimized by  keeping  the sample  temperature at  or  above
 the stack  temperature and  by frequent cleaning of  the  sensor.
 In normal  operation  with discrete, dry  particles,  a slight  ac-
 cumulation of dust on the  sensor is  observed, although,  presum-
 ably, an equilibrium condition is  established.

     If a  particle is charged,  as  for example by passing  through
 an electrostatic precipitator  field, it will  transfer  its charge
 to the sensor upon contact,  thus producing  an erroneous  reading.
 Knapp reported that  non-uniformity of charge  distributed  among
 the particles in the stack was a problem for  in  situ devices.
 In fact, one of the  advantages reported for the  extractive  model
 was the tendency of  the hose to distribute  this  charge more evenly
 through collisions of the  particles  with the  hose  wall.   In one
 instance,  a  situation was  reported where the  in  situ model  was
 monitoring the outlet of an  electrostatic precipitator on a coal-
 fired boiler.  The device  showed a decrease in mass concentration
 during rapping, instead of the expected increase recorded by the
 transmissometers.68

     Model 206 has been tested  with  an  EPA Method  5 train.69
 The results were favorable and  indicated good agreement  between
 the two methods.  Replicate  runs performed at two  different alumi-
 num reduction baghouses produced calibration  factors with standard
 deviations of ±3% and ±7.6%.66  in a test performed on a  dry
 scrubber system, the results obtained with two identical  207
models were  in good  agreement.70

 Summary—

     Charge transfer  monitors have been used on  industrial  sources
for over  14 years.   Advantages  include  in situ or  extractive sampl-
ing and  continuous,  instantaneous,  real-time measurements.   Dis-
                                50

-------
 advantages  include  indirect  measurement of mass;  strong dependence
 on  chemical  composition  of  the  particles;  sensor  sensitivity to
 particle  size  (suspected lower  size  limit),  water droplets,  corro-
 sive  gases,  and  particle charge;  and degradation  of sensor  per-
 formance  when  exposed  to wet, waxy or sticky particles.   This
 last  disadvantage would  hamper  usage at combustion systems  fired
 with  residual  oil.   Sources  with  electrostatic  precipitation pre-
 sent  precharging problems, as discussed.   In conclusion,  the IKOR
 monitor performs best  when applied to the  situation where process
 stream conditions are  constant  or change predictably,  and which
 contain dry, discrete, uncharged  particles.

 Optical Methods

 Conventional Transmissometers—

      The  basic function  of a conventional  transmissometer is to
 measure opacity.  Although opacity alone is  not a direct  measure-
 ment  of mass concentration,  it  can be a good  relative  measurement
 if  the optical properties and size distribution of  the aerosol
 particles remain constant.   In  the following  discussion,  typical
 results and the necessary considerations are  delineated to relate
 opacity to mass concentration.  For  a description of the  hard-
 ware  and  techniques  involved in the  measurement of  opacity the
 reader is referred to Section 3 entitled "Opacity".

      Light scattering theory predicts  a dependence  of  light  attenu-
 ation on not only mass concentration  but also on  particle size
 and composition.  Figure 9 shows the  results of applying  this
 theory to calculate  the effects of various particle sizes and
 composition on the relationship between the opacity and mass
 concentration of aerosols.71  At particle diameters above 3  or
 4 ym  the refractive  index of the particle plays little role  in
 determining the opacity-mass concentration relationship.  How-
 ever, at particle diameters below 3 or 4 pm, the  refractive  index
plays a major role.
                                51

-------
D
_l
Q.
ac
ui
co
>
o
 0

10

20

30
 %   40
    50
    60
   70
   80
*  \\
       \f    \
                   \

                          \
                            \
                             •
                              \
                             \
                               \
  -      \
         o
         '->
         •p.
                                      \
           \\
            \
            \
V
           -A
           rn
            O
            •»
            o

            \03
             r

            \
                          V
\%

              I
                               V
                                A
                          LOG NORMAL DISTRIBUTION
                          STANDARD DEVIATION CTg = 4
                          PARTICLE DENSITY = 2 gram/cm3
                          WAVELENGTH = 0.55 A<
                          REFRACTIVE INDEX
                          WHITE = 1.5
                                 1.96 - 0.661
                                                    '  ^
                                                     \^,

                  0.1            0.2            0.3
                           MASS CONCENTRATION, g/m3
                                  \
                                                        0.4
                                                                            0.10
                                                                        0.20
                                                                            0.30
                                                                                 0)
                                                     ui
                                                     O
                                                     LL
                                                     U.
                                                     Ill
                                                     O
                                                     O
                                                     z
                                                     o

                                                     <
                                                     D
                                                     z
                                                     LLI
                                                                           0.40
                                              0,

                                        3630-211
                                                                      0.50

                                                                      5
            Figure 9. Opacity of smoke plumes containing particles of different
                    sizes and refractive indexes as a function of their mass
                    concentration.  After Connor.71
                                       52

-------
     The particle size dependency of the opacity-mass concentra-
tion relationship has been studied experimentally  in the  labora-
tory by Uthe and Lapple.72  Fly ash from a bituminous coal-fired
power plant was collected and then classified  into a series of
size fractions.  These size fractions were pneumatically  injected
into an aerosol chamber at controlled concentrations which were
calculated from aerosol generation rates.  The opacity-mass con-
centration relationship was measured with a transmissometer and
is shown for four different particle size ranges  (see Figure 10).

     Comparison of the fly ash tests with the  theoretical calcula-
tions presented in Figure 9, shows that, for similar particle
sizes, the fly ash attenuated about 50% as much light as  the theo-
retically calculated values for spherical particles with  a refrac-
tive index of 1.5 and a density of 2 gram/cm3.  This difference
can be attributed to differences in aerosol characteristics be-
tween the fly ash and the particle properties  assumed in  the theo-
retical calculations.  The fly ash was reported to have a size
distribution with a = 1.5 and contained black, absorbing  particles;
also, the density of 2 gram/cm3 used in the calculations  is low
for fly ash.

     For a transmissometer to be useful as a monitor of the mass
concentration, the properties (other than mass) of the particles
being monitored must remain fairly constant over the monitoring
period.  Experimental data are available showing that good opacity-
mass concentration calibration can be obtained on  some sources.
The sources evaluated include coal-fired plants;53'58'73  lignite-
fired power plants;71* cement plant;75 Kraft pulp mill recovery
furnace;76'77 petroleum refinery, asphaltic concrete plant, sewage
sludge incinerator, brass smelter, lead smelter, oil fired power
plant,78 and hog fuel boiler.77
                                53

-------
80
           0.1
                                                                             0.10
                                                                                    03
                                                                             0.20
                                                                          — 0.30
                                                                             0.40
                                                                                   o
                                                                                   o
                                                                                   UJ

                                                                                   I-
                                                                             0.50
°-2       0.3       0.4      0.5      0.6




     MASS CONCENTRATION, g/m3
                                                                  0.7       0.8




                                                                    3630-212
      Figure 10.   Opacity-mass concentration relationship of laboratory

                  generated coal-fired power plant emissions with different

                  particle sizes.  After Con not-.71
                                    54

-------
     The test results for a normally operating coal-fired power
plant gave correlation coefficients for two different  instruments
at 0.63 and 0.87 for 300 measurement runs, with a measurement
tolerance of ±68% and ±39% respectively at a concentration of
150 mg/m3 and a confidence interval of 95%.  The instrument showed
different correlation curves for conditions of minimum load opera-
tion and operation with and without soot blowing.lf8

     Nader reported tests that were performed over one 3-month
interval and two 2-month intervals spanning a one-year period
representing different seasons of power plant operation.79  Emis-
sions were increased at various times by cutting off one or more
electrostatic precipitator stages.  Correlation curves were es-
sentially the same for the three different time periods with co-
efficients of 0.93, 0.98, and 0.99.  The coefficient for the com-
posite correlation curve for the data for all three time inter-
vals is 0.97 (see Figure 11).  Mass concentration ranged from
55 to 360 mg/m3.  No problem with window contamination occurred
with continuous operation of the transmissometer spanning the
one-year period.

     Comparative measurements at lignite-fired power plants7 **
gave results which were not as good as those obtained at the coal-
fired power plant, and showed a different calibration at the be-
ginning and end of a 3-month test period.

     Comparative measurements were conducted on emissions from
the clean gas duct of a rotary cement kiln with a suspension gas
preheater and a subsequent rotary dryer.75  The results showed
that all the operating conditions can be satisfactorily described
by the common straight regression line given in Figure 12.  The
coefficient of  correlation is 0.984 and a RMS deviation of cor-
relation of 17  mg/m3.
                                55

-------
                0-1          0.2         0.3         0.4

                  MASS CONCENTRATION, gm/m2
                                                       3630-213
Figure 11.   Correlation data between opacity and mass measurements
            of particulate matter in emissions from a coal-burning
            power plant.   After Nader.79

-------
    0.50
   0.40
                                                                 0.30
I
t-.

0.
 03
in
o
   0.30 —
u 0.20 —
   0.10 —
      0          0.1         0.2         0.3         0.4


                      MASS CONCENTRATION, g/m3
                                                             0.5



                                                            3630-214
Figure 12.   Opacity-mass concentration relationship for particulate

            emissions from a cement plant kiln.  After Buhne and Duwel.75
                                 57

-------
      A study was performed downstream of an electrostatic precipi-
 tator on a kraft pulp mill recovery furnace.  A correlation coef-
 ficient of 0.99 was produced for mass concentration of 0.7 to
 5 g/m3.76

      Opacity-mass concentration measurements78 are shown for an
 asphaltic concrete plant,  an incinerator plant, a refinery cata-
 lytic cracker regenerator, a lead smelter,  and a brass smelter,
 Figure 13.
      Summary—Conventional  transmissometers  are  routinely  used  for
providing  a qualitative measurement,  i.e., where changes in  opacity
are used as a general  indicator  of  changes in mass  concentration.
Generally, transmissometers are  not relied upon  to  produce quan-
titative measurements, i.e., where  actual values  of mass concen-
tration are obtained.  This is due  to the uncertainty  introduced
by the strong dependence of the  sensing principle on the particle
size distribution and  index of refraction.  The  transmissometer
does possess the advantage of being able to provide an in  situ,
continuous, real-time, integrated measurement.   In conclusion,
it is unlikely that conventional transmissometers will ever  be
used for routine quantitative measurement of mass concentration.
The multiple-wavelength transmissometer, discussed in  the  next
subsection, is a better candidate because it eliminates the  un-
certainties caused by variable particle size distribution.

Other Optical Methods—

     Multiple-wavelength transmissometers—The general principle
underlying the multi-wavelength transmissometer can be seen  by
referring to Figure 14.  In this figure, the mean extinction co-
                                58

-------
s 0.30
                 MASS CONCENTRATION GIVEN
                 FOR ACTUAL STACK CONDITIONS
     0.0    0.16     0.32     0.48    0.64     0.80

                MASS CONCENTRATION, grams M'3



          ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PLANT EMISSIONS
                                                 0.96
0.36

0.32


0.28 -7


0.24 2"

0.20 |
    O
0.16 ^


0.12 £
    •Z
0.08 ^
    UJ

0.04

0.0
         MASS CONCENTRATION GIVEN
         FOR ACTUAL STACK CONDITIONS
 0.0
   0.0
           0.04      0.08      0.12      0.16
             MASS CONCENTRATION, grams NT3
REFINERY CATALYTIC CRACKER REGENERATOR EMISSIONS
                                                               o 0.10
                                                                           • FULL PROBE
                                                                           O NO CONE
                                                                           D STACK HOOD ON
                      MASS CONCENTRATION GIVEN
                      FOR ACTUAL STACK CONDITIONS
                                                                    0.0     0.01     0.02     0.03     0.04     0.05
                                                                               MASS CONCENTRATION, grams M'3

                                                                             INCINERATOR PLANT EMISSIONS
 0.32

 0.28

 0.24

 0.20

 0.16

 0.12

 0.08

 0.04

Jo.o
                                                                 0.30
s
8 0.20
                                                               73
                                                               < 0.10
                                                                                     MASS CONCENTRATION GIVEN
                                                                                     FOR ACTUAL STACK CONDITIONS
     0.0     0.02     0.04     0.06     0.08    0.10

                MASS CONCENTRATION, grams M'3


                 LEAD SMELTER EMISSIONS
 0.16

 0.14

 0.12

 0.10

 0.08

 0.06

 0.04

 0.02

 0.0
                                                                0.06
                                                                0.02
                                                                 O.Q
                                                                                      MASS CONCENTRATION GIVEN
                                                                                      FOR ACTUAL STACK CONDITION  -
                                                                                                                  0.02
                                                                                                                  0.01
                                                                             0.01         0.02         0.03

                                                                             MASS CONCENTRATION, grams M'3


                                                                              BRASS SMELTER EMISSIONS
                 Figure  13.   Opacity - mass concentration relationship for various
                                 industrial sources.   After Reisman, et al.78
                                                           59

-------
E  2
       Figure 14.   Mean extinction coefficient as a function of the phase
                   shift parameter p vs..  After Dobbins and Jizmagianio
                                  60

-------
efficient (E)  is shown as a function of the phase shaft param-
eter (p  )  of a polydisperse aerosol.80  The phase shift param-
eter is defined in terms of the mean volume-surface diameter:
     Pvs = 2 
-------
  from  0.4  ym to  12  ym.   The  filters  have  been chosen so as to avoid
  the absorption  bands  associated  with  the common  stack  gases.
  The output  of the  detectors  are  fed to phase locked amplifiers
  which  in  turn drive multiple pen chart recorders.   The system
  records the transmission  through the  stack  at  each  of  the selected
  wavelengths.

      There  are  several  complex computational methods whereby  the
  particle  size distribution and mass concentration can  be  obtained
  from the  optical density measurements made  at  the different
  lengths.  These are discussed in detail  by  Kerker.82
wave-
      The system described by Reisman, et al., uses a computer
 to perform the necessary data reduction78  This system has been
 tested on a petroleum refinery catalytic cracking unit catalyst
 regenerator,  a sewage treatment plant incinerator for sludge
 burning,  an asphaltic concrete plant, a secondary brass and lead
 smelter,  and  an oil-fired power plant.   An example is given for
 data taken at a sludge incinerator (see Figure 15).   Data were
 taken at  0.4  ym,  1.25 ym, 2.2 ym,  and 11.6 ym.  The  optical den-
 sities at these wavelengths  are shown versus  the optical density
 from white-light.   The data  show a steady decrease in scattering
 efficiency with increase  in  the wavelength.   At  1.25  ym the ef-
 ficiency  is about  one-fourth  of that  at 0.4 ym and at 2.2 ym the
 efficiency is  one-half of that  at  1.25  ym.

      The  use of multiple-wavelength transmissometers  to monitor
mass  emissions  seems  promising,  but the  systems  are more  compli-
cated  than  ordinary transmissometers, and  an  undesirable  depen-
dence on  the particle  refractive index  can introduce  errors.

     Light  scattering—Suspended particles in  an aerosol  will
scatter (diffract, refract, and reflect), and  absorb  incident
light; the remaining portion is transmitted.   Whereas transmissom-
                                62

-------
 CO


 O

 JC
 o
 O

 O
CO

111
Q
_j

CJ

0.
o
   0.0
                           •10                    .20


                        OPTICAL DENSITY, white-light
3630-217
    Figure 15.   Results of monochromatic vs.  white-light optical density
                measurements made on sludge incinerator emissions.
                After Reisman,  et al.78
                                   63

-------
 eters use this  remaining  portion of  the incident light as a mea-
 sure of  the particulate mass  concentration  or  of opacity; other
 instruments use the  scattered portions.   Instruments that detect
 the  scattered  light  can be  much more sensitive at low particulate
 concentrations  than  transmissometers.

      Light scattering  instruments suffer  from  some of the same
 problems  as transmissometers  when attempting to infer mass;  i.e.,
 sensitivity to  particle size,  shape,  and  chemical composition.
 The  functional  dependence of  the instrument response to these
 factors is determined  by  the  detection  angles  employed relative
 to the incident beam.   This point is illustrated by Figure 16
 where the scattered  intensity versus particle  size is plotted
 for  two detection  systems and the same  white light illumination.
 For  ideal aerosol  mass  monitors (many particles in the beam)  these
 curves would fall  on the  same straight  line with a slope of  three.
 The  fact  that these  lines are not straight  and do not have a  slope
 of three  means  the deduced  mass depends upon the aerosol size
 distribution.   The variation  with refractive index means that
 the  deduced mass also depends  upon chemical composition.   Further
 discussion  of scattering  versus refractive  index can be found
 in Hodkinson and Greenfield's  work.84  The  effects of such be-
 havior are  accounted for  in practice by calibrations of the  in-
 strument  against another  more  direct mass measurement of the
 aerosol of  interest.

     Nephelometers, devices that  attempt to measure  all of the
 scattered light, have recently  been applied to  stack  monitoring.
One such  instrument called  the  Plant Process Visiometer  (PPV)
has been developed by Meteorology Research, inc.85'86'87   It  must
be pointed out here that  this  instrument is designed  to  measure
opacity and is not considered a mass monitor per  se;  however,
it is normally quite sensitive  to mass changes.   A diagram of
its optical assembly is shown in Figure 17.  The  sample,  extracted
                                64

-------
                                      SCATTERING FUNCTION IN RELATIVE UNITS
a\

-------
                                         LIGHT
                                         SOURCE
            APERTURES
DETECTOR
OPAL GLASS
CALIBRATOR
                                                                  LIGHT TRAP
                                                                3630-219
     Figure 17.  Optical assembly diagram of a nephelometer used in stack
                monitoring.  The scattering angle 0, for any fight ray from
                the source, is the angle between the ray and the horizontal
                line a.  From Ensor and Bevan.85
                                6b

-------
through a probe with no dilution, is passed  through  the  detector
view.  The light source is diffuse so that light rays  illuminate
different portions of the sample in a wide range of  angles  from
near 0° to near 180° with respect to the detector view.  During
operation the detector signal is calibrated  with an  opal glass
calibrator which has been adjusted to give a scattering  coeffi-
cient of 0.055 m"1 as determined with oil smoke using  an inte-
grating nepnelometer and a transmissometer.  This scattering
coefficient value corresponds to an opacity  of 5.4 percent  as-
suming no light absorption (see the section  on opacity for  further
discussion).

     Figure 18 shows mass correlation data with the  PPV  at  the
inlet and outlet of a particulate scrubber on a coal-fired  utility
boiler.  The mass was determined gravimetrically and the scat-
tering coefficient averaged over the time of each mass run.
Ensor88 found that about half of the fluctuation is  explained
by the uncertainties in sampling, and part of the remaining varia-
tion by changes in the particle size distribution.   Figure  19
illustrates the effect which size distribution variation has upon
the correlation between mass concentration and scattering coef-
ficient.  The data from Figure 20 were used  to obtain  the ratio
of particle volume concentration to the scattering coefficient
assuming a particle density of 2 g/cm3.  The geometric mass mean
radius was derived from inertial impactor runs.  The solid  curve
(from Ensor  and Pilat89)  is that calculated  for log-normal  size
distributions with a geometric standard deviation of 4 and  a
constant particle refractive index of 1.50 with no light absorp-
tion .

     An in situ monitor has been developed90 that is based  on
the measurement of the backscattered light.   It uses a laser as
the light source and is a single ended instrument, i.e., both
                                 67

-------
o
o

o
     0.1
     0.8
     0.6
cc
LU

I-



o


M    0.2
    0.01
               |  •  •
                            .
                           • *
                                                          rO
                                                         00
O INLET


• OUTLET
       10
                                    1
                                   50           100




                             MASS CONCENTRATION, mg/Am3
                                                                   00
                                                                            500
                                                                     3630-220
             Figure 18.
                         Mass correlation data taken with the Plant Process

                         Viscometer at the inlet and outlet of a particulate

                         scrubber on a coal-fired utility boiler. After

                         Ensor, et al.88
                                         68

-------
CO
 o
co
 E
 u
   CM  10.0
    E
o
H
cc
<
a.
   o
      1.0
          (MASS/SCATTERING COEFFICIENT) VS GEOMETRIC MASS MEAN RADIUS
          THEORETICAL CURVE WITH GEOMETRTc~STANDARD DEVIATION = 4
          PARTICLE DENSITY ASSUMED TO BE 2 g/cm3
0.1
  0.1
uL
               _L
                              1-0                  10.0

                      GEOMETRIC MASS MEAN RADIUS, d50/2,
                                            J
                                                                  100.0

                                                                3630-221
      Figure 19.   Effect of particle size distribution on particle volume
                  concentration/scattering coefficient.  From Ensor, et al.88

-------
            BACKSCATTERED
            BEAM
    SAMPLING
    VOLUME
                                     LIGHT COLLECTION
                                     LENS
EMITTED
BEAM
LIGHT OMITTING
DIODE
                                                                   SIGNAL
                                                                   DETECTOR
                                                BEAM FORMING
                                                LENS              3630-222
        Figure 20.  Optical diagram of the PILLS V instrument.  From
                   Schmitt, et al.91
                                     70

-------
the light source and detector are  located within  the  same  enclo-
sure.  The instrument  is called  the PILLS V  (see  Figure  20).
It is a member of a family of Particulate Instrumentation  by  Laser
Light Scattering devices developed by Environmental Systems Cor-
poration.  An interesting feature  of the PILLS  V  is the  way in
which the instrument determines  mass concentration.   The instru-
ment optically defines a sample  of 12 cm3  (0.73 in3)  at  10 cm
from the end of the probe within the process  stream.   Detection
of the scattered light at angles greater than 160° relative to
the beam produces an electrical  signal  that  is  proportional to
the mass contained within the sample volume.  Since the  sample
volume is a constant,  the mass concentration  is read  directly
from an appropriately  labeled scale on  the instrument meter.
At present, the instrument does  not possess  the capability to
traverse large stacks  in order to  obtain multi-point  measurements.
Since the particulate mass concentration is  frequently not uniform
across the entire cross-sectional  area  of the stack,  the use  of
such a small sampling volume and the inability  to traverse creates
a problem when trying  to obtain  data that is representative of
the actual total mass concentration present within the stack.

     Some of the specifications92  for the model P-5A,  an improved
version of PILLS V, include the  following:  a measurement  range
of 0.001-10 gram/ACM; response that is  proportional to particle
mass concentration and is relatively independent of the  particle
size in the range of approximately 0.1-8 ym; a process gas pres-
sure limit of +5 inches of water from ambient (higher  limits  are
optional); a process gas temperature limit of 260°C (500°F) (nega-
tive pressure streams permit use at higher temperatures); an  in-
strument response that is independent of gas velocity; an optional
automatic zero and span calibration at preset intervals  without
removal from the stack; and,  a light source consisting of a highly
collimated beam of monochromatic laser  light whose wavelength
is 0.9  urn.  Figure 21 illustrates the theoretical variation of
                                 71

-------
 CO
 CO
cc
LU
a.
i-
a.
D
O
CO
   0.01 —
         0.02    0.05   0.1   0.2    0.5   1.0   2.0    5.0  10.0  20.0

                    NUMBER MEAN DIAMETER, micrometers        3630223

        Figure 21.   Theoretical response of PILLS V vs.  particle size.
                   Calculations for log-normal size distributions with
                   geometric standard deviations of 1.65 and varying
                   number mean diameter. From Schmitt, et al.93
                               12

-------
 the  instrument  response  with  particle  size  for  two types of par-
 ticles,  Si02  and  H20.  These  calculations were  performed for an
 assumed  log-normal  size  distribution with geometric standard
 deviation of  1.65.   Note that the  ordinate  is output per unit
 mass  taking the density  into  account for these  two types of par-
 ticles.  Although the  response  is  about  the same  for these two
 compositions  calibrations  using  gravimetric measurements for
 reference are necessary  for each process stream.9 3 '9 "*'9 5  It
 should be pointed out  also that  particle irregularities  affect
 this  type of  measurement more than opacity  or total scattering.

      Performance data  on the  PILLS V are available in which mass
 correlation tests have been performed.   Independent wind tunnel
 correlations  were performed where  mass concentration was derived
 from  tunnel parameters  (mass  input rate, volumetric air  flow rate,
 air temperature, etc.).  These  tests show linearity correlations
 within ±10%.91  In  another series  of tests  performed by  an ESP
 manufacturer  at a coal-fired  power  plant, correlations of the
 PILLS V  to EPA Method  5  measurements varied by  within ±7% on 5
 tests, +10% on one,  and  -17%  on  one.91  Two extensive series of
 tests9 tt'95 have been performed  in  the pulp  and  paper industry
 which illustrate its sensitivity to size distribution and par-
 ticle composition.   In one of those series95 the PILLS V was com-
 pared with a sampling train similar to the  EPA  Method 17  at three
 paper mills.  Tables IV-VII summarize the conditions and  results
 of those tests.   Table VI  shows  the improvement of  the reliability
 of the data, indicated by  an  increase in the correlation  coeffi-
 cient, when the per cent of particle sizes  within  the 0.1-10  ym
 range is increased.   Table IV shows the correlation  of instrument
 response to color and salt content.  The higher salt content  pro-
 duced a higher instrument  response as did the lighter color  (higher
 reflection).  It is interesting, however, that  the  dark  color
with high salt content produced a high instrument  response.   This
suggests that  the salt content had a more profound  effect  than
the color.

                                 73

-------
        TABLE IV.  TYPICAL FLUE GAS CONDITIONS AND OPERATING
       VARIABLES FOR CPM* CALIBRATION (AFTER WOSTRADOWSKI95)
 MILL
,„.
                                   A
 AV.'I ,|(J,-
   C02 ,  %
   02 ,  %
   H20,  %
   Temp, °F
   Dust  Cone,  gr/sdcf
 Filter  Mesh  Size,  pm
 Boiler  Fuel  Type
 Continuous Operation, months
 Isokinetic Sampling
 Installation

 *Continuous Particulate Monitor
          (PILLS V)
                                              B
8
12.5
10-15
450
0,1-0.7
1.0
Hog/Gas
2.5
Yes
Stack
8.5
12
10
420
0.15-1.0
0.3
Hog/Oil
1.5
Yes
— Duct to
16
3
33
325
0.05-1.2
0.3 or 1.0
Black Liquor
2.5
Yes
Stack —
     TABLE V.  LINEAR REGRESSION RESULTS OF CPM* CALIBRATION
           CURVES FOR EACH MILL  (AFTER WOSTRADOWSKI§5)
MILL
                                A
                                B
Instrument Sensitivity**
Particulate Cone Data, acf:
  Slope***
  Standard Error
  Correlation Coeff, r2
Particulate Cone Data, sdcf
  Slope***
  Standard Error
                     0.2
  0.5
                    16.2
                    81.9
                    0.65
 21.8
105.7
 0.75
  Correlation Coeff, r2
  * Continuous particulate monitor  (PILLS V).
  1.0
9.6
51.7
0.68
15.5
67.6
0.79
12.1
39.1
0.89
 32.0
109.0
 0.89
 ** To compare the instrument response in each mill  the  instrument
    sensitivity  (range setting) has to be adjusted to  the  same  value.
*** Linear regression Equation Y = MX+B where Y = particulate
    Concentration, M = slope, X = instrument response  and  B  = intercept
    (Theoretically there should not be an intercept  and  this was
    substantiated by experiment).
                                 74

-------
    TABLE VT.  COMPARISON OF CORRELATION DATA WITH PARTICULATE
              CHARACTERISTICS  (AFTER WOSTRADOWSKI9 5)
MILL
Slope*
Correlation Coeff, r2
Particulate Size Outside
  Range 0.1 to 10 pm, %
Particulate Color**
Salt Content, %
24.0
 0.68

  60
5-10
  20
15.5
 0.79

  20
5-10
  50
6.1
0.89

 <5
  0
 30
 * The instrument sensitivity  (range setting)  was  adjusted  (by
   calculation) to that used at Mill B  (0.5)  to  the  other  two mills.
   This was done by multiplying the instrument response  in  Mill  A by
   2.5 and by dividing the  instrument response in  Mill C by 2.0.
** Baccarach color test (Petroleum Industry)  is  a  darkness/lightness
   rating based on 0 - white and 10 - black.
    TABLE VII.  RELATIVE PILLS V RESPONSE AS  A FUNCTION OF
       SALT CONCENTRATION AND COLOR OF  THE  EXTRACTED DUST
           SAMPLES FROM MILL B  (AFTER WOSTRADOWSKI
                                                   9 5 <

TEST
NO.
358
359
364
370
373
374
375
376
379
368
401
383
384
392
394
362
366
380

SALT >50%
OF DUST
X
X
X
X







X
X
X
X




SALT <50%
OF DUST




X
X
X
X
X
X
X




X
X
X

DARK
COLOR




X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
. X
X
X




LIGHT
COLOR
X
X
X
X











X
X
X
. LOW
PILLS V
RESPONSE




X
X
X
X
X
X
X





"™
X
HIGH
PILLS V
RESPONSE
X
X
X
X







X
X
X
X
X
~

                                75

-------
      Mass measurements have been performed and recommended -with
 another backscattering instrument96 called an LTV monitor, al-
 though a commercial model is not available.  This device, illu-
 strated in Figure 22 uses a high intensity argon or xenon laser
 and a TV camera with telephoto lens.  The camera optics image
 the backscattered light at 175° from the focused view volume,
 intersecting the laser beam.  Particles that produce illumina-
 tion above the sensitivity threshold can be resolved as distinct
 flashes and the intensity of each can be measured.  The size of
 each particle is derived from the intensity.   The particle mass
 is then deduced from the size and an assumed density.   The video
 analysis circuitry is included in reference 96.   The dynamic range
 of the camera limits the size range to about a factor  of 10.
 This method has the  capability of changing  the position of the
 view volume in the process stream.   However,  deduced particle
 size from  backscattering is  very  sensitive  to refractive index
 and  errors  are tripled  in the calculation of  the  mass.

      The results  of  tests of the  LTV on  coal-fired boilers are
 quite  good  in comparison  with  EPA Method 5  and opacity  measure-
 ments  given  in Table  VIII.   The laser  power was 800  watts  and
 the  sample  volume  of  1  mm3 was  set  40  cm into the duct.   The
 camera resolved  this  volume  into  10"  elements so  that 103  par-
 ticles per  sample  could  be viewed.

     In summary, two  light scattering  instruments,  the  MRI nephelo-
meter and the  ESC  PILLS V, are commercially available and  being
used in routine measurements on process  streams.   As indicated
above these devices give acceptable measures  of mass concentration
in real time  if calibration  is performed for  each  stream against
a direct mass  technique and  if the size  distribution and composi-
tion of the aerosol remain nearly constant.   Very  little is known
at present about the limits of variation of these  aerosol  param-
eters for a given type of stream.   At present studies are  per-
                                 76

-------
STACK GAS
                  WINDOW
                                   PULSED ARGON OR
                                   XENON LASER
                                                 TV CAMERA WITH
                                                 TELEPHOTO LENS
                            PARTICLE SIZE
                            ANALYZER
                                                         3630-224

     Figure 22.  Schematic of Laser-TV Monitor.  After Tipton.96
                              77

-------
TABLE VIII. FIELD TEST RESULTS. (RESULTS IN GRAINS/STANDARD FT3
                          AFTER TIPTON 9 6)                       '
                                                     OPACITY METER
                                                      RESULT (%)

_ 	 ^_
Coal-fired boiler


Oil-fired boiler

	
TEST
NO.
1
2
3
1
2
3
EPA TRAIN
TEST
0.295
0.104
0.143
0.035
0.0361
0.0558
LTV MONITOR 0]
TEST ]
	 — — 	 _ —
0.297
0.100
0.112
0.0322
0.025
0.0575
                                                          40
                                                          27
                                                          25
 formed  on each process to test the correlation of these devices
 to  other  mass measurements as  in the studies described in ref-
 erences 91 and 93-95.

 Other Methods
     Sem, et al.5'," have  reviewed possible  techniques  for  moni-
toring particulate emissions, and a number of  interesting  concepts
were discussed.  Some of these are listed, in  addition to  methods
Sem did not mention, below:
     Sem, et al.
     Resonant Frequency
     Gravimetric Weights
     Rotating Masses
     Impact Momentum
     Capacitance - Di-
       electric Change
     Soiling Potential
     Acoustical Attenuation
       and  Dispersion
     Filter  Pressure Drop
     Gas  Adsorption
Volume Measurement
Capacitance -  Impact
Electrostatic  Contact Charge;
  Bounce
Ion Current Attenuation
Acoustical Particle Counter
Flame lonization  (Altpeter,
  et al.98)
Flame Photometry
Pressure Drop  in Nozzle
                                78

-------
     Additional

     Guichard Apparatus - Charge Transfer  (Knapp68)
     Hot Wire Anemometry  (Goldschmidt99)
     Surface lonization (Extranuclear Laboratories, Inc.,
       P.O. Box 11512, Pittsburgh, PA 15238)

     Some of the techniques listed above may be applicable to
monitoring process streams, and some commercial instruments are
available for laboratory and ambient measurement.  However, none
of these concepts are sufficiently proven to warrant more dis-
cussion in this manual.
                               79

-------
                             SECTION III
                               OPACITY
      Suspended particles in a fluid medium will scatter and absorb
 radiation;  the remaining portion is transmitted.  The transmit-
 tance,  T,  of a fluid medium containing suspended particles is
 defined as  the ratio of transmitted radiation intensity to in-
 cident  radiation intensity.  T is given by the Bouguer, or the
 Beer-Lambert,  law:100
      T = exp (-EL)
                                                               (6)
 where  L is the  thickness of the medium,  and E,  the extinction
 coefficient of  the  medium.   Sometimes the measured transmittance
 is  expressed in terms  of optical density defined as
      O.D.  =  Log  (1/T)
                                                               (7)
 instead of  the  transmittance.   Consequently,  instruments and
 methods for aerosol measurement based  upon  light  transmission
 principles  have been  referred  to as  transmissometers,  smoke den-
 sity meters, photo-extinction  measurements,  turbidimetric mea-
 surements,  etc.

     While  transmittance is defined  as  the  ratio  of  light trans-
mitted through the aerosol to  the  incident  light,  opacity is de-
 fined as the ratio of the light  attenuated  from the  beam by the
aerosol to  the incident light  (i.e., opacity  = 1-T).   Aerosols
which transmit all incident light  are  invisible,  have  a  trans-
mittance of 100%, and an opacity of  zero.   Emissions which at-
tenuate all incident light are  totally  opaque, have  an opacity
                                 80

-------
of 100% and a transmittance of zero.  By definition, opacity  can
only be measured rigorously using transmittance,  rather  than  light
scattering measurements, because the latter yield no measure  of
the quantity of light that is absorbed.

     Many versions of transmissometers, or smoke meters,  are  avail-
able as stack emission monitors.  If the transmissometer  is used
to measure in-stack opacity for purposes of compliance with federal
regulations, it must meet the EPA requirements  for opacity mea-
surement systems as specified in the Federal Register of  September
11, 1974.101  For instance, the use of visible  light as  a light
source is required.  For other uses of the data,  it may  be pos-
sible to operate with nonvisible wavelengths.   The angle  of view
and the angle of projection are both specified, for compliance,
as no greater than 5° (see Figure 23).

     A typical double pass in situ transmissometer design is  il-
lustrated in Figure 24.   The design shown employs a chopped,  dual-
beam, optical system that automatically compensates for  the ef-
                                                           1 fl 9
fects of temperature, voltage changes, and component aging.
The same source is optically divided into a measuring beam and
a reference beam.  The measuring beam is reflected back  by a
corner-cube retroreflector.  The reference beam provides  automatic
gain control to compensate for any changes in detector response
or source intensity.  Zero calibration checks can be made by
inserting a test reflector in the light path outside the  optical
window of the source/detector (transceiver).  This test  reflector
simulates a condition of zero opacity.  The zero calibration  check
is used to adjust for particulate accumulation on the optical
windows or drift due to the instrument circuitry.  It is  assumed
that the retroreflector  windows soil at the same rate as  the  trans-
ceiver window.
                               81

-------
                   PROJECTION ANGLE   ANGLE OF VIEW
SOURCE
                            SAMPLE VOLUME
                                                            APERTURE
           SCHEMATIC OF A TYPICAL TRANSMISSOMETER SYSTEM
                                                                 3630-225
       Figure 23.  Schematic of a transmissometer showing projection
                  and viewing angles which must be no greater than 50
                  for EPA compliance.
                                 82

-------
                                   CHOPPER FREQUENCY
                                   MEASUREMENT
                                   BEAM
                                   F = 3.9 kHz
                       REFERENCE
                       CALIBRATION
                       FILTER
                                                                               OBJECTIVE
                                                                               FOCUSING
                                                                               LENS
                   BEAM SPLINTER
                                                                                                                  RETROFELECTOR
00
                            ZERO
                            CALIBRATION
                            REFLECTOR
TUNGSTEN LAMP
(15W)
APERTURE
PLATE
                   ADJUSTABLE
                   IRIS COARSE
                   ZERO
                           CHOPPER
                           FREQUENCY
                           F = 2.5 kHz
                                    ROTATING
                                    CHOPPER
                                    DISC
                                                      PURGE AIR BLOWER
                                                      AND FILTER
                                                                                                                 3630-226
SYNCHRONOUS
CHOPPER
MOTOR
                                     Figure 24.   A typical double pass in situ transmissometer design.
                                                 After Nader. 79

-------
      Both the transceiver and retroreflector unit are specially
 constructed with air purging attachments to keep the optical win-
 dows free of particulate deposits,  and can provide adequately
 clean windows for three or more months of unattended operation.

      A single pass design is shown  in Figure 25.  In this design,
 the light source with the collimating lens and power supply are
 placed on one side of the stack with the detector cell,  electronics
 and power supply on the opposite side.   The beam makes only one
 pass through the stack  gas which eliminates the problems caused
 by  reflectivity  or back scattering  of the effluent being measured.
 There are two photocells,  one for detection and one used as a
 reference.   Because ambient temperature  fluctuations affect the
 sensitivity  of silicon  photocells,  compensation of the detector
 photocell is required.   The reference photocell,  which samples
 the light from the source  via a fiber optics assembly,  is needed
 to  compensate for  variations  in light source intensity due to
 aging,  line  voltage changes,  and light source replacement.   The
 current output of  the reference cell  is  proportional to  the light
 output  of the source  lamp.  The design shown incorporates a moving
 Mylar  strip  to protect  the  optical  surfaces from dust accumula-
 tion.   This  strip  passes  in front of  the  objective  lens  on both
 the  source and the  sensor  at  a  rate  that  effectively changes every
 hour  that  the  window  is exposed  to  the stack.

     Transmissometers usually contain an  alarm  or warning system
 that alerts plant personnel when  the  opacity exceeds a preset
 limit.  An alarm and/or plant cut off switch can  be  automatically
 activated when limit values are  exceeded.   One  instrument pos-
 sesses the ability  to integrate  the opacity  measurements  over
 various time  intervals.   This permits automatic monitoring  and
control of unacceptable emission or dust  levels whch  are  present
for  long periods  of time, and not for just  a  brief moment.   This
 instrument was used to monitor cement factory emissions sources.104

                                84

-------
       SOURCE UNIT
                                               DETECTOR UNIT
       r
               POWER
               SUPPLY
                                STACK
           LIGHT SOURCE
           WITH
           COLLIMATING
           LENS
CO
       L
ZERO
ADJUST
APERATUREl
               SAMPLE PATH
                (THROUGH
                     STACK)
                          REFERENCE PATH
                          (FIBER OPTICS)
DETECTOR
CELL
                                                       REFERENCE
                                                       CELL
                                                                                        REGULATED
                                                                                        POWER
                                                                                        SUPPLY
                                AMPLIFIER
                                AND ANALOG
                                DIVIDER
                                                                                                             STRIP-CHART
                                                                                                             RECORDER
                                                                                               OPTIONAL
                                                                                               ALARM OR
                                                                                               CONTROL
                                                                                               RELAY
                                                      FUNCTIONAL BLOCK DIAGRAM
                                                                                                                   3630-227
                                  Figure 25.   A single pass transmissometer design.  After Haville. 103

-------
      Transmissometers can be used  to measure  the  in-stack  opacity
  in order to obtain an estimate of  the plume opacity  for compliance
  testing; performance specifications for these transmissometers
  can be found in the Federal Register.101  Also, transmissometers
  can be used to measure the in situ opacity for process control
  or as an estimate of mass concentration.

      When the required measurement is the opacity of the emissions
 at the exit of the stack, a measurement at any other location
  in the stack has to have its optical path length adjusted to the
 exit diameter.   The method of calculation for this adjustment
 can be found in the Federal Register.101  Figure 26 shows the
 relationship of effluent transmittance  at the stack exit as a
 function  of in-stack  transmittance for  various ratios of stack
 exit  diameter  to transmissometer  optical path length.1Q5

      Comparisons of transmissometer measurement  with visual plume
 opacity have been  made.   The  in-stack measurement  is usually com-
 pared with  an out  of  stack  plume  measurement  performed  by  visual
 observation  by  a trained  observer or performed by  telephotometry.

      In one  telephotometric study,IOG it was  concluded  that the
 in-stack  transmissometer  can be used to  monitor  the  opacity of
 plumes emitted  from steel plant basic oxygen  furnaces and  from
 cement plants (over a small range of opacity)  with reasonable
 accuracy.  However, use of the in-stack  transmissometer  for  sul-
 furic acid plants was found to be questionable.

     Another study was performed  to determine  the  influence  of
 transmissometer design on the correlation of in-stack opacity
measurements with the stack plume opacity as measured by tele-
photometry.107
                                86

-------
100
               20          30      40     50   60
                 IN STACK TRANSIVHTTANCE, percent
                                       70  80 90  100
                                                        3630-228
 Figure 26.
Effluent transmittance vs. in stack transmittance for
varying ratios of stack exit diameter to in stack path
length:  A = 1/4, B = 7/2, C = 3/4, D = 1,  E = 4/3
F = 2, G = 4. After  Nader. 105
                            87

-------
      Ensor and Pilat have developed theoretical methods for cal-
 culating plume opacity from the properties and concentration of
 the particles in the plume.89   Use of constants that are deter-
 mined experimentally from the effluent improves the reliability
 of the theoretical method.108

      The important parameters which affect transmissometer per-
 formance in a given process stream are the particle size distri-
 bution in the process stream,  particle shape and refractive index,
 the wavelength of the transmitted radiation, and the collimating
 angles of the transmissometer.

      The effect of the first four parameters are combined into
 the extinctin coefficient,  E,  of the process stream.
E = TT  I    r2
/
                 rQ  (a,m)N(r)dr
where
        a = size parameter,  2r7r/X
        r = particle  radius
        x = wavelength of  the radiation
        m = particle  refractive  index  relative  to  the  gas  medium
     N(r) = number size frequency distribution,  i.e.,  the  number
            of particles of  radius r per volume  per  Ar
       QE = particle  extinction  coefficient

Thus, the extinction  coefficient, E, is calculated by  summing
the effects of all the individual particles  in the process  stream,

     QE,  the particle extinction coefficient, is defined as  the
total light flux scattered and absorbed by a particle divided
                                88

-------
 by  the  light  flux  incident  on  the  particle.   For  spherical par-
 ticle,  with typical  indices of  refraction  relative to air of 1.3
 to  1.6, QE will  vary from 0 to  4.   For  these particles in the
 Rayleigh  scattering  region  (diameter, d <  0.05  ym in white light)
 QE  is approximately  0.   For this type of particle in the Mie scat-
 tering  region  (0.05  < d  < 2 ym  in  white light)  Q   varies from
 0 to 4.   For  this  type of particle in the  geometric scattering
 region  (d > 2  ym in  white light) QE approaches  a  theoretical limit
 of  2 for  very  large  particles.  See Figure 27.

     In practice,  the particles in stack emissions are polydis-
 persed  and the light source is polychromatic.   This results in
 the smoothing  out  of the oscillatory behavior depicted in Figure
 27.  However,  distribution  of transparent  particles which are
 skewed  to a narrow range of particle sizes in the Mie region can
 result  in opacity  readings  for this region similar to those found
 for much  higher  mass concentrations of  absorbing  particles.

     Aerosols  with mean particle diameters above  2 ym,  such as
 those sometimes  found in stacks, will generally have a mean par-
 ticle extinction coefficient of 2  and a transmittance that is
 not strongly dependent on wavelength.   Measurements of the emis-
 sions from a pulverized coal-fired  power plant  using an in-stack
 transmissometer, were found  to vary as  a function of the wave-
 length of monochromatic light in the visible range,  there being
 an increase in opacity of about 7%  in going  from  red to blue
 light.107  In a  study using  experimental white  (oil)  and black
 (carbon) plumes, this effect was more pronounced  with the trans-
parent white plume than with the absorbing black  plume.109

     To obtain true  transmittance data  the collimation  angles
 (angles of view and  projection) for  the  transmitter  and receiver
must be limited to reduce the sensitivity  to stray light scatter
 (see Figure 23).  A  zero degree angle is the ideal collimating
                                89

-------
                             A - TRANSPARENT MONODISPERSE SPHERES, m = 1 33
                             B - TRANSPARENT MONODISPERSE SPHERES m = 1 5
                             C - ABSORBING MONODISPERSE SPHERES, m = 1.59 - 0 66
                           1-0         1.5          2.0
                          PARTICLE DIAMETER, micrometers
                               MIE
                                                             GEOMETRIC
RAYLEIGH
            Figure 27.  Particle extinction coefficients for various aerosols over
                       three scatteringjegions:  Rayleigh, Mie, and Geometric.
                                                                          3630-229
                                       90

-------
angle, whereas a finite angle will introduce a systematic  error.
However, a compromise is necessary, since as a zero degree col-
limation is approached, instrument construction costs, operating
stability, and optical alignment problems increase.  A transmis-
someter having a 5 degree collimating angle applied to the emis-
sions of a pulverized coal-fired stream generator gave an  opacity
measurement that was about 5% low relative to the zero degree
value.

     The error in the transmissometer measurement due to the use
of different light detection angles has been analyzed theoreti-
cally by Ensor and Pilat and was shown to be a function of de-
tection angle and particle size.110  They showed that, in  general,
the error associated with a given detector viewing angle increases
with an increase in the particle mean diameter.

     In situ transmissometers produce an instantaneous measure
of the average opacity created by the differing particle concentra-
tions that exist along the line of sight of the transmissometer
light beam.  This eliminates the need for traversing the stack
as is done, for point measurements or extractive measurements.
However, the need for an extractive transmissometer arises when
measurement is to be made of process streams containing water
droplets.  (Water vapor does not cause trouble but droplets do.)
In such cases, it is necessary to extract and then heat a  sample
from the stream, thus vaporizing the water droplets.

     As opacity, 1-T, approaches zero the relative error in its
measurement with a transmissometer becomes unavoidably large.
For example,  a two per cent error in the transmittance measurement
gives a 50 per cent error in an opacity of four per cent.  In
such cases a nephelometer as used by Ensor,86 may be a more ac-
curate measure of opacity, although it requires a probe and sampl-
ing traverses.  This instrument when used as an opacity monitor
                                91

-------
attempts to determine E, the extinction coefficient,  through  a
measurement of the scattering coefficient alone where E  =  scatter-
inc coefficient + absorption coefficient.  The errors in this
type of opacity measurement depend upon the variation of the  ratio
of aerosol absorption coefficient to the scattering coefficient
and the errors associated with extractive sampling.  The ratio
varies from zero for nonabsorbing particles to about one for
highly absorbing ones giving possible errors in opacity  up to
100 per cent depending upon the calibration aerosol.  However,
if a calibration aerosol is chosen judiciously (i.e., with optical
properties close to those of the sampled aerosol)  and the opacity
is low, the nephelometer errors are much smaller than those ob-
tained with the transmissometer at low opacities.   Operation of
the nephelometer is discussed further,  including field test data,
in the section on mass monitors.
                                92

-------
                             SECTION  IV
                    PARTICLE SIZE DISTRIBUTIONS

ESTABLISHED TECHNIQUES

Field Measurements

Aerodynamic Methods—•

     In order to avoid unnecessary complications in data presenta-
tion, particles of different shapes may be assigned aerodynamic
diameters.  The aerodynamic diameter of a particle is the diameter
of a unit density sphere that has the same settling velocity as
the particle of interest.  The aerodynamic diameter is related
to the way that a particle will behave in the respiratory system
as well as in aerodynamic sizing devices.

     Examples of aerodynamic particle sizing instruments are
centrifuges, cyclones, cascade impactors, and elutriators.  Each
of these instruments employs the unique relationship between a
particle's diameter and mobility in gas or air to collect and
classify the particles by size.  For pollution studies cyclones
and impactors, primarily the latter, are more useful because they
are rugged and compact enough for in situ sampling.  As previously
explained, in situ sampling is preferred because the measured
size distribution may be seriously distorted if a probe is used
for sample extraction.  In the following two subsections, methods
of using impactors and cyclones are discussed.
                                93

-------
     Cascade impactors—The mechanism by which a cascade  impactor
operates is illustrated in Figure 28.  In each stage of an  im-
pactor, the gas stream passes through an orifice and forms  a  jet
that is directed toward an impaction plate.  For each stage there
is a characteristic particle diameter that has a 50% probability
of impaction.  This characteristic diameter  is called the D50
of the stage.  Although single jets are shown in Figure 30  for
illustrative purposes, commercial impactors  may have from one
to several hundred jets in a stage.  Typically, an  impactor has
five to ten stages.

     The particle collection efficiency of a particular impactor
jet-plate combination is determined by 'such  properties  of the
aerosol such as; the particle shape and density, by the viscosity
of the gas, and by the design>of  the  impactor stage  (that  is the
shape of the jet, the diameter of the jet and the jet-to-plate
spacing).111'112'113'114'115   There is also a slight dependence
on the type of collection surface used (glass fiber, grease,
metal, etc.).116fl17 rl ia

     Most modern impactor designs are based  on the  semi-empirical
theory of Ranz and Wong.119  Although more sophisticated  theories
have been developed,120'121'122 these are more difficult  to apply.
Since variations from ideal behavior in actual impactors dictate
that they be calibrated experimentally, the  theory  of Ranz  and
Wong is generally satisfactory for the selection of jet diameters,
Cohen and Montan,111 Marple and Willeke,112  and Newton et al.,114
have published papers that summarize the important  results  from
theoretical and experimental studies to determine the most  im-
portant factors in impactor performance:

     1.  The jet Reynolds number should be between  100 and  3000.
                                94

-------
                                        \ PATH OF
                                         \ SMALL PARTICLE
                                             3630-230
Figure 28.   Schematic diagram, operation of cascade impactor.

-------
      2.  The jet velocity should be 10 times greater than the
          settling velocity of particles having the stage D50.

      3.  The jet velocity should be less than 110 m/sec.

      4.  The jet diameter should not be smaller than can be at-
          tained by conventional machining technology.

      5.  The ratio of the jet-plate spacing and the jet diameter
          or width (S/W)  should lie between 1 and 3.

      6.  The ratio of the jet throat length to the jet diameter
          (T/W)  should be approximately equal to unity.

      7.  The jet entries should be streamlined or countersunk.

      Smith  and  McCain123  have observed that the jet velocity for
 optimum collection of dry particles may be as low as 10 m/sec,
 which places a  more  stringent criterion on impactor design and
 operation.

      Figures 29  and  30 are charts  that summarize  the design  cri-
 teria for cascade  impactors.   It can be seen that it is almost
 impossible  to achieve D50's of  0.2-0.3 ym  without violating  some
 of the  recommended guidelines.

     Table  IX lists six commercially available cascade  impactors
 that are designed for instack use, and  tables X through XIV show
 some geometric and operating parameters for  the commercial im-
pactors.  Schematic diagrams of five commercially available impac-
 tors are shown in Figure 31.

      The  impactors are all constructed of  stainless steel  for
 corrosion resistance.  All have round  jets,  except  the  Sierra
                                96

-------
   10.0
u

DC
LLJ
   0.01
       Figure 29.   Approximate relationship among jet diameter,
                   number of jets per stage, jet velocity, and stage
                   cut point for circular jet impactors.  From
                   Smith and McCain. 123
                                  97

-------
    104
a
LU
O
_l
U_
            W = Jet Diameter
           Re = Reynolds Number
            C = Cunningham Slip Correction
          D50 = Particle Aerodynamic Dia.
                 at 50% Cut Point
                                 10°
1                             1          5

  NUMBER OF ROUND JETS PER STAGE, n
                                                                                           50  100
  500 1000

3630-232
                  Figure 30.   Design chart for round impactors.  (D^o = aerodynamic diameter
                              at 50% cut point.)  After Marple. 112
                                                       98

-------
                                          TABLE  IX

                         COMMERCIAL CASCADE  IMPACTOR SAMPLING SYSTEMS
       Name

Andersen Stack Sampler
(Precollection Cyclone
 Avail.)

Univ. of Washington
Mark III Source Test
Cascade Impactor
(Precollection Cyclone
 Avail.)

Univ. of Washington
Mark V
Brink Cascade Impactor
 (Precollection Cyclone
 Avail.)

Sierra Source Cascade
Impactor - Model  226
 (Precollection Cyclone
 Avail.)

MRI  Inertial Cascade
Impactor
Nominal Flow rate
   (cm3/sec)	

      236
      236
      100
      14.2
      118
       236
         Substrates

Glass Fiber (Available from
 manufacturer)


Stainless Steel Inserts,
Glass Fiber, Grease
Stainless Steel Inserts,
Glass Fiber, Grease
Glass Fiber, Aluminum,
Grease
Glass Fiber  (Available
from manufacturer)
 Stainless  Steel,  Alumn-
 num, Mylar,  Teflon.
 Optional:  Gold,  Silver,
 Nickel
Manufacturer

Andersen 2000, Inc.
P.O. Box 20769
Atlanta, GA 30320

Pollution Control
System Corp.
321 Evergreen Bldg.
Renton, WA 98055


Pollution Control
System Corp.
321 Evergreen Bldg.
Renton, WA 98055

Monsanto EviroChem
Systems, Inc.
St. Louis, MO 63166

Sierra  Instruments, Inc
P.O. Box 909
Village Square
Carmel  Valley,  CA  9392<

Meteorology Research,
Inc.
Box 637
Altadena, CA  91001

-------
            TABLE  X.
CASCADE IMPACTOR STAGE PARAMETERS
 ANDERSON MARK III STACK SAMPLER
Stage
M No. '
o
o
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
No . o f
Jets

264
264
264
264
264
264
264
156
D.-Jet
Diameter
(cm)

.1638
.1253
.0948
.0759
.0567
.0359
.0261
.0251
S-Jet
to Plate
Distance
(cm)

.254
.254
.254
.254
.254
.254
.254
.254
D

1
2
2
3
4
7
9
10
S
j

.55
.03
.68
.35
.48
.08
.73
.12
Reynolds
Number

45
59
78
98
131
206
284
500
Jet
Velocity
(m/sec)

0
0
1
2
3
9
17
31

•4
.8
.3
.0
.6
.0
.1
.5
Cumulative Frac-
tion of Impac-
tor Pressure Drop
at each stage

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1

.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.2
.3
.0

-------
                                            TABLE XI.
                                CASCADE IMPACTOR STAGE  PARAMETERS
                              MODIFIED BRINK MODEL  B CASCADE IMPACTOR
o
Stage
No.
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
No. of
Jets
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
D.-Jet
Diameter
(cm)
.3598
.2439
.1755
.1375
.0930
.0726
.0573
S-Jet
to Plate
Distance
(cm)
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
.016
.749
.544
.424
.277
.213
.191
D
2.
3.
3.
3.
2.
2.
3.
S
j
82
07
10
08
98
93
33
Reynolds
Number
326
481
669
853
1263
1617
2049
Jet
Velocity
(m/sec)
1
3
6
9
21
35
58
.4
.0
.0
.7
.2
.3
.8
Cumulative Frac-
tion of Impac-
tor Pressure Drop
at each stage
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
1.
0
0
0
0
065
255
000

-------
                 TABLE  XII.
     CASCADE IMPACTOR STAGE PARAMETERS
MRI MODEL 1502 INERTIAL CASCADE IMPACTORS
Stage No., of
No. Jets
M
o
NJ
1 8
2 12
3 24
4 24
5 24
6 24
7 12
D.-Jet
Diameter
(cm)

0.870
0.476
0.205
0.118
0.084
0.052
0.052
S-Jet
to Plate
Distance
(cm)

0.767
0.419
0.191
0.191
0.191
0.191
0.191
S_
D .
D

.88
.88
.96
1.61
2.27
3.60
3.60
Reynolds
Number

281
341
411
684
973
1530
3059
Cumulative Frac-
Jet ' tion of Impac-
Velocity tor Pressure Drop
(m/jsec) at each stage

0.5
1.1
3.2
8.9-
18.2
45.9
102.3

0.0
o.o •
0.0
0.0
0.045
0.216
1.000

-------
          TABLE  XIII.
CASCADE IMPACTOR STAGE PARAMETERS
 SIERRA MODEL 226 SOURCE  SAMPLER
Stage
No.
1
M 2
o
3
4
5
6
W-Jet
Slit
Width
(cm)
0.
0.

0.
0.
0.
0.
3590
1988

1147
0627
0358
0288
Jet
Slit
Length
(cm)
5.156
5.152

3.882
3.844
3.869
2.301
S-Jet
to Plate
Distance
(cm)
0.
0.

0.
0.
0.
.0.
635
318

239
239
239
239
S
W (
1.77
1.60

2.08
3.81
6.68
8.30
Reynolds
Number
@14.16 1pm)
602
602

800
808
802
1348
Jet Cumulative Frac-
Velocity tion of Impac-
(m/sec) tor Pressure Drop
(@14.16 1pm) at each Stage
1
2

5
10
17
36
.3
.3

.4 •
.0
.4
.9
0
0

0
0
0
1
. 0
.0

.0
.154
.308
.000

-------
                          TABLE XIV



              CASCADE IMPACTOR STAGE PARAMETERS




UNIVERSITY OF WASHINGTON MARK III  SOURCE  TEST CASCADE IMPACTOR
Stage
o No-
>£>
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
No. of
Jets
1
6
12
90
110
110
90
D.-Jet
Diameter
(cm)
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
.842
.577
.250
.0808
.0524
.0333
.0245
S-Jet
to Plate
Distance
(cm)
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
.422
.648
.318
.318
.318
.318
.318
S
°i
.78
1.12.
1.27
3.94
6.07
9.55
12.98
Reynolds
Number
1073
565
653
269
340
535
929
Cumulative Frac-
Jet tion of Impac-
Velocity tor Pressure Drop
(m/-sec) at each Stage
0
1
4
5
10
25
60
.9
.5
.1
.2
.2
.4
.0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
.0
.0
•0
.019
.057
.189
.000

-------
                   INLET JET
                   STAGE NO. 1
                      FILTER

                      IMPACTOR BASE
                                           PRECOLLECTION
                                           CYCLONE
                                                  JET STAGE _
                                                  (7 TOTAL)
                                                 COLLECTION
                                                 PLATE
                                                                            t
                                                                            t
                                                                            t
                                                                                    D
    MRI MODEL 1502
                                                               MODIFIED BRINK
 COLLECTION PLATE
                                                                      COLLECTION
                                                                      PLATE (7 TOTAL!
                                                                     FILTER HOLDER
                            UNIVERSITY OF WASHINGTON MARK III
Figure 31.   Schematics of five commercial cascade impactors (Sheet 1 of 2).
                                      105

-------
INLET CONE
               SIERRA MODEL 226
                                                                    JET STAGE (9 TOTAL)
                                                      ANDERSON MARK III      3630233
     Figure 31.   Schematics of five commercial cascade impactors (Sheet 2 of 2).
                                         106

-------
 Model  226,  which  is  a radial  slit design,and all have stages with
 multiple  jets,  except the  Brink.   It is  customary to operate the
 impactors at  a  constant  flowrate  during  a  tost so that the Dso's
 will remain constant.  The impactor  flowrate is chosen,  within
 a  fairly  narrow allowable  range,  to  give a certain sampling ve-
 locity  at the nozzle inlet.   Streamlined nozzles of different
 diameters are provided to  allow the  sample to be taken at  a
 velocity  equal  to  that of  the gas stream.

     Since  the  impaction plates weigh a  gram or  more,  and  the
typical mass  collected on  a plate during a  test  is  on  the  order
of 1-10 mg, it  is often necessary to place  a light  weight  collec-
tion substrate over  the impaction plate  to  reduce  the  tare.   These
substrates  are usually glass  fiber filter material  or  greased
aluminum  foil.  A second function of the substrates  is to  reduce
particle bounce.

     Gushing, et al. have  done extensive calibration studies of
 the commercial, instack, cascade  impactors.117  Figure 32  shows
 results from  calibration of the Andersen Mark III impactor that
 are similar to  the performance of the other types as well.  Similar
 results have  been  reported by Mercer and Stafford,122  Rao  and
Whitby,116  and  Calvert,  et al.12* for impactors of different de-
 sign.   Notice that the collection efficiency increases,  as particle
 size increases, up to a maximum value that is less than  100%.
The decrease  in collection efficiency for  large particles  repre-
sents bounce  and can introduce serious errors in the calculated
particle-size distribution.

     There  bar, not been an extensive evaluation  of  cascade im-
pactors under field  conditions, although some preliminary  work
was reported  by McCain, et al.125  It is difficult  to  judge from
existing  data exactly how  accurate impactors are,  or  how well
                              107

-------
0
 .3    .4   .5  .6.7.8.91.0          2      3    4   5   6  7  8 9 10

                       PARTICLE DIAMETER, micrometers              3630-234


         Figure 32.  Calibration of an Anderson Mark III impactor.
                     Collection efficiency vs. particle size for stages
                     1 through 8.  After Gushing, et al.11?
                                 108

-------
 the data taken by different groups or with different  impactors
 will correlate.  Problems that are known to exist  in  the  applica-
 tion of impactors in the field are:  substrate instability,122'26
 the presence of charge on the aerosol particles,126 particle
 bounce,116'122  and mechanical problems in the operation  of the
 impactor systems.

      In the past, the reduction of data from an extensive field
 test has been excessively tedious and time consuming.  However,
 a powerful computer program is now available that decreases the
 effort required to reduce and analyze impactor data by approxi-
 mately a factor of five.127

      Research is  continuing to improve  the  hardware and tech-
 niques  for  making particle-size measurements  with impactors.
 At the  present time,  it  is  necessary  that  the  operators be experi-
 enced  and  that great  care be exercised  to  avoid many potential
 sources of  errors in  order  to  obtain  reliable  results.

     Cyclones—Cyclones have been  used  for many years  as devices
 for cleaning  dusty air and also to separate respirable and non-
 respirable dusts  in personnel  exposure monitors.  Strauss128 has
 reviewed in detail the theory, design, and performance of  indus-
 trial cyclones, while Lippmann and Chan have performed several
 experimental/theoretical  studies of the small cyclones used as
 personnel exposure monitors.129'130  in general it  can be  said
 that the existing theories are not accurate enough  to  design
 cyclones tor particle sizing, and  thus such designs must be de-
 veloped empirically.

     Figure 33 illustrates a typical reverse flow cyclone.  The
aerosol sample enters the cyclone through a tangential  inlet and
forms a vortex flow pattern.  Particles move outward toward the
cyclone wall with velocity that is determined by the geometry
and flowrate in the cyclone, and by their size.  Large  particles
                                109

-------
SAMPLE AIR FLOW
                                                    GAS EXIT TUBE
                                                          CAP
                                                             CYLINDER
                                                     CONE
                                                            COLLECTION CUP
                                                              3630-235
        Figure 33.  Hypothetical flow through typical reverse flow cyclone.
                                110

-------
 reach  the  walls  and  are  collected.   Figure 34  compares the cali-
 bration  curve  for  a  small  cyclone with  a  typical  impactor  calibra-
 tion curve.  The cyclone can  be  seen to perform almost as well as t
 impactor,  and  the  problem  of  large  particle  bounce  and reentrain-
 ment is  absent.
     Several theories have been proposed  in attempts to describe
the efficiency of particle collection by  cyclones.  The majority
of the theoretical equations, however,  were developed  for  cyclone
design in  industrial gas cleaning applications.  Typically,  the
theories include terms for the centripetal and  aerodynamic  drag
forces on  the aerosol particles.  As with  impactors, cyclone per-
formance may be conveniently  expressed  in  terms of  a characteristic
D50, which is the diameter of particles that  are collected  with
50% efficiency.  In  their  recent experiments  with small cyclones,
Chan and Lippmann 1 3° have  observed  that most  cyclone performance
data can be fitted by equations of  the  form

     D50  =  KQn                                                  (8)

 where:
     K is an empirical constant,
     Q is the sample flow  rate, and
     n is an empirical constant.

Unfortunately,  K and n are different for  each cyclone  geometry,
and apparently are impossible to predict.  In their study,  Chan
aad Lippmann found K to vary  from 6.17  to  4591, and n  from  -0.636
to -2.13.  A similar study by Smith  and Wilson131 found K  to vary
from 44 to 14,  and n from  -0.63 to  -1.11  for  five small cyclones.

     In addition to  the  flowrate dependence indicated  in equation
(8),  cyclone  D50's  also  are affected by  temperature through the
viscosity of the gas.  Smith  and Wilson found this  dependence
to be linear, but with a different  slope  for  different cyclone
dimensions and flowrates.
                                Ill

-------
5?
  it

O

Ui
Z
O
\-
o
O
O
                     IMPACTOR — I I— CYCLONE
                               1.0          1.5         2.0


                                    PARTICLE DIAMETER / D50
              Figure 34.   Comparison of cascade impactor stage with cyclone collection
                         efficiency curve.
                                        112

-------
     A series of cyclones with progressively decreasing D5fl's
can be used instead of impactors to obtain particle size distri-
butions, with the advantages that larger samples are acquired,
particle bounce is not a problem, and no substrates are required.
Also, longer sampling times are possible with cyclones, which
can be an advantage at very dusty streams, or a disadvantage at
relatively clean streams.

     Figure 35 shows a schematic diagram of a series cyclone sys-
tem that was described by Rusanov132 and is used in the Soviet
Union for obtaining particle size information.  This device is
operated instack, but because of the rather large dimensions,
requires a 20 cm diameter port for entry.

     Southern Research Institute, under EPA sponsorship, has de-
signed and built a prototype three-stage series cyclone system
for in-stack use.133 A sketch of this system is shown  in Figure
36.  it is designed to operate at 472 cm3/sec  (1 ft3/min).  The
Dso's for these cyclones are 3.0, 1.6, and 0.6 micrometer aero-
dynamic at 21°C.  A 47 mm Gelman filter holder, (Gelman Instrument
Co., 600 South Wagner Road, Ann Arbor, MI 48106), is used as a
back up filter after the last cyclone.  This series cyclone system
was designed for in-stack use and requires a 15 cm diameter sampling
port.  Figure 37 shows a comparison of particle-size distributions
measured using the cyclone system and cascade impactors.:3^

     Figure 38 illustrates a second generation EPA/Southern Re-
search series cyclone system now under development, containing
five cyclones and a back up filter.  It is a compact system and
will fit through 10 cm diameter ports..  The initial prototype
was made of anodized aluminum with stainless steel connecting
hardware.  A second prototype, for in-stack evaluation, is made
of titanium.
                               113

-------
                                          INLET NOZZLE
                              CYCLONE 2
CYCLONE 1


     3630-237
Figure 35.   Series cyclone used in the U.S.S. R. for sizing flue gas aerosol
            particles.  From Rusanov. 132
                               114

-------
                                        TO PUMP
          BACKUP FILTER
CYCLONE 2
                                                           •CYCLONE 3
                                                      • NOZZLE
                                                            CYCLONE 1
                                                               3630-238
   Figure 36.  Schematic of the Southern Research Institute Three Series
               Cyclone System.

-------
       10°
   CO
    E

   1
   T3
   o
   •o

   z
   o
   \-

   00

   cc

   V)
   Q
10"7
  <  10-2
  oc
  LU
      io-*
     10-4
                                    O SERIES CYCLONE
        0-1               1.0               10


                  PARTICLE DIAMETER, Dgeo, //m
                                                    100
                                                     3630-239
Figure 37.   Comparison of Southern Research Institute Three Series

            Cyclone System data with cascade impactor curve
            After Gcoding. 134
                             116

-------
                                     CYCLONE 1
             CYCLONE 4
 CYCLONE 5
                                               CYCLONE 2
                                                                      CYCLONE 3
OUTLET
                                                                       INLET NOZZLE
                                                                    3630-240
            Figure 38.   The EPA/Southern Research Institute Five Series
                        Cyclone System.
                                         117

-------
      Figure 39 contains laboratory calibrations data for the five
 cyclone prototype system.  The D50's, at the test conditions,
 are 0.32, 0.6, 1.3, 2.6, and 7.5 ym.  A continuing research pro-
 gram includes studies to investigate the dependence of the cyclone
 cut points upon the sample flowrate and temperature so that the
 behavior of the cyclones at stack conditions can be predicted
 more accurately.131

      The Acurex-Aerotherm Source Assessment Sampling System (SASS)
 incorporates three cyclones and a back-up filter.135  Shown schemati-
 cally in Figure 40,  the SASS is designed to be operated at a flow-
 rate of 3065 cm3/sec (6.5 ft3/min)  with nominal cyclone D50's
 of  10,  3,  and 1 micrometer  aerodynamic diameter at a gas tempera-
 ture of 205°C.   The cyclones,  which are too large for in situ
 sampling,  are heated in an  oven to  keep the air stream from the
 heated  extractive  probe at  stack temperature or above the dew
 point until  the particulate is  collected.   Besides providing par-
 ticle size distribution information,  the cyclones collect gram
 quantities of dust (due to  the  high flowrate)  for later chemical
 and  biological  analyses.  The SASS  train is available from Acurex-
 Aerotherm, inc., 485 Clyde  Ave.,  Mountain View,  California 94042.

      Small cyclone systems  appear to  be  practical alternatives
 to cascade impactors as  instruments  for  measuring particle  size
 distributions in process  streams  under conditions where it  is
 appropriate  to  sample for longer  periods and  to  obtain  larger
 samples.

Optical Particle Counters—

     Figure 41 is a  schematic diagram illustrating the  principle
of operation for optical particle counters.  A dilute aerosol
stream intersects the focus of a light beam to form an  optical
"view volume."  The photodetector is located so  that no light
                                118

-------
                                                       COLLECTION EFFICIENCY,
V£>
                         f
                  O NO 5- f~-
                  -s po g gj

                  "•* co^. §•
                  «t» ^ » 5
                       : Oj

                    s-
                    q- Co ^-


                    111

                    ££§
                    O O
                    -+> 3

                    I\O ^
                    ^2
                    Q.
                        I
                    * 53
                    8-5?
                      o 8

-------
to
O
                               HEATER
                               CONTROLLER
STACK T.C. (
                                                 CONVECTION OVEN
                                                                         FILTER
                    V"X-[  SS PROBE *  I   |
                                        L.^	A
                                                           OVEN—"A A
                                                           T.C.
                                       XAD-2
                                       CARTRIDGE
                                                                    CONDENSATE
                                                                    COLLECTOR
                               DRY GAS METER
                        	ORIFICE METERS
                          CENTRALIZED TEMPERATURE
                          AND PRESSURE READOUT
                              CONTROL MODULE
                                                         10 CFM VACUUM PUMP
                                                                                       GAS COOLER
GAS
TEMPERATURE
T.C.
                                                                 IMP/COOLER
                                                                 TRACE ELEMENT
                                                                 COLLECTOR
                                                                                                           \
                       IMPINGER
                       T.C.
                                                                                                      3630-242
                                  Figure 40.  Schematic of the Acurex-Aerotherm Source Assessment
                                             Sampling System (SASS).

-------
                                       LIGHT TRAP
LAMP
                                                        SAMPLE AEROSOL
                                       TO PUMP
                                                               PHOTOMULTIPLIER
                                                                       3630-243
               Figure 41.  Schematic of an optical single particle coun ter.
                                      121

-------
 reaches its sensitive cathode except that scattered by particles
 in the view volume.   Thus,  each particle that scatters light with
 enough intensity will generate a current pulse at the photodetector,
 and the amplitude of the pulse can be related to the particle
 diameter.   Optical particle counters yield real-time information
 on particle size and concentration.

      In an optical particle counter, the intensity of the scat-
 tered light and the amplitude of the resulting current pulse depend
 on the viewing  angle,  particle refractive index,  particle shape,
 and particle  diameter.   Different  viewing angles  and optical geome-
 tires are  chosen to  optimize  some  aspect of  the counter  perform-
 ance.   For  example,  the  use of near  forward  scattering will  mini-
 mize  the dependence  of the  response  on  the particle refractive
 index,  but  with a  severe loss of resolution  near  1 ym diameter.
 The use of  right angle scattering  smooths out the response curve,
 but the intensity  is more dependent  on  the particle refractive
 index.  Figure  42  shows  calibration  data for  near forward and
 right  angle scattering particle  counters.136

      Figure 43  illustrates  some  of the  optical  configurations
 that  are found  in  commercial  particle counters.   The pertinent
 geometric and operating  constants of  the counters are summarized
 in  Table XV.

     The commercial optical counters  that  are available  now  were
designed for laboratory  work  and have concentration limits of
a few hundred particles  per cubic centimeter.   The  lower  size
limit is nominally about 0.3  ym  diameter.  For  use  in studies
of  industrial aerosols,  dilution of  the  sample  is  required and
the useful upper limit in particle size  has been  limited  by  losses
in the dilution system to about  2.0 ym diameter.137   In  addition,
the particle diameter that is measured is  not aerodynamic, and
some assumptions must be made in order to  compare optical  with
                                122

-------
               10
N5
UJ
           O
O   0.5
CC
Ul
2

8
               0.1
              0.05
                                             '  ' '
                      O  n  = 1.6 (CARGILLE)
                  -  •  n  = 1.6 (PSL)
                      A  n  = 1.4 (CARGILLE)
EXPERIMENTAL
n = 1.49 (DOP)
                                  ROYCO PC 220
                    I  Mill	I	I   l  I  l i  ill
                   0.5      1                5

                          PARTICLE DIAMETER, urn

                         a. Flight angle scattering.
                 10
                                            10
                                               .  11' MI
                                                                               o
                                                                               a.

                                                                               O
                                                                                  1.0
                                                                               I-
                                                                               z
                                                                               O  0.5
                                                                                  0.1
                                                                                             i—r
                                                                                          O n = 1.6 (CARGILLE)
                                                                                          • n = 1.6 (PSL)
                                                                                          A n = 1.4 (CARGILLE)
                                                                                                              EXPERIMENTAL
                                                                                                              n = 1.49 (DOP)
                                                0.5
                                                                                               ROYCO PC 245

                                                                                             I    I	"I  I i i
                                                                               LL
                                                                                     1                 5      10

                                                                                     PARTICLE DIAMETER, am
                                                                                  3630-244
                                                        b. Near forward scattering.
                                      Figure 42.  Experimental calibration curves for two optical particle
                                                 counters.  After Willeke and Liu. 136

-------
SENSOR
CHAMBER.    X
          L^'
          r=*^
\ \
 X,\
PHOTOMULTIPLIER
               T
                 lc
                                VIEW VOLUME
           CALIBRATOR
                                         CLIMET
                                                                            SCATTERING    )
                                                                            PHOTODETECTOR \
                                                                            MODULE       I
                                                               CURVED MIRROR
                                                               90.9% REFLECTIVITY
                                      'REFERENCE
                                      PHOTOOETECTOR
                                      MODULE
                                                                                                    5 mm F.L.
                                                                                                    PARABOLIC MIRROR
                                                                                                    90% REFLECTIVITY

                                                                                                  "0" RING SEAL
                                                                                                            DUMP WINDOW
                                                                                                   ^ERODYNAMICALLY
                                                                                                   FOCUSING INLET
                                                                                                   SHEATH AIR
                                                                        PMS LAS-200
                                                                                                   W SAMPLE AIR
               COLLECTION    PUPIL
      LIGHT    LENS         LENS
      TRAP
                                    PHOTOMULTIPLIER
                                                              REFLECTOR
                                                                       DEFINING
                                                                       OPERTURE
                                                                RELAY
                                                                LENS
AEROSOL
FLOW
            PHOTOMULTIPLIER
            TUBE
    COLLECTING
    LENSES
                                    ROYCO 220
                                                                    LAMP   CONDENSER
                                                                           .LENSES
                                                                     ROYCO 225
                                          PHOTOMULTIPLIER
                                          TUBE
     CONDENSER LENSES       RELAY
                          LENS       COLLECTING
                            |        LE- —
                      SLIT
                                                                                                  PHOTOMULTIPLIER
                                                                  LIGHT
                                                                  TRAP
                                                                          VIEWING
                                                                          VOLUME
                                   ROYCO 245
                                                                    BAND L40-1
         Figure 43.    Optical configurations  for six commercial particle counters.
                                                     124

-------
                                                                    TABLE  XV.

                                       CHARACTERISTICS OF  COMMERCIAL,  OPTICAL, PARTICLE COUNTERS
Bausch & Lomb Model 40-1
   820 Linden Avel
   Rochester, NY 14625

Climet Models 201, 208
   Climet Inst. Co.
   1620 W. Colton Ave.
   Redlands, CA 92373
                                        Illuminating Cone
                                          Half Angle,  y
                                            13°
15
  Particle Measuring Systems
  1855 S.  57th Ct.
  Boulder, CO  80301
                 Light  Trap Half   Collecting Aperture   Inclination Between
                    Angle, o         Half Angle, B      Illuminating And        Viewing
                                                       Collecting Cone Axis,  i|)   Volume
                       33°
                       35
                                          53°
                                          90
                                                                0°
0.5 mm3
                                                                                 0.5
             Sampling
               Rate
                                                                                             170 cm /min
                                                                                           7,080



N)
U1









Climet Model 150
Royco Model 218
Royco Inst.
41 Jefferson Dr.
Menlo Park, CA 94025
Royco Model 220
Royco Model 245
Royco Model 225
Tech Ecology Model 200
Tech Ecology, Inc.
645 N. Mary Ave.
Sunnyvalle, CA 94086
'. Tech Ecology Model 208
•Model LAS-200
12
5



24
5
5
5



5
\
18
11



' -• .
16
7
8



10
35
28
30



24
25
25
20



20
120
0
0



90
0
0
0



0
0
0.4
0.25



2.63
4.0
2.0
0.46



2.5
0.003
472
283



2,830
28,300
283 or 2,830
283



2,830
120 or 1,200
*632.8 mm laser ilium.,  all others are white light.

-------
aerodynamic data.  (It is possible to "calibrate" an optical
counter, on a particulate source, to yield aerodynamic data.
This is done by using special calibration impactors,x38 or settling
chambers.139)  Nevertheless, the ability to obtain real-time in-
formation can sometimes be very important and the special problems
in sampling with optical counters may be justified.

Diffusion Batteries with Condensation Nuclei Counters—

     The classical technique for measuring the size distribution
of submicron particles employs the relationship between particle
diffusivity and diameter.  In a diffusional sizing system, the
test aerosol is drawn, under conditions of laminar flow, through
a number of narrow, rectangular channels, a cluster of small bore
tubes, or a series of small mesh screens (diffusion batteries).
For a given particle diameter and diffusion battery geometry,
it is possible to predict the rate at which particles are lost
to the walls by diffusion, the rate being higher for smaller par-
ticles.  The total number of particles penetrating the diffusion
battery is measured under several test conditions where the main
adjustable parameter is the aerosol retention time, and the par-
ticle-size distribution is calculated by means of suitable mathe-
matical deconvolution techniques.  It is only necessary that the
particle detector that is used at the inlet and outlet of the
diffusion battery system respond  to the total concentration,
by number, of the particles in the size range of interest.  Fig-
ure 44 illustrates the geometry of a rectangular channel diffusion
battery, and Figure 45 a screen-type diffusion battery.

     Condensation nuclei (CN) counters function on the principle
that particles act as nuclei for the condensation of water or
other condensable vapors in a supersaturated environment.  This
process is used to detect and count particles in the 0.002 to
0.3 micron range (often referred to as condensation or Aitken
                                126

-------
CHANNEL DIMENSIONS
                                              MULTI CHANNEL BATTERY
                                                          3630-246
        Figure 44.   A rectangular channel diffusion battery.
                               127

-------
                                  10
SAMPLING
PORT (TYP)
                                                  SECTION CONTAINING
                                                  SCREENS (TYP)
                                                      3630-247
  Figure 45.  Screen type diffusion battery.   The battery is 21 cm long,
              4 cm in diameter, and contains 55, 635 mesh stainless
              steel screens.  After Sinclair. 145
                             128

-------
 nuclei).   In condensation nuclei detectors, a sample is withdrawn
 from the  gas stream,  humidified, and brought to a supersaturated
 condition by reducing the pressure.   In this supersaturated con-
 dition, condensation  will be initiated on all particles larger
 than a  certain  critical size and will continue as long as the
 sample  is supersaturated.  This condensation process :forms a.
 homogeneous  aerosol,  predominantly composed of the condensed vapor
 containing one  drop for each original particle whose size was
 greater than the  critical size  appropriate to the degree of super-
 saturation obtained;  a greater  degree of supersaturation is used
 to  initiate  growth  on smaller particles.  The number of particles
 that are  formed is  estimated from the light scattering properties
 of  the  final aerosol.

      Because of the nature  of this process,  measurements of very
 high concentrations can be  in error  as a result of a lack of  cor-
 respondence  between particle concentration and scattering or  at-
 tenuation  of light.   Additional errors can result from depletion
 of  the vapor  available  for  condensation.   Certain condensation
 nuclei measuring  techniques  can also  obtain  information on the
 size  distribution of  the  nuclei;  that  is variations  in the degree
 of  supersaturation  will provide size  discrimination  by changing
 the  critical  size for which  condensation will  occur.   However,
 the  critical  size for  initiating  condensation  is  also  affected
 by  the volume fraction  of water  soluble  material  contained in
 the original  aerosol particle,  so  the  critical  size  will  be un-
certain unless the  solubility of  the aerosol particles  is  known. llf°
At very high  degrees of supersaturation  (about  400%) ,  solubility
effects are only minor  and essentially all particles in  the original
aerosol with  diameters  larger than 0.002  ym will  initiate  the
condensation process.  Figure 46, after Haberl, illustrates the
condensation nuclei counter operating principle.1111
                               129

-------
           PHOTO DETECTOR
                                                                  RANGE
                                             VACUUM

                                             PUMP
                              INNER LIGHT STOP


                              OUTER LIGHT STOP
                 a
            SOURCE LAMP
                                   GEAR

                                  MOTOR
                                                        3630-248
Figure 46.  Diagram of a condensation nuclei counter.  After
           Haberl and Fusco. 141
                           130

-------
     Figure  47  is  a  schematic  diagram  that  illustrates  an experi-
mental setup for measuring particle-size  distributions  by dif-
fusional means, and  Figure 48  shows penetration  curves  for four
operating configurations.

     Fuchs11*2 has  reviewed diffusional  sizing  work  up until 1956,
while'Sinclair,1*3'11""1*5 Breslin et  al.,1 *6  Twomey, 1"9  Sansone
and Weyel,llf8 and  Ragland, et  al.,1*9   have  reported more recent
work, both theoretical and experimental.

     TSI Incorporated  (500 Cardigan Rd.,  St. Paul,  MN 55165)  now
manufactures and sells screen-type diffusion batteries  of Sinclair
design (Figure  45).  These diffusion batteries are  21 cm  long,
approximately 4 cm in diameter, weigh  0.9 kg,  and contain 55
stainless steel screens of 635 mesh.

     Four models of  CN counters are now available commercially.
Two automatic, or  motorized, types are  the General  Electric Model
CNC-2 (General Electric-Ordnance Systems, Electronics Systems
Division, Pittsfield, MA 01201) and the Environment-One Model
Rich 100 (Environment-One Corporation, Schenectady, NY  12301).
Small, manually operated, CN counters are also available  from
Gardner Associates (Gardner Associates, Schenectady, NY 12301) ,
and Environment-One.

     The General Electric CN counter has mechanically actuated
valves and is insensitive to moderate pressure variations  at the
inlet.  The aerosol concentration is measured  by the detection
of scattered light from the test aerosol.

     A disadvantage of the flow/valving arrangement in the  General
Electric counter is the intermittent (I/sec) flow which introduces
severe pressure pulsations into the sampling system.  This  problem
                                131

-------
               ANTI-PULSATION
               DEVICE,
 SAMPLE FROM
 DILUTER
ANTI-
PULSATION
DEVICE
        CN COUNTER
            RETURN TO
            DILUTER
                                      CN COUNTER
                                     D.B. 1
                                     D.B.
                                    D.B. 2
                                    D.B. 2
                                    D.B. 2
                                                                     -•»•  RETURN
                                                                          TO DILUTER
                                                                          3630-249
      Figure 47.   Diffusion battery and condensation nuclei counter layout
                  for fine particle sizing.
                                    132

-------
55

Z*
o
     0.01
0.02
0.03  0.04  0.05         0.1           0.2

         PARTICLE DIAMETER, ,um
                                                                                  100
                                                                      0.3  0.4  0.5
                                                                                3630-250
      Figure 48.   Theoretical parallel plate diffusion battery penetration curves.
                                         133

-------
 has been minimized by  the use of antipulsation devices consisting
 of a rubber diaphram* •* "* or two metal cylinders connected by a
 small orifice,it9 essentially pneumatic R-C networks.

     The automatic Environment-One counter has some pneumatic
 valves.  A pressure of more than 5 cm of water at the inlet can
 interrupt the operation.  In the E-l, the aerosol concentration
 is measured by light extinction.  The sampling rate of the E-l
 counter can be adjusted from about 0.6 to 4.2 £/min.  Soderholm
 has reported a modification to the E-l counter that replaces
 pneumatic values with  solenoidal ones.150

     Because of the long retention time required for removal of
 particles by diffusion, measurements with diffusion batteries and
 CN counters are very time consuming.  With the system described
 by Ragland, et al., for example, approximately two hours are re-
 quired to measure a particle-size distribution from 0.01 to 0.2
   149
 ym.     Obviously, this method is best applied to stable aerosol
 streams.  It is possible that the new, smaller diffusion batteries
 will allow much shorter sampling times, but pulsations in flow
 may pose a serious problem for the low volume geometries.

 Electrical Mobility—

     An instrument that was developed for measuring laboratory
 and ambient aerosols over the 0.003 to 1 ym range of diameters,
 the electrical mobility analyzer, can also be applied to process
 streams with a suitable sample dilution and cooling interface.

     Figure 49 illustrates the relationship between the diameter
and electrical mobility of small aerosol particles.   If particles
larger  than those of minimum mobility are removed from the sample,
the remaining  particles exhibit a monotonically decreasing mobil-
ity with increasing diameter.   Several aerosol spectrometers,
                                134

-------
u
0)
E
>"
m
O
o
H
CC
    10-
    10"
             O
           o   o
      .o  o
        — D
                                           O   E = 5.0 x 105 V/m
                                               Nt = 8.0 x 1011 sec/m3

                                           a   E = 1.5x105V/m
                                               Nt = 3.2 x 1012 sec/m3

                                               SHELLAC AEROSOL K = 3.2
        0.0
0.2
0.4       0.6        0.8        1-0
     PARTICLE DIAMETER, /um
1.2        1-4

    3630-251
      Figure 49.  Particle mobility as a function of diameter for shellac aerosol
                  particles charged in a positive ion field.  K is the dielectric
                  constant of the aerosol particles.  After Cochet and Trillat. 155
                                       135

-------
    or mobility analyzers

    «ameter-mobiiity relaptoc
    t° their size'",>»,15,  ,.tO classify particles according

    °» which these  devices operate19""5" J11"81"^ «e  principle

    conditions  of homogeneous electric £ll,   "" ^"^  Under
    and then passed into the spectromL       '""  ^  COnce"tration,

        h of the device and a trll "'  , "^  ^  "OWS d°™ "*
        a knowled9e o£ the syBt™'!*r'e 8leCtric  "eld is applied.
   culated
        by precipitation and o

           of particles in                      a"alySeS °f the

                                  oM
  °' Metrical .erosol .nJ     ^l^'  *°  ^ve!op a series
  'he 0. of Minnesota devices is  no    '     °OJnmerc«l version of
  « the Model 3030 (Pi9ure 51 "  "I"  ""*•** by  M1, Tncorporated
  «e size distribution of  par :clhe.EAA la deSi^ to measure
 1-0 urn diameter.   since tL       S1" the ra"9^ «rom 0.0032  to
 »«»  ^ ^  -  1000  ,g;:rd L0:::;"::8"0" ran9e f°r ^ —
 gas aerosois.             Uution.1B required  for most  industrial

     »e EAA is operated in the  foil.  •
P»P draws the aerosol throuoh th       ' ^"^ '   AS a vacu™
corona generated  at a  hiah    ,     analyz«  (see Pigure 51)
         *  the  sarapl    P9 s;: L?6"1" withi- ^
        flOKS from  the charter t  ^r^31 Ch«9e-   «» charged
        cylinder of aerosol!     *"' a"alyZer  Sec«°" •• an
        rod, to Whi           rr°Undin9 3  ^  °f Clea"  a^-
                                 negative voltage can be  applied,
                               136

-------
CHARGED PARTICLES
                                                                           HV
CLEAN AIR
LAMINAR FLOW

\

                                                                              \
              SMALLER PARTICLES OF
              HIGH ELECTRICAL MOBILITY
                   LARGER PARTICLES OF
                   LOW ELECTRICAL MOBILITY
                                                                                    3630-232
                          Figure 50.   The electric mobility principle.
                                        137

-------
                                                                                                             CONTROL MODULE
                                                                                                             ANALYZER OUTPUT SIGNAL -
                                                                                                               DATA READ COMMAND - -
                                                                                                              CYCLE START COMMAND -
                                                                                                              CYCLE RESET COMMAND -
                                                                                                           AEROSOL FLOWMETER READOUT
                                                                                                            CHARTER CURRENT READOUT
                                                                                                      	 -. CH&RGER VOLTAGE READOUT
                                                                                                      AUTOMATIC HIGH VOLTAGE CONTROL AND READOUT
                                                                                                      ELECTROMETER (ANALYZER CURRENT) READOUT
                                                                                                            TOTAL FLCWMETER READOUT
U)
00
• EITERNAL
»  DATA
•^ACOUISITIOtl
- SYSTEM
                                                                                                                     TO VACUUM PUUP
                                                                                                                                  3630-253
                              Figure 51.   Schematic of the Thermosystems Model 3030 Electrical
                                            Aerosol Analyzer.   After Sem. 158

-------
 passes axially through the center of the analyzer tube.  Particles
 smaller than a certain size  (with highest electrical mobility)
 are drawn to the collecting rod when the voltage corresponding
 to that size is on the rod.  Larger particles pass through the
 analyzer tube and are collected by a filter.  The electrical charges
 on these particles drain off through an electrometer, giving a
 measure of current.
      A step increase in rod voltage will cause particles of a
 larger size to be collected by the rod with a resulting decrease
 in  electrometer current.   This decrease in current is related
 to  the additional number  of particles being collected.   A total
 of  eleven  voltage steps divide the 0.0032 to 1.0 micron size range
 of  the instrument into ten equal logarithmic size intervals.
 Different  size intervals  can be programmed by means of  an optional
 plug-in memory card.

      The electrical  aerosol analyzer  can be operated either auto-
 matically  or manually.  In the automatic mode,  the analyzer steps
 through  the entire size range.   For size and concentration monitor-
 ing over an extended period of time,  the analyzer  may be inter-
 mittently  triggered  by  an  external  timer.   The  standard readout
 consists of a digital display  within  the control  circuit module,
 although a chart  recorder  output  is available.   It is almost
 always advantageous  to use  a strip chart  recorder  to  record the
data.   This allows the operator  to identify  a stable  reading that
may be superimposed on source  variations  and also  gives  a  per-
manent record of  the raw data.1'*8  The EAA  requires only two
minutes to perform a complete  size distribution analysis,  which
generally makes it advantageous  to use,  especially on stable
sources.
                               139

-------
      When the EAA is applied to fluctuating sources a peculiar
 problem arises.  The instrument reading is cumulative, and it
 is impossible to tell whether variations in the reading reflect
 changes in the distribution or concentration of particles; hence,
 recordings that show rapid fluctuations in amplitude must be
 interpreted with great care.  The lack of sensitivity can also
 be a problem at extremely clean sources.
Laboratory Measurements

     Measurements of  the  size distribution of particles  that  have
been collected  in the  field and  transported  to  a  laboratory must
be  interpreted  with great caution,  if  not skepticism.  It  is  dif-
ficult to collect representative  samples in  the first  place,  and
it  is almost  impossible to reconstruct  the original  size distri-
bution under  laboratory conditions.  For example, one  cannot  dis-
tinguish from laboratory  measurements,  whether  or not  some of
the particles existed  in  the process gas stream as agglomerates
of  smaller particles.  In spite of  the  limitations inherent in
laboratory methods, they  must be  used  in some instances  to deter-
mine particle size and to segregate particles for analysis of
their composition or other properties of interest.   This section
contains a discussion of  some of  the "standard" techniques used
for particle size analysis of dust  samples.

Sedimentation and Elutriation—

     Elutriators and sedimentation devices separate  particles
that are dispersed in a fluid according to their settling velo-
cities due to the acceleration of the earth's gravity.   The set-
tling,  or terminal,  velocity of a particle in air is
         gpCD2
     v =     -
                               140

-------
  where
       P = the particle density,
       C = the slip correction factor,
       y = the viscosity of air,
       D = the particle Stokes diameter, and
       g = the gravitational acceleration.

      Large particles  in  a  quiescent  aerosol  will  settle  to the
 bottom region of  the  chamber more quickly  than  smaller particles
 that have smaller settling velocities.   This principle is  used
 in gravitational  sedimentation and elutriation  to obtain particle
 size distributions of polydisperse aerosols.  In elutriation,
 the air is made to flow  upward so that particles with settling
 velocities equal  to or less than the air velocity will have a
 net velocity upward and particles which  have  settling velocities
 greater than the air velocity will move downward.

      There are a number of commercial devices and methods having
 varying requirements of dust amounts and giving different ranges
 of size distributions, with a minimum size usually no smaller
 than  two  micrometers.159'160   An important disadvantage is the
 inability of  most  sedimentation and  elutriation devices to give
 good  size resolution.   Another  disadvantage is the length of time
 (sometimes several hours)  required  to use some of the methods.

      Popular  methods of sedimentation sizing  employ  a pan balance
 which weighs  the amount of  sediment  falling on it  from a  suspen- '
 sion, and  the pipette, which collects the particles  in a  small
 Pipette at the base of a  large chamber.   Cahn's  electronic  micro-
 balance,  (Cahn instrument Company, 7500 Jefferson St., Paramount,
 CA 90723), has an  attachment that permits it  to  function as a
 settling chamber.  Perhaps the most popular elutriator is the
Roller particle size analyzer illustrated in  Figure 52  (the Roller
particle size analyzer is available from the American Standard
Instrument Co.,  inc., Silver Spring,  MD).
                               141

-------
 SEPARATOR  TUBE
   AIR SUPPLY
                                   FLEXIBLE JOINT
                                   POWDER
                                   CIRCULATION

                                         3630-254
Figure 52.   The Roller efutriator.  After Allen. 160
                  142

-------
     An instrument that measures  the  size distribution  of  par-
ticles in a liquid suspension  is  the  Xray Sedigraph,  (Micromeritics
Instrument Corporation, 800 Goshen Springs Road, Norcross,  GA
30071) .  The sample is continually stirred until the  sampling
period starts.  The concentration of  the particles  is monitored
by means of the extinction of  a collimated x~ ray'beam.  Upon sampl-
ing, the x-ray beam is moved upward mechanically to shorten the
sampling time that is required.  The  particle-size  distribution
is plotted automatically.  The reported range of sensitivity of
the X-ray Sedigraph is from 0.1 to 100 ym.

Centrifuges—

     Aerosol centrifuges provide a laboratory method of size-
classifying particles according to their aerodynamic diameters.
The advantage over elutriators is that the settling, or preci-
pitation, process is speeded up by the large centrifugal accelera-
tion and the effective sizing  range of some instruments includes
much smaller particles.  The sample dust is introduced  in  the
device as an aerosol and enters a chamber which contains a centri-
fugal force field.

     In one type of aerosol centrifuge, the larger  particles over-
come the viscous forces of the fluid  and migrate to the wall of
the chamber, while the smaller particles remain suspended.  After
the two size fractions are separated, one of them is  reintroduced
into the device and is fractionated further, using  a different
spin speed to give a slightly  different centrifugal force.  This
is repeated as many times as desired  to give an adequate size
distribution.  One of the more popular lab instruments  using this
technique is the Bahco microparticle  classifier, which  is  illus-
trated in Figure 53,  and is available commercially  from the Harry
W. Dietert Company, Detroit 4, Michigan.  The cutoff size  can
be varied from about two to fifty micrometers to give size dis-
tribution characterization of a 7 gm  dust sample.  A similar
                              143

-------
                                  10 11 12 13
            SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
     1.  Electric Motor      9.
     2.  Threaded Spindle  10.
     3.  Symmetrical Disc  11.
     4.  Sifting Chamber   12.
     5.  Container         13.
     6.  Housing           14.
     7.  Top Edge         15.
     8.  Radial Vanes      16.
Feed Point
Feed Hole
Rotor
Rotary Duct
Feed Slot
Fan Wheel Outlet
Grading Member
Throttle
3630-255
Figure 53.   The Bahco microparticle classifier.
                    144

-------
 instrument is the B.C.U.K.A. (British
 Association, Leatherhead, Surrey, U.K
 which has a range of four to twenty-six micrometers.
Coal Utilization Research
)  centrifugal elutriator
               i e i
      In the second type of centrifuge, the device is run continu-
 ously,  and the particle size distribution is determined from the
 positions  where the  particles are deposited.   Examples are spiral
 centrifuges developed  by Goetz,  et al.,J 62'16 3'16**  (Figure 54)
 and  by  Stober  and  Flachsbart,l65  (Figure  55)  that  can classify
 polydisperse dust  samples with particles  from a few hundredths
 of  a micron to approximately two micron in diameter.  The conifuge,
 first built by Sawyer  and Walton166 and modified several times
 since then,167'168 is  useful in the study of aerodynamic shape
 factor, but can also be used for the determination of size dis-
 tributions especially  for particles having aerodynamic diameters
 smaller than twenty-five micrometers  (see Figure 56).  In contin-
 uously  operating centrifuges, the particles are generally deposited
 onto a  foil strip, where their position yields a measure of their
 size, and  their number is obtained by microscopy,  radiation,  or
 by  weighing segments of the foil.

Microscopy—

      Microscopic analysis has  long  been regarded as  the  estab-
lished, fundamental  technique of  counting and sizing  particles
that  the human  eye cannot comfortably  see.  Usually,  the method
involves one person,  a microscope,  and a slide prepared with  a
sample of the aerosol  to be measured.  A random selection  of  the
particles would then be measured  and counted, with notable  charac-
teristics of color,  shape, transparency, or composition duly
recorded.  The most difficult task, especially since  the advent
of sophisticated computerized equipment has made counting  and
sizing easier,  is the preparation of a slide which contains a
representative sample of the aerosol.
                               145

-------
COLLECTING
FOIL
      JET
      ORIFICE
                                                                 INLET TUBE
                                                                  3630-256
         Figure 54.   A cut-away sketch of the Goetz Aerosol Spectrometer
                     spiral centrifuge.  In assembled form the vertical axes
                     (1) coincide and the horizontal arrows (2) coincide.
                     After Gerber. 164
                                    146

-------
    THERMOCONTROLLED
    WATER
AEROSOL
ENTRANCE
SPIRAL
DUCT
           SUCTION PUMP
                                           THERMOCONTROLLED
                                           WATER
                                                     3630-257
  Figure 55.  Cross-sectional sketch of the Stober Centrifuge.
             After Stober and Flachsbart.
                           147

-------
                                               PARTICLE STREAM
                                                CLEAN AIR.
        LARGER PARTICLES
        COLLECTED HERE
                                                               OUTER CONE
SMALLER PARTICLES
COLLECTED HERE
                                              AXIS OF ROTATION
                                                                 3630-258
                 Figure 56.  Cross-sectional sketch of a conifuge.
                                   148

-------
     A  careful  technique  is  required  to  obtain  a  slide  sample  which
isn't biased toward  large or  small particles, does  not  contain
agglomerations  which weren't  present  in  the  stack,  does not  break
up agglomerations which were  present  in  the  stack,  is not  too
dense or too sparse, and has  not been contaminated  in the  process
of preparation.  Different methods of slide  preparation for  optical
and photographic microscopy  are discussed  by Cadle159 and  Allen.160
A particularly  good  discussion of particle analysis through  micro-
scopy is given  in Volume I of the McCrdne  Particle  Atlas.iss One
main disadvantage of microscopic analysis  is the  type of diameter
measured.  Depending on the  shape of  the particles,  several  dif-
ferent  types of diameter are  used to  characterize the size of
the particle.   Three commonly used types of  diameter are shown
in Figure 57 with their definitions.  However,  for  most control
and standards work,  the diameter of interest is the aerodynamic
diameter, which is based on  the particle's behavior  in  air.  In
these cases, the data from microscopic analysis is  helpful only
insofar as it can be related  to the particular need of  the experi-
menter .

     Particle sizes which can be easily studied on  optical micro-
scopes range from about .2 to 100 micrometers.   Electron micro-
scopes have decreased the smallest diameter  of particles capable
of being analyzed by microscopy down to 0.001 micrometer.  Both
scanning and transmission electron microscopes provide much  informa-
tion on surface features,  agglomeration,  size,  composition and
shape of particles in size ranges below that of optical micro-
scopes.   Computerized scanning devices have  increased the  analyzing
ability of  present day microscopes and simplified counting and
sizing.

     Several commercial laboratories are equipped to provide physi-
cal and structural characterizations of dust samples quickly and
fairly inexpensively.
                               149

-------
  F  -  Feret's diameter, the distance between two tangents on opposite
       sides of the particle, parallel to a fixed direction.
  M
Martin's diameter, the length of the line which bisects the image
of the particle, parallel to a fixed direction.
  da -  Diameter, of a circle having the same projected area as the particle in the
       plane of the surface on which it rests.

                                                                   3630-259
Figure 57.   Three diameters used to estimate particle size in microscopic
             analysis.
                                   150

-------
 Sieves—

      Because of its relatively large lower particle size limit
 (50-75 micrometers),  sieving has a limited use for characterzing
 most industrial sources today.  However, for particles within
its workable size range, sieving can be  a very accurate technique,
yielding adequate amounts of particles in each size range for
thorough chemical analysis.

     Sieving, one of the oldest ways of  sizing particles geomet-
rically, is the process by which a polydisperse powder  is passed
through a series of screens with progressively smaller  openings
until it is classified as desired.  The  lower size limit is  set
by the size of the openings of the smallest available screen,
usually a woven wire cloth.  Recently, micro etched screens  have
become available.  In the future, the lower size  limit  may be
lowered by using membrane filters which  can be made with smaller
holes than woven fine wire cloth.

     Sieves are available from several manufacturers in four
standard size series:  Tyler, U.S., British, and  German.  See
Table XVI for a comparison of these series.  Tyler screens are
manufactured by the W.S. Tyler Co., Cleveland, Ohio.

     Other methods of size classification using sieving principles
are currently being studied and improved.  Wet sieving  is useful
for material originally suspended in a liquid  or which forms
aggregates when dry-sieved.  Air-jet sieving, where the particles
are "shaken" by a jet of air directed upward through a  portion
oi the sieve, has been found to be quicker and more reproducible
than hand or machine sieving, although smaller amounts of powder
(5 to 10 g)  are generally used.  Felvation170 (using sieves  in
conjunction with elutriation) and "sonic sifting"*71 (oscillation
of the air column in which the particles are suspended  in a  set
of sieves) are similar techniques that employ this principle.
                                151

-------
                                 TABLE XVI



                   COMPARISON TABLE OF COMMON SIEVE SERIES





                                         British
Tyler
Equiv.
Mesh
3.5
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
12
14
16
20

24
28

32
35
42
48
60
65
80
100
115
150
170
200
250
270
325
400
Tyler
b
U.S.
ASTM
c
Openings
in mm.
5.613
4.699
3.962
3.327
2.794
2.362
1.981
1.651
1.397
1.168
0.991
0.833

0.701
0.589

0.495
0 . 417
0.351
0.295
0.208
0.208
0.175
0.147
0.124
0.104
0.088
0.074
0.061
0.053
0.043
0.038
Mesh
No.
3.5
4
5
6
7
8
10
12
14
16
18
20

25
30

35
40
45
50
60
70
80
100
120
140
170
299
230
270
325
400
u.s.D
Openings
in mm.
5.66
4.76
4.00
3.36
2.83
2.38
2.00
1.68
1.41
1.19
1.00
0.84

0.71
0.59

0.50
0.42
0.35
0.297
0.250
0.210
0.177
0.149
0.125
0.105
0.088
0.974
0.062
0.053
0.044
0.037
Standard0
Mesh
No.



5
6
7
8
10
12
14
16
18

22
25

30
36
44
52
60
72
85
100
120
150
170
200
240
300


German
DINd
Openings DIN Mesh per Openings
in mm. No. sq. cm. in mm.



3.353
2.812
2.411
2.057
1.676
1.405
1.204
1.003
0.853

0.699
0.599

0.500
0.422
0.353
0.295
0.251
0.211
0.178
0.152
0.124
0.104
0.089
0.076
0.066
0.053


1


2

2.5
3
4

5
6

8

10
11
12
14
16
20
24
30

40
50
60
70
80
1


4

6.25
9
16

25
36

64

100
121
144
196
256
400
576
900

1600
2500
3600
4900
6400
100 10000






6.000


3.000

2.400
2.000
1.500

1.200
1.020

0.750

0.600
0.540
0.490
0.430
0.385
0.300
0.250
0.200

0.150
0.120
0.102
0.088
0.075
0.060



Standard Screen Scale Series.

Sieve Series
E-ll.

British Standard
d


(Fine


Sieve



Series) , National





Bureau of



Standards


Series, British Standards Institution,





LC-584


London


and


BS-410:1943.

German Standard Sieve Series,  German Standard Specification DIN 1171.
                                     152

-------
Coulter  Counter--

     Figure  58  illustrates  the  principle  by  which  Coulter  counters
 (Coulter  Electronics,  Inc.,  590 West  20th Street,  Hialeah,  FL
33010) operate.  Particles  suspended  in an electrolyte  are forced
through  a small aperture  in  which  an  electric  current has  been
established.  The particles  passing through  the  aperture displace
the electrolyte, and  if the  conductivity  of  the  particle is dif-
ferent from  that of the electrolyte,  an electrical pulse of ampli-
tude proportional to  the  particle-electrolyte  interface volume
will be  seen.  A special  pulse  height  analyzer is  provided  to
convert  the  electronic data  into a size distribution.   A biblio-
graphy of publications related  to  the  operation  of the  Coulter
counter has  been compiled by the manufacturer  and  is available
on request.

     The  requirement  that the sample  be suspended  in an electro-
lyte may  limit the application  of  the  Coulter  counter to very
inert particles, and  those for  which  the  response  to a  particular
electrolyte-particle  suspension can be determined  by calibration.

NEW TECHNIQUES

     Several techniques are under development  that may  signifi-
cantly improve the technology of particulate sampling.  Some  of
the more  promising methods are discussed  briefly in this section.
It should be noted that most of these now  require  special skills
or knowledge in their application, and for many systems, only
one prototype has been fabricated.

Low Pressure Impactors

     It is possible to extend the sizing capability of  cascade
impactors to submicron particles by operating the devices at pres-
sures of  0.01 to 0.1 atmosphere.  If all operating parameters
                               153

-------
                                            THRESHOLD
                                                           3630-260
Figure 58.   Operating principle of the Coulter counter.
            Courtesy of Coulter Electronics.
                            154

-------
except the pressure are held constant,  the  cut point,  or  D50,
is inversely proportional to the square root of  the  slip  correc-
tion factor:

     D50 a C~h                                                (10)

Since C increases rapidly with decreasing pressure,  cut points
of 0.02 vim or less can be obtained.1 7 2 '* 7 3'l 7 4   Pilat175'176  has
developed and tested a low pressure  impactor for  sampling  from
process streams.  (See Figure 59).

     Figure 60 shows the sampling train used by  Pilat  in  his  ex-
periments.  Two impactors are operated in series.  The first  im-
pactor is of a conventional design with cut points from about
0.3 to 20 urn diameter.  The second impactor is operated at  reduced
pressure with cut points from about  0.03 to 0.2  ym diameter.
The sampling train contains a low pressure  drop  condenser;  a
double vane, leakless, high vacuum pump; a  control box with pres-
sure gauges, thermocouple pyrometers,  and valves; and  a dry gas
meter.  A 90 mm diameter filter holder  is used down  stream  from
the second impactor.  The maximum flowrate  is approximately 50
liters/minute.  The main problems associated with this technique
are the large bulky equipment required, particle  bounce, and  the
very low mass collected on each stage.

Impactors with Beta Radiation Attenuation Sensors

     Beta attenuation has some appeal  as a  detection mechanism
for cascade impactors in air pollution work because  the impactor
separates the particles according to  their  aerodynamic behavior,
which is desirable,  and the beta attenuation yields  a direct mea-
sure of the amount of mass collected,  which is also  desirable.
                                155

-------
                              INLET NOZZLE
                                    •JET STAGE
                                 ^^COLLECTION PLATE
             TO VACUUM PUMP
TO PRESSURE GAUGE

           3630-261
Figure 59.   Cross section of prototype Mark IV University of
            Washington Source Test Cascade Impactor.
                        156

-------
                                           BCURA
                                           CYCLONE
  STAGE
  PRESSURE
  TAPS
                                                             DRY GAS
                                                             METER
                                                           3630-262
Figure 60.   Samp/ing train utilizing a low pressure impactor.
            After Pilat. 176
                           157

-------
      Figure 61 illustrates how beta particle sources and detectors
 can be used to monitor the deposition of dust under an impaction
 jet.  In one instance, the tape moves continuously and two de-
 tector-source units are used to obtain a zero reading and to
 measure the amount of mass collected.  In the second example,
 the tape is periodically stepped forward, and a zero reading is
 taken from the initially clean area under the impaction jet.

      A virtual impactor with beta attenuation detectors has been
 developed for air pollution studies.  The instrument is large,
 and must be operated outside of the stack.  The sample is trans-
 ported to the instrument through a probe.  A complete analysis
 and evaluation of this system has not been published.177

      An attempt was made to develop a seven-stage beta impactor
 for in situ operation.  The device was constructed, but never
 operated in stack because suitable beta detectors were not avail-
 able.178

     Other problems are:  selecting suitable tapes and greases
for compatability with the beta monitor and for good particle
retention, designing the impactor to give a uniform deposit, and
the mechanical problems associated with designing such a complex
system to be operated in a harsh, dirty environment.

     In summary, it seems unlikely that multiple stage impactors
with beta attenuation as a detection mechanism can be made prac-
tical for in situ use in the foreseeable  future.,

Cascade Impactors with Piezoelectric Crystal Sensors

     Carpenter and Brenchly 179 and Chuan*8° have developed and
tested multiple-stage cascade impactors with piezoelectric crys-
tals on each stage to monitor the rate and amount of mass col-
lected.  Chuan's impactor is now sold commercially by Berkeley
Controls, Inc (2700 Du Pont Drive, Irvine, CA 92714).
                                158

-------
         IMPACTOR JET
                                 D-0 PARTICLE DETECTOR
                                 S-/3 PARTICLE DETECTOR
                               CLEAN TAPE


                               SOILED TAPE
            TIME
                IMPACTOR JET
     CLEAN TAPE
TIME
                               DEPOSITION OF DUST
                     H P*~ TAPE STEPS FORWARD
                                        3630-263
       159

-------
       Chuan's  impactor  has  ten  stages,  with  the  cut  points  reported
  to  be from  0.05  to  about 25  pm.   Because  of the extreme  sensi-
  tivity of the  instrument  (and  upper  limit on mass accumulation),
  it  is more  suitable for ambient  than stack  work, where sample
  extraction  and dilution would  be  required.   The impactor must
  be  disassembled,  and each  crystal cleaned before the  limits  of
  the linear  range  are reached.  In a  typical urban  atmosphere,  this
  limit is reached  in about  2  hours. 57

     The best  application of  piezoelectric impactors would  seem
 to be  monitoring  real  time  flucturations in  fairly  dilute aerosols.
 (See also Piezoelectric Mass  Monitors in Section 2.)

 Virtual Impactors

      Figure 62 illustrates the operating  principle of virtual
 impactors,  sometimes called centripeters, dichotomous samplers,
 or  stagnation impactors.   The aerosol jet is  directed toward a
 stagnant zone,  or  an opposing jet of  clean gas,  and a "virtual"
 surface is formed  at the boundary between  the aerosol jet and
 air  space or opposing jet.  The jet streamlines  are  diverted  as
 in a normal  impactor.   Particles  of larger Stokes number  impinge
 on (and pass through) the virtual  surface, while those having
 smaller Stokes  numbers  follow the  streamlines.  The  principal
 advantage over  conventional impactors is that both  aerosol  frac-
 tions  can be preserved, one containing  the larger particles and
 another  containing the  smaller  particles.  Also, uniform  depo-
 sition  of the sized  particles on  filters is  possible with virtual
 impactors, whereas conventional impactors  yield  conical deposits
 underneath the  jets.
     ;>cv<.-r ,j I mult iplo-ntaye, virtual  impactors  have  been  developed,
all for the purpose of obtaining large quantities of  sized  par-
ticles, in uniform deposits, for subsequent analysis.  Hounam
and Sherwood originated the concept of the virtual impactor, and
                               160

-------
D
DUSTY GAS
                  SMALLER PARTICLES
                  (MAJORITY OF FLOW)
                                                                 SMALLER PARTICLES
                                                                            LARGER
                                                                            PARTICLES
                                                                    VIRTUAL IMPACTION
                                                                    SURFACE
                                                  CLEAN GAS
   FILTER   SMALL FRACTION
            OF FLOW
                                                                            3630-264
    Figure 62.   Virtual impactors (centripeters, dichotomus samplers, stagnation
                impactors) a. impingemen t in to a stagnan t air space; b. opposed
                axisymmetric jets.
                                     161

-------
 developed  a  four  stage  (three  jet  stages  and  a  backup  filter)
 device  for sampling  radioactive  aerosols.181  In  laboratory  cali-
 bration studies with  their  impactor, Hounam and Sherwood  found
 that a  substantial fraction of the sample  aerosol was  not  col-
 lected on  the filters, but  rather on the walls of the  instrument.
 A commercial version  of the Hounam and Sherwood virtual impactor
 is available from BGI, Inc., 58 Guinan St., Waltham, MA 02154.

      Conner,182 almost simultaneously with Hounam and  Sherwood,
 developed a two-stage virtual impactor (one jet stage  and  a  backup
 filter)  for collecting large samples of particles, one above and
 one below one micron  in diameter.  Connor demonstrated that  the
 sharpness of cut for  the virtual impactor was comparable with that
 of conventional impactors, and also that there is a definite
 requirement for a controlled flow of air into the collection
 nozzle  (through the filter)  in order to establish optimum per-
 formance.

   •   Peterson183 and Loo , et al.,181+ have developed virtual im-
 pactors  for sampling urban aerosols,  and the Peterson version
 is now  sold by Sierra Instruments Co. (P.O. Box 909, Village Sq.,
 Carmel Valley,  CA 93924).

      Schott and  Ranz185  have developed  and tested, in the labora-
 tory, a  "jet  cone" impactor  that  is a hybrid design wherein the
 aerosol  jet is  directed  toward  a  conical  surface.   Any reentrained
 particles  are carried into a secondary  collection  zone by a por-
 tion  of  the flow,  as  in  virtual impactors.   This concept would
 seem  to  have  the  advantages  of  a  virtual  impactor,  without the
 disadvantage  of  an ill defined  (virtual)  impaction surface.

     Research on the opposed-jet concept has been  done  by  Luna,181
who originated the idea, Brooks,187 and Willeke.188  These  instru-
ments appear to be quite sensitive to the geometry and  alignment
of various components, and further research  is needed  to fully
evaluate  their potential as useful tools in pollution analysis
and research.
                                162

-------
      Virtual impactors have played a minor role in pollution
 studies to date, with very little, if any, application  to process
 streams.  The major advantage of these devices appears  to be the
 capability of using them to obtain uniformly deposited  films of
 dust for analysis by X-ray fluorescence, or any other technique
 that requires similar sample preparation, and apparently less
 particle reentrainment.

 Optical Measurement Techniques

      When light is incident upon a particle,  some of the radiation
 will be absorbed,  some scattered,  and some polarization will
 occur.   The exact  nature and  magnitude of the interaction depends
 on  the  ratio of the particle  diameter to the  wavelength of the
 radiation,  and  the shape and  composition of the particle.  Thus,
 measurements can be envisioned that would yield information of
 particle size,  shape,  concentration,  and composition.   It appears,
 from the information now available,  that optical  methods offer
 the  greatest hope  for  a major  advance in the  technology  of par-
 ticulate sampling.   Any successful  instrument,  however,  must be
 able to function in a  harsh environment  where  extremes  in tem-
 perature, particle  concentration,  corrosion,  etc.  are  found.,
 Also, the parameter  that  is measured  should ideally  be  related
 to the  aerodynamic  diameter of  the  particles.

     Although there  are no proven commercial instruments  available
 for measuring particle size distributions in process streams,
 a variety of methods have been proposed, and several prototype
 instruments developed.  This section contains brief descriptions
of some of the promising methods.
     Hodkinson189 suggested a method of minimizing the dependence
on particle reiractive index in sizing measurements from a study
of the Fraunhofer diffraction formulation at small angles of
                               163

-------
 forward scattering.  The basis of this method  involves measurement
 of the intensity of light scattered by a single particle at  two
 small angles, and calculation of the ratio of  the two intensities.

      Figure 63 shows the scattered light intensity versus scatter-
 ing angle for two spherical particles of equal diameter.  One
 particle is a glassy,  nonabsorbing sphere with refractive index
 equal to 1.55.  The other is absorbing, such as carbon, and has
 a refractive index of  1.96-0.661.  For small angles, the intensity
 of the scattered radiation is approximately the same for both
 spheres,  although at large angles there is a difference of orders
 of magnitude.

      Shofner et al.,19°  Gravatt,191  and Chan192 have developed
 prototype  systems for  particle  sizing  that are based on the in-
 tensity  ratio  concept  of Hodkinson.  Shofner's system,  the "PILLS-
 IV",  is designed  for in  situ  operation.   The  intensities of the
 scattered  light pulses at the angles 6a  and  62  are normalized
 to the reference  pulse at 6 = 0°  for synchronization and  to com-
 pensate for  fluctuations in intensity  of  the laser source.   The
 optics and sensors are kept clean and  cool by  the  use of  a  purge
 air system.

     The laser used  in the PILLS-IV system is  a semiconductor
 junction diode  (X = 0.9  ym).  The useful  size  range  for  particle
 sizing is from 0.2 to 3.0 ym  diameter.  Shofner  states  that  the
 view volume of his system is  approximately 2xlQ-7  cm3.   The  upper
 concentration limit for  single particle counters is  determined
 by the requirement that  the probability of more  than  one  particle
 appearing in the view volume at a given time be much  less  than
 unity.  For Shofner's system this would set the concentration
limit at approximately 106 particles/cm3, a value  much higher
than for conventional single particle counters.
                                164

-------
 >-

 CO
 I-
                                               I      I

                       DIAMETER = 1.0 urn. \ = 514.5 nm
      0.1
                                 80    100   120   140    160
180
                     SCATTERING ANGLE, degrees
                                                            3630-265
Figure 63.   Scattered light intensity versus scattering angle for two spherical
            particles of equal diameter. The solid^curye is for a glassy, non-
            absorbing sphere and the dashed curve is for an absorbing sphere.
            After Gravatt. 191
                                   165

-------
     Gooding131*  has  tested  the PILLS-IV prototype  system  simul-
 taneously with several  inertial  sizing devices  to  measure particle
 sizes.  The PILLS-IV data did not  agree well  with  impactor data
 for this source, and further calibration may  be required.

     An optical  particle sizing  device developed by  R.G.  Knollen-
 berg.193 for atmospheric application may be  adaptable to industrial
 emission measurements.  The device is, in some  respects,  similar
 to a conventional, near forward  scattering, single particle coun-
 ter, except that the sensing zone  is contained  within an  open
 cavity laser.  This  configuration  yields very high illumination
 levels, permitting the detection of particles smaller than those
 sized by most light-scattering instruments.   The method also has
 potential for the measurement of particle velocities (across the
 beam) through an optical heterodyne effect.   The particle imaging
 and detection system of the device permits  the  rejection  of signals
 from particles outside the nominal view volume  so  that the sample
 gas stream flows in  a fairly unrestricted manner through  the
 relatively large open cavity.  However, substantial  modifications
 in terms of cooling  and purge air  for the optical  components would
 be required before the device could be used in-stack.

     Systems employing optical fourier transforms  to obtain par-
 ticle-size distributions in the  5-100 ym diameter  range have been
 described by Cornillaut1 9* and McSweeny.195   In this technique
 a moderately large diameter, collimated beam  of spatially fil-
 tered, coherent light is used to produce a  diffraction pattern
 from all particles in a known volume of space.   The  diffraction
pattern is imaged on a detector  array having  circular symmetry,
permitting a determination of the  radial distribution of  the
 intensity of light in the superposed diffraction patterns of the
randomly distributed particles in  the view  volume.   A numerical
 inversion process, which can be  adequately  achieved  by matrix
multiplication of the intensity  data by an  inversion matrix,
provides the required size distribution.  The inversion process

                               166

-------
can be carried out  in  real  time  using  a  mini-computer.   With the
proper selection of measurement  points in  the  diffraction pattern
the size  interval covered by  the technique can be extended outside
the previously mentioned 5-100 jam range.

     Wertheimer and Wilcock196 developed an approximate  technique
based upon diffraction theory to determine  the average size  of
a distribution of particles  (large particles,  where a>20).   The
technique utilizes three rotating masks of  different  shapes  to
spatially filter the detected signal.  With the  r2 mask,  the
detected signal from light  scattered by a  single  particle  is
proportional to the second  power  of the particle  radius.   Simi-
larly, with the r^r1*) mask, the  detected  signal  is proportional
to the third (fourth)  power of the particle radius.   For many
particles in the field of view of the  detector,  the three  detected
signals are proportional to the  second, third,  and fourth  moments
of the distribution.  These signals yield  the  volume  mean  radius,
the area mean radius,  and the standard deviation  of the  area
distribution.  Wertheimer and Wilcox demonstrated the usefulness
of this technique using particles from 4 to 83 ym in  diameter.
Consideration of the principles  on which this  method  is  based
suggests that it is resistive to refractive index to  the  same
degree as forward scattering particle  counter.  The method has
been incorporated into a commercial instrument that is sold  by
Leeds and Northrup Co. (Dickerson Road, North  Wales,  PA).

     Imaging systems,  either of  a direct type  or of a type using
reconstructed images from holograms, have not  been widely  used
for size distribution analysis in flue gases,  but have been  used
routinely for work with liquid aerosols-particularly  to  size
aerosols produced by various types of  spray nozzles.  In both
direct imaging systems and holographic systems, a short  light
pulse of high intensity is used  to illuminate  the particles.
The pulse durations from available illuminators are short  enough
to effectively eliminate blur due to particle motion  for velo-
cities up to 300 m/sec.
                               167

-------
      Flash Television Particle counters providing real time size
 distributions have been described by Hotham 197 using pulsed ultra-
 violet laser illumination, and by Simmons and Dominic198  using
 xenon flash tubes for illuminators.   The reported range for size
 distribution determinations for the latter device is 0.3 to 10,000
 ym.   In Hotham1s system, the image size analysis can be performed
 instantaneously  on a basis of image height,  length, perimeter
 or projected area.  Dynamic processes and particle motion can
 be observed and  studied by use of a video tape recorder.  The
 view volume in  systems of this type is defined electronically
 in width  and height to exclude particles which are only partially
 within  the field of view while focus detection circuits are used
 to define the depth of the view volume and exclude out-of-focas
 particles.  Because of cost and the  practical difficulties in-
 volved  in the use of such a system in a flue gas environment,
 applications of  these systems will probably  be limited to special
 •research  service.

     Holography  as  a technique  for  investigating aerosols  has
 several advantages  over  most  of  the  methods  previously described.
 The  aerosol  is not  disturbed  by  the  measurement  process,  a large
 depth of  field is possible  and,  as in  the  flash  T.V.  method,  the
 particles  can be  effectively  "stopped"  for examination at  speeds
 up to a few  hundred  meters  per  second.   Typical  system resolution
 limits, however,  result  in  a  lower limit in  sensitivity for par-
 ticle sizing of about  5  ym.   By double-pulsing the  laser  illumi-
 nator one  can obtain  holograms which permit  the  determination
 of particle  velocities in three dimensions.   Matthews and  Kemp199
 have described the use of a two-beam holographic  system for de-
 termining  the spatial distribution of  limestone  particulate in-
 jected into an operating 140 MW 24-foot-wide  pulverized coal  fired
 steam boiler.  The systems described by  both  Matthews and  Kemp,
and Allen, et al., utilize low angle forward  scattered  light  from
a pulsed ruby laser.  By using pulsed ultraviolet laser illumi-
nation,  some gain can probably be achieved in resolving smaller
                               168

-------
particles.  Image Analyzing Computers, Inc., of Monsey, NY, offers
an automatic analyzer for reading out and analyzing aerosol data
from holograms, making it possible to eliminate manual analysis.
The analyzer was designed in collaboration with the Meteorological
Office and the Chemical Defense Establishment at Porton Down,
England.  When used with holograms obtained with a pulsed  ruby
laser the analyzer provides information on the size, shape, and
location of all particles having diameters larger than a few
micrometers in a sample volume up to one liter in size.

     Laser Doppler Velocimeters  (LDV) are routinely used for mea-
suring the velocity of gases, and these instruments can also be
used to obtain information of particle size.  In an LDV, the laser
beam is split  into two components which intersect at a small angle
at the point where the measurement is to be made.  The beams form
interference fringes  in the zone where they intersect, and if
a particle passes through this zone, light  is scattered from the
bright fringes to a photomultiplier.  The frequency of the a-c
component of the resulting pulse is related to the velocity with
which the particle intersects the fringes  (and hence the velocity
of the gas).   The ratio of the a-c component of the pulse  to the
d-c component  (seen at certain angles) is proportional to  the
particle size.  Farmer,200 Robinson et. al.,201 Adrian and Or-
loff,202 and Roberds203 have done experimental and theoretical
studies of LDV systems designed  to enhance  the sensitivity to
particle  size.  A commercial LDV particle  spectrometer based on
Farmer's  work  is available from  Spectron Development  Laboratories,
Inc.  (Tullahoma, TN  37388).  To  our  knowledge,  the  instrument
has  not been applied  to  in-stack measurements,  and  no  report on
its  performance  is available.  An  advantage of  LDV  systems is
the  potential  for  in  situ  sampling with  little  or no  perturba-
tion of the  sample.   Disadvantages are  the  sensitivity  to  particle
refraction  index and  the complexity  of  the  system.
                                169

-------
      Wilson201* has described a technique where individual par-
 ticles are accelerated through an orifice, and their velocity
 measured by means of an LDV.  The difference between the velocity
 of the carrier gas and the particles is related to the aerodynamic
 diameter of the particles.  This technique is still in a labora-
 tory development stage, and it is difficult to assess its potential
 applicability to process streams at this time.

 Hot Wire Anemometry

      An electronic instrument has been developed by Medecki and
 Magnus205 of KLD Associates, Inc. (Huntington, NY, USA)  for sizing
 liquid droplets, especially in scrubbers.   The instrument operates
 by inertial deposition of 1 ym to 600 jam spray droplets on a 5
 pm diameter by 1 mm long platinum sensing  element of the type
 used in hot-wire anemometry.  Droplets smaller than 1 ym can be
 measured with a change in sensor geometry.  The sensing element
 is  electrically heated  to a  predetermined  temperature.   Impinging
 particles  cool  the  sensing element,  resulting  in changes in resis-
 tance  which  are related  to the  sizes  of  the  impinging  droplets.
 The  commercially available version  of the  device provides con-
 centration  outputs  in  six selectable  size  channels.  Size cali-
 brations  for  the channels are  for water  droplets;  however,  the
 application  of  the  method is not, in  principle,  limited  to water.
 Because  the  device  is  essentially a modification of  a  hot-wire
 anemometer,  it  could also theoretically  be used  to measure flow
velocity and temperature, permitting  impingement rates to  be con-
 verted to aerosol concentrations.  Although  commercial prototypes
 are available now,  this  instrument  is still  under  development
 and detailed performance  analyses are not  available.
                                170

-------
Large Volume Samplers

     McFarland and Bertch206 have developed a  system  for  collect-
ing bulk samples of classified dust for subsequent  use  in health
related research (see Figure 64) .  The system  contains,  in series,
two cyclones, a virtual impactor, and a bag filter.   The  D50's  of
the cyclones are 10 and 7 ym, and that of the  virtual impactor
is 5 ym at a sample flowrate of 850 1/min.  The particulate col-
lection components are housed in an insulated  enclosure  that is
2.7 x 1 x 2 m.  In sampling for 12 days at the outlet of  an elec-
trostatic precipitator, McFarland collected 8.1 kg  of dust:  5.4
kg in the large cyclone, 1.3 kg in the small cyclone, 0.6 kg in
the virtual impactor, and 0.8 kg in the filter.  A  new  system,
designed to sample at a flowrate of 33 m3/ndn  is now  under  de-
velopment. 207
                               171

-------
                                      4.5 KW
                                      ELECTRICAL
                                      HEAT
                                   DISCHARGE
         INSULATED ENCLOSURE
FABRIC
FILTER
FOR SMALL
FRACTION
        FIRST
        CYCLONE
SECOND
CYCLONE
CONTROL
AND
PUMP
                             FABRIC
                             FILTER
                             FOR
                             LARGER SIZE
                             FRACTION
                            FI-OW
                            CONTROL
                                          JDUST
                                          [HOPPER
      STACK
      GAS FLOW
                                         3630-266
Figure 64.   A system for collecting large volume samples from industrial
            process streams.  After Me Far/and and Bertch.206
                                172

-------
                            SECTION V
                   CONTROL DEVICE EVALUATION

OBJECTIVES OF CONTROL DEVICE TESTS

     Several reasons exist for performing control device evalua-
tions.  These reasons may range from a verification of compliance
with emissions requirements, to programs related strictly to
research.

     The majority of stationary air pollution sources need some
type of control device to satisfy the national, state, or local
air pollution regulations that limit the allowable emissions.  In
order to determine whether the plant is in compliance with these
regulations, tests are performed to measure the amount of air
pollutant emissions from the control device in question.  This
is one type of control device evaluation and it is usually the
simplest and least expensive.

     Another reason for performing tests on a control device is to
optimize the performance of the installation.  These tests might
be requested by the owners of the plant where the control device
is installed, or by the control device manufacturer.  Usually
tests of both the inlet and outlet particulate mass concentration
are made resulting in a measure of the particulate collection
efficiency.  In some instances the fractional efficiency (effic-
iency as a function of particle size) is desired and measurements
of the particle size distributions of the inlet and outlet dusts
are necessary.
                               173

-------
      If a particular control device is performing poorly due to
 poor maintenance, or poor design, etc., then tests might be required
 in order to obtain data to be used in designing additional or re-
 placement control device units.

      To obtain data for purely research purposes is a fourth reason
 for performing a control device evaluation.   In each test the data
 may be used to confirm existing theories of  control device opera-
 tion or to develop new theories for modelling and predicting control
 device performance.  Research tests may involve total systems studies
 on the source/control device combination.  These tests are usually
 the most complicated and expensive because of the amount of data
 that is desired.

 TYPE AND NUMBER OF TESTS REQUIRED

      As mentioned in the previous section, the type and number of
 tests that are performed during a control  device evaluation depend
 on the reason for the tests  and the amount of funding available.

      In most  cases  the  standard compliance test  involves  a
 determination of  the  particulate mass  concentration at the control
 device  outlet.   Depending  on the type  of control device,  some
 measurements  of  the  gaseous  emissions  may  also be required.   The
 minimum number of tests  to be  performed during a compliance  test
 is  usually  set by Federal  or State  regulations.

      In order to  study  the performance  of  a control  device,  measure-
 ments of both the  inlet  and  outlet  mass  concentration are  performed.
 These data  are required  for  calculations of the  particulate  collec-
 tion efficiency.   If  the collection efficiency is  to  be related
 to particle size,  then particle  size measurements  must be  per-
 formed  at the  inlet and  outlet.   If the  source is  stable,  fewer tests
will be required than if the plant process is cyclic or variable
                                174

-------
 over an indeterm!nant time period.   If a control  device appears
 to  be performing poorly,  then other tests might be  necessary,  depend-
 ing on the  type  of  problem encountered.   For  example,  on an elec-
 trostatic precipitator installation,  a measurement  of  the dust
 resistivity could explain a poor  collection efficiency.  At a
 fabric filter  installation,  the problem might be  torn  bags in  one
 baghouse compartment.   This might require a special test strategy
 to  isolate  this  compartment.   In  a  scrubber installation,  exces-
 sive liquid entrainment could cause poor performance and tests
 might be required to measure  the  droplet concentration or  size
 distribution.

      Data that are  required for control device design  are the
 particulate mass concentration; the particle  size distribution;
 the physical,  chemical, and electrical properties of the dust
 to  be collected; and the  effluent gas  temperature,  pressure, and
 composition.   A  fairly extensive  testing program  is necessary
 in  order to obtain  these  data.  Tests  should  be performed  during
 all normal  process  cycles and with  all types  of expected feed-
 stock to insure  that the  control  device  will  not  be designed
 undersize.

      If testing  is  to be  performed  on  a  control device  for research
 purposes only, then  the tests that  are made are dependent on the
 information which is desired  as well as  the amount  of  funding.  As
 is  true of all experimental type programs, the more  data that  are
obtained, the more reliable will be the conclusions based on those
data.  Usually control device research programs are designed to
gather as much information as practical for the money available.
 Generally,  research  studies concern the particulate mass concen-
 trations at the  inlet and outlet,  the  inlet and outlet  particle
 size  distributions,   gas analysis,  the dust properties,   the control
device operation parameters, plant process data, previous control
device maintenance  data, and the economics of the  particular control
device.  Of  course,  the type of control device and plant will

                               175

-------
 determine the specific tests which are conducted.   For example,
 measurement of the dust resistivity would not be required at a
 baghouse or scrubber.   Liquid feed rates, pressures,  etc.,  how-
 ever,  would be required.

      In some instances the type of tests  which are conducted depend
 on cooperation from the plant personnel.   They may or may not be
 willing to alter the feedstock or change  the  settings on the particle
 collector controls, for example.   Usually these problems are worked
 out as  the test plan is developed.

     In summary,  control  device testing is  not a routine operation
 that has  had all  the problems worked out  or specific  procedures
 developed.   Each  plant-control device  combination  is  unique  and
 should  be treated as such.   Certain problems  exist at one instal-
 lation  which might not be  encountered  at  any  other control device
 installation.   The number  of specific  tests which  should be  per-
 formed  will  depend on  the  type of control device,  the stability  of
 the  source,  the length of  time allowed for  testing, and  the  avail-
 able funding.  It is usually advisable to perform  as  many tests
 as practical,  because  later  it may  be  found that some tests  must
 be disqualified.

 GENERAL PROBLEMS  AND CONSIDERATIONS

     It is rare that a  control  device  evaluation program does  not
 encounter several  problems in  performing  the  required tests.   These
 problems can cover  a wide range of  circumstances and  affect  the
 ability to complete  the test program successfully.  Although  it
 is impossible to  anticipate every contingency,  careful planning
 can reduce the likelihood of complete  failure of the  test program.
A discussion of the more commonly encountered problems and situ-
ations is presented below.
                                176

-------
 Plant Location

      Plant location will generally not be a problem unless it
 is a long distance to a city where acceptable accommodations and
 supplies are available, or if the nearest airport is not conven-
 ient for shipping equipment or for transportation of personnel.
 Also, depending  on the time of year,  the local weather can force
 postponement of  testing,  unusual working hours, or require the
 construction of  special shelters for  test crew members required
 to work  out of doors.

 Laboratory Space

      Usually arrangements can be made to obtain the use of a por-
 tion of  the chemical  laboratory normally found at most industrial
 plants.   However,  the  location of this laboratory may not be con-
 venient  to the sampling site.   As part of the pre-test site sur-
 vey,  a decision  should be made as to  whether  some type of tem-
 porary,  mobile lab  or  trailer  would be more convenient than the
 plant laboratory space.

 Sampling  Location and  Accessibility

      In  most  new plants the  requirements  of compliance testing
 (ports,  platforms,  power,  etc.)  have  been  taken  into  account  in
 designing  the  facility.   This  is  frequently not  true  of  older
 plants.  At many sites, the  equipment  must be  hand  carried  or
 hoisted  to  the sampling location.  Stack  testing  can  be  difficult
 without  a properly  designed  platform.   Sometimes  platforms  and
 scaffolding must be erected  to allow direct access  to  the sampl-
 ing location.  It is recommended  that  a pre-test  site  survey be
 conducted to determine  if any platforms or shelters must be built
prior to actual  testing.  This is also a good  time  to  inspect
 the entire plant and establish contact with the plant  employee
who will be responsible for  liaison with the plant managers.

                                177

-------
Power Requirements

     Depending on the amount of equipment operating at one time,
the accessible power outlets at most sampling locations may or
may not be adequate.  In many instances long extension cords are
necessary, and in some cases a transformer is needed to change
the available power to 110 volts.  Before testing, the power re-
quirements should be calculated and plant personnel contacted
if it appears that additional power outlets will be required.

Type of Ports

     Almost all sampling of flue gases and dusts requires some
type of port.  Before the tests begin it is advisable to know
the location, type, number, and size of the ports that are avail-
able (inlet, outlet, stack).  For some types of test equipment,
the ports may be too small and require replacement with larger
diameter ports.  The number of ports will also determine the flexi-
bility that one has in planning for traverses of the duct to
obtain representative samples.  There may also be some difficul-
ties with the type of ports that are installed, whether flanged
or threaded internally or externally.  Other problems commonly
encountered with sampling ports are the length of the port nipple,
rusting of port caps onto the nipples, and caking of dust inside
the ports which must be chiseled away before sampling can begin,
etc.

Flue Gas Velocity and Nozzle Sizes

     Depending on the location of the sampling ports, the flue
gas velocity can sometimes be very high or very low.  Isokinetic
sampling is highly desirable when sampling dusts.  Gas velocities
are usually lowest in the transforms immediately  upstream or
downstream from control devices.  In these instances  the nozzle
                                178

-------
sizes required  for  isokinetic sampling may  be  larger  than  standard
sizes.  On the  other hand high gas velocities  can  require  imprac-
tically small nozzles, especially when sampling  less  than  14  liters
per minute.  If the concern is with particles  smaller  than about
five micrometers diameter, errors from non-isokinetic  sampling
are less significant.

Duct Size

     The duct size will generally determine whether traversing
is feasible.  Traversing twenty foot deep ducts  is not a simple
matter, expecially  if the probes must be heat  traced.  Special
hoists sometimes must be erected.  Small circular ducts usually
cannot be effectively traversed, and, in some  cases instruments
that are normally operated in situ must be operated in an  oven
with special sampling probes for extracting the  samples.

Gas Temperature and Dew Point

     Under some circumstances the gas temperature can cause dif-
ficulties.  Too high a temperature can cause galling, metal fatigue,
collection substrate problems, and poor vacuum sealing for  in
situ sampling equipment.  Low gas temperatures can be especially
troublesome when the slightest temperature drop  can cause  excur-
sions through dew points causing condensation within the probe
or on collection filters.  In either case, probes and other sampl-
ing equipment may have to be insulated or heat traced to prevent
premature cooling of the gases.   H-jSO,, condensation, or chemical
reaction can mask particulate weight gains on glass fiber  col-
lection substrates.  Usually heating to 17°C above the gas dew
point is recommended to avoid condensation.  At  some plants tem-
perature fluctuations can occur  as a result of process variations
or excess air in boiler operations.   A knowledge of this type
of activity is desirable before  testing.
                               179

-------
 Water Droplets  and Corrosive Gases

      At  some  types of  scrubber or wet precipitator operations,
 water droplet mists will exist at the outlet  sampling  location.
 These droplets  may be  clean water or contain  dissolved or  sus-
 pended solids.  At some locations these droplets might be  the
 object of sampling; however, at most locations the droplets must
 be evaporated in order to capture the particulate matter without
 clogging or caking the filter mat and to obtain an accurate mea-
 sure of the particle size distribution emitted to the atmosphere.
 Corrosive gases can also be difficult to handle.  S02 or S03 can
 be a problem if the flue gas has a high moisture content or if
 the gas temperature is near the dew point.  Corrosion of equip-
 ment can occur,  as well as the masking of filter weight gains
 by S02  uptake or H^SO,, mists.

      At  some locations, particle growth,  such as that found in
 H2SO, mists, can mask  the  true  concentration of-fine particulate
 matter.   This can only be, alleviated by  keeping the gas tempera-
 ture  in  the  sampling  train  sufficiently  high or by. dilution with
 clean dry air.   Reevaporation of  H2SO, mists requires very high
 temperatures,  and  this  problem  can usually more easily be avoided
 than corrected.

 Volatile  Components

     In planning an effective sampling protocol,  it  is necessary
 to consider  whether or  not volatile  components make  up a  signi-
 ficant part  of the emissions.  Smelting processes are a notable
 example of sources where much of the mass  emissions consist of
 compounds that exist in vapor form at flue gas temperatures, but
 condense to  form solid particles upon cooling  in the  atmosphere.
For process streams such as these, the nature  or quantity of the
sample is dependent on the temperature of  the  sampling  train.   it
                                180

-------
  is usually advantageous  to  design  a  special  train  with  several
stages kept at progressively lower  temperatures,  in order  to fully
understand the nature of  the emissions.   Sulfuric acid  is  a  good
example of a volatile pollutant  that  can  present  control and
sampling problems.

Process Cycles and Feedstock Variations

     In many plants, such as iron and  steel mills and smelting
operations, the effluent  gas and dust  characteristics vary dra-
matically over a single process  cycle.  If the  test objective
is to obtain a good average  of the  emissions, the sampling time
is quite flexible.  However,  if  the test  objective  is to isolate
emissions from a particular  part or from  each part  of an average
cycle, the sampling time must be short, or the  tests interrupted
periodically and run only during the part of  interest.   At some
plants the supply of fuel or  feedstock can change.   Normally a
plant will maintain logs of  the  important process parameters,
and this information should  be obtained and correlated with  the
test data.  This can avoid costly repetition of test procedures
or invalidation of the test  data.

Long and Short Sampling Times

     In general, control devices are very efficient particle col-
lectors.   High collection efficiencies mean that  the inlet and
outlet dust concentrations can differ by factors  up to 1000.
Particular problems arise when sampling requirements demand  that
minimum (or maximum)  amounts of dust be collected in order to
obtain valid results.   At a control device inlet, high dust con-
centrations may necessitate undesirably short sampling durations.
Extremely short (less than five minutes)  sampling times may not
allow an  adequate period of  integration over the plant process
cycles unless the cycles are very stable and long.  On the other
                                181

-------
 hand,  low  dust concentrations at control device outlets  sometimes
 require  sampling  times of  12 hours or  longer  hampering the  study
 of emissions  from each part of a process cycle.   It  is helpful
 to use low flow rate sampling devices  at control  device  inlets
 and high flow rate devices at outlets  in order to obtain reason-
 able sampling times.

 Planning a Field  Test

     Table XVII indicates some of the  considerations and problems
 that must be dealt with in developing  a test plan for control
device evaluations.   Although this table is designed to serve
as a planning outline,  the relative importance of the facets of
the plan, or considerations that are not listed, can only be
established from a good understanding of the plant-control device
system and the objectives of the test.
                                182

-------
                                          TABLE  XVII
                          PARTICULATE  CONTROL  DEVICE  TESTS
Assure Compliance
with EPA
Objective of Tests Regulation
Tests Required









Control Device Data


Plant Process Data

Technical Considerations
(Decisions/Problems)
Adequate Space,



Condensible Vapors/
Volatile Particles
Mass Concentration/
Traverse Strategy
Aerosol Gas Velocity
Process/Emission
Variations
Select Particle Sizing
Methods



Filter Mass Stability
Sample Preservation



n












o
x
•j
X

p
0
p
c

o





Optimize Performance
of Control Device


n



r








o
X
D-
Y
P
p
o
P
c


Q
o
c
Q

Obtain Design
Data for
Control Device
i

1
1
1
1
p
I







1
x
D'
y
P
P
0
p
p
1 0
i n

Q
p
n

Obtain Data
for Modeling
Studies
i n
1,11
i n
'»u
i n
i n
i n
I,U
Y
i n

pep nni..
Y
x

[)

i n
Y
D"
y
p
P
n
p
p
i n
I,U
i n

Q
p


Systems Studies
Process and
Control Device
	 i n
I,U
i n
i n
i n
i n
Y
i n
i n*
x
Y
x
x
Q

i n
x

y
p
P

p
P
i n
i n


p


Key     0    Ontlnt
       I    Inlet
       X  -  Required
       D  -  Decision based on Specific site or test objectives
       C  -  Must be considered
       *  vs. Particle Diameter
                                           183

-------
                            SECTION VI
                             SUMMARY
      It  is  disappointing  to  everyone  involved  in  aerosol  sampling
that  more convenient  and  efficient methods  are not  available  for
making measurements of particle size  and concentration.   When good
resolution  and accuracy are  needed, one must rely on manual tech-
niques such as filters for mass and cascade impactors  for sizing
measurements.  Nevertheless, progress is being made in the develop-
ment of more convenient methods that yield real-time information.
For some applications, such  instruments already yield useful  infor-
mation.  Table XVIII summarizes the current status of particulate
sampling methods.
                                184

-------
                            TABLE XVIII

   STATUS OF PARTICULATE SAMPLING METHODS FOR PROCESS STREAMS
MASS CONCENTRATION

   Filters - C

   3-Particle Attenuation

   Charge Transfer — CP
   Transmissometers - P

P  Light Scattering - P, CP

   Piezoelectric Microbalances
- R
OPACITY
   Transmissometers - C
   Nephelometers - CP
PARTICLE SIZE

   Cascade Impactors - C, P

   Cyclones - P, C

   Light Scattering - P
   Diffusion Batteries and
   Condensation Nuclei Counters - P
   Electrical Mobility - P
C - Commercial instruments in everyday use.
CP - Commercial instruments available, these may require
     special adaptation or skills.
P - Prototype systems have been used.  These require special
    adaptation or skills.
R - Established measurement technique, but not applied to
    process streams.
                                185

-------
                            REFERENCES


 1.  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  Standards of Per-
     formance for New Stationary Sources.  Federal Register,
     43(160), 1977.  pp. 41776-41782.

 2.  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Standards of Perform-
     ance for New Stationary Sources.  Federal Register, 42(187),
     1976.  pp. 42020-42028.

 3.  American Society for Testing and Materials.  Standard Method
     for Sampling Stacks for Particulate Matter, Designation
     D2928-71, In:  Annual Book of ASTM Standards, Philadelphia,
     Pennsylvania, 1977.  pp. 592-618.

 .4.  American Society of Mechanical Engineers.  Determining Dust
     Concentrations in a Gas Stream, Power Test Code 27.  New
     York, New York, 1957.  25 pp.
                         i
 5.  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  Standards of Perform-
     ance for New Stationary Sources.  Federal Register, 42(160),
     1977.  pp. 41755-41758.

 6.  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  Standards of Perform-
     ance for New Stationary Sources.  Federal Register, 41(160),
     1977.  pp. 41758-41768.

 7.  Martin, R.M.  Construction Details of Isokinetic Source-
     Sampling Equipment.  APTD-0581, U.S. Environmental Protec-
     tion Agency, Research Triangle Park. North Carolina, 1971.

 8.  Brenchly, D.L., C.D. Turley, and R.F. Yarmac.  Use of the
     EPA Particulate Trains for Compliance Testing.  In:  Air
     Pollution Control and Industrial Energy Production, Noll,
     Davis,  and Duncan, eds.  Ann Arbor Science Publishers, Inc.,
     Ann Arbor, Michigan, 1975.  pp. 73-85.

 9.  Rom, J.J.  Maintenance, Calibration, and Operation of Iso-
     kinetic Source Sampling Equipment.  APTD-0576, U.S. Environ-
     mental  Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, North
     Carolina, 1972.  35 pp.

10.  Selle,  S.H.  and G.H. Gronhovd.  Some Comparisons of Simul-
     taneous Stack Gas Particulate Determinations Using the ASME
     and EPA Methods.   J. Eng. Power, 95(3):145-149, 1973.


                               186

-------
11.  Heinsohn, R.J., J.G. Wehrman, J.W.  Davis,  G.W.  Anderson.
     A Comparison of the Particulate Matter  Obtained Using  a
     Dilution Sampling System and a Method 5 Sampling System.
     In:  Proceedings of the 70th Annual Meeting  of  the  Air
     Pollution Control Association, Toronto,  Ontario, Canada,
     1977.  Paper 77-12.1.

12.  Peters, E.T.., P.L. Levins, A.W. Doyle,  K.N.  Werner,  and
     C.H. Summers.  Interim Report:  Evaluation of the EPA  Par-
     ticulate Measurement Method as applied  to  Oil-Fired  Utility
     Boilers.  Arthur D. Little, Inc., Cambridge, Masschusetts,
     1973.  32 pp.  Prepared'under Contract  No.68-02-0632 for
     the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,  Research  Triangle
     Park, North Carolina, 1973.

13.  Felix, L.G., G.I. Clinard, G.E. Lacey,  and J.D.  McCain.
     Inertial Cascade Impactor Substrate Media  for Flue  Gas
     Sampling.  EPA-600/7-77-060, U.S. Environmental Protection
     Agency, Research Triangle Park, North Carolina,  1977.  89
     pp.

14.  Forrest, J. and L. Newman.  Sampling and Analysis of Atmos-
     pheric Sulfur Compounds for Isotope Ratio  Studies.   Atmos-
     pheric Environment, 7(5):5l6-573, 1973.

15.  Patankar, U. and W.T. Ott.  An Experimental Method of Par-
     ticulate Sampling of High Humidity  Flue Gases.   In:  Pro-
     ceedings of 70th Annual Meeting, Air Pollution  Control Asso-
     ciation, Toronto, Ontario, Canada,  1977.   Paper  77-49.3.

16.  Elder, J.C., M.I. Tillery, and H.J. Ettinger.   Evaluation
     of EPA Method 5 Probe Deposition and Filter Media Effici-
     ency.  In:   Proceedings of 70th Annual Meeting,   Air  Pol-
     lution Control Association, Toronto, Ontario, Canada, 1977.
     Paper 77-12.3.

17.  Hamil, H.F., D.E.  Camann,  and R.E.  Thomas.  The  Collabora-
     tive Study of EPA Methods 5, 6, and 7 in Fossil  Fuel Fired
     Stream Generators - Final Report.   EPA-650/4-74-013.  U.S.
     Environmental Protection  Agency,  Research Triangle Park,
     North Carolina,  1974.   39 pp.

18.  Hamil, H.F., and D.E.  Camann.   Collaborative Study of Method
     for the Determination of  Particulate Matter Emissions from
     Stationary Sources (Portland Cement Plants).   EPA-650/4-
     74-029.   U.S.  Environmental Protection Agency, Research
     Triangle Park,  North Carolina,  1974.  45 pp.
                               187

-------
19.   Hamil, H.F.,  and R.E.  Thomas.   Collaborative Study of Method
     for the Determination  of Particulate Matter Emissions from
     Stationary Sources (Municipal Incinerators).  EPA-650/4-
     74-022.  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research
     Triangle Park, North Carolina, 1974.  37 pp.

20.   Hamil, H.F.,  and R.E.  Thomas.   Collaborative Studies of
     Particulate Emissions  Measurements by EPA Methods, 2, 3,
     and 5 Using Paired Particulate Sampling Trains (Municipal
     Incinerator).  EPA-600/4-76-014, U.S. Environmental Pro-
     tection Agency, Research Triangle Park, North Carolina,
     1976.  91 pp.

21.   Lytle, J.H.  ASME Method for Measurement of Particulate
     Emissions.  In:  Proceedings of the Workshop on Sampling,
     Analysis, and Monitoring of Stack Emissions.  Electric Power
     Research Institute, Dallas, Texas, 1975.  pp. 203-220.

22.   National Council of the Paper Industry for Air and Stream
     Improvement,  Inc.  Comparisons of Source Particulate Emis-
     sions Measurement Methods for Combination Fuel-Fired Boilers,
     Atmospheric Quality Improvement Technical Bulletin No. 75.
     New York, N.Y.  38 pp.

23.   Boubel, R.W.   A High Volume Stack Sampler.  Journal of the
     Air Pollution Control Association, 21(12):783-787, 1971.

24.   Boubel, R.W., and J.M. Morford.  Simultaneous EPA Method
     5 and High Volume Sampling of Wood Fired Boilers.  Presented
     at the 70th Annual Meeting of the Air Pollution Control
     Association,  Toronto,  Ontario, Canada, 1977.  Paper 12-2.

25.   Beckwith, G.S.  Particulate Sampling with  a Compact Inter-
     mediate Volume Sampler.  Preprint, Air Pollution Control
     Association,  Pacific Northwest International  Section, Boise,
     Idaho, 1974,  35 pp.   (Presented at the 67th Annual Meeting
     of the Air Pollution Control Association,  Pacific Northwest
     International Section, Boise, Idaho, 1974).

26.   Felix, L.G.,  G.I. Clinard, G.E. Lacey, and  J.D.McCain.
     Inertial Cascade Impactor Substrate Media  for Flue Gas
     Sampling.  EPA-600/7-77-060.  U.S. Environmental Protec-
     tion Agency,  Research Triangle Park, North Carolina,  1977.
     89 pp.

27.   Appel, B.R.,  and J.J. Wesolowski.   Selection  of Filter Media
     for Particulate Sampling with a Lundgren Impactor.  AIHL
     Report No. 125, California Department of Public Health,
     Berkley, California,  1972.  22 pp.
                                188

-------
 28.   Elder,  J.C., M.I.  Tillery,  and  H.J.  Ettinger.   Evaluation
      of  EPA  Method  5  Probe  Deposition  and Filter  Media Effici-
      ency.   In:  Proceedings  of  the  70th  Annual Meeting,  Air
      Pollution Control  Association,  Toronto,  Ontario,  Canada,
      1977.   Paper 77-12.3.

 29.   Mueller, P.K.  Selection of  Filter Media:  An  Annotated
      Outline.  Presented:   13th  Conference on Methods  in  Air
      Pollution and  Industrial Hygiene  Studies, University of
      California, Berkley, California,  1972.

 30.   Lundgren, D.A. ,  and T.C. Gunderson.   Efficiency and  Load-
      ing Characteristics of EPA's High-Temperature  Quartz Fiber
      Filter  Media.  Amer. Ind. Hyg.  Assoc.  J.  36(12):866-871,
      1975.

 31.   Lundgren, D.A.,  and .T.C. Gunderson.   Filtration Character-
      istics  of Glass  Fiber Filter Media at Elevated Temperatures.
      EPA-600/2-76-192.  U.S.  Environmental Protection  Agency,
      Research Triangle  Park,  North Carolina,  1976.   95 pp.

 32.   Stafford, R.G.,  and H.J. Ettinger.   Filter Efficiency  as
      a Function of Particle Size  and Velocity.  Atmospheric
      Environment, 6:353-362,  1972.

 33.   Stafford, R.G.,  and H.J. Ettinger.   Efficiency of IPA-1478
      Filter  Paper Against Polystyrene  Latex and Dioctyl Phthalate
     Aerosols, Amer.  Ind. Hyg. Assoc.  J.,  32 (5):493-498,  1972.

 34.   Stafford, R.G.,  and H.J. Ettinger.   Comparison of Filter
     Media Against Liquid and Solid Aerosols.  Amer. Ind. Hyg.
     Assoc.  J.,  32(5):319-326, 1971.

 35.  Horn, W.  Process  for Continuous  Gravimetric Determination
     of the Concentration of Dustlike  Emissions.  Staub-Reinhalt,
     Luft 28(9):  20-24, 1968.

36.  Dresia,  H.,  and F. Spohr.  Experience with the  Radiometric
     Dust Measuring Unit Beta Staubmeter.   Staub-Reinhalt,  Luft,
     31(6):19-27, 1971.

37.  Lilienfeld,  P., and J.  Dulchinos,   Vehicle Particulate Ex-
     haust Mass  Monitor.  GCA-TR-72-11-G,  GCA Corporation,  Bed-
     ford,  Massachusetts, 1972.   41 pp.  Prepared under Contract
     No.  68-02-0209  for U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
     Durham,  North  Carolina, 1972.

38.  Sem, G.J.,  and  J.A. Borgos.   State of the Art:   1971 In-
     strumentation  for Measurement of Particulate Emissions from
     Combustion  Sources Volume IV:  Experiments and Final Report.
     EPA-650/2-73-022, U.S.  Environmental  Protection Agency,
     Washington,  D.C., 1973.  55  pp.

                                189

-------
  39.  Nader, J.S.   and  D.R. Allen.   A Mass  Loading  and Radio-

      J?  ^ % ^YZernf°r AtmosPheric  Particulate.   Presented
      A™  < I    Annual Meeting of  the  Air  Pollution  Control
      Association,  Los  Angeles, California,  1959.
4°'   ina^n^r" ^V' n^*'  Registering, Radiometric Measur

     o?9Dust £5eS *    C°mbined Measurement of the Emissions

     3                   1Vy 1" Air>  Staub-Reinhalt, Luft
     J        -
             03 lo   l          i      >       -
            .103-106, 1974.   [English Translation] .
       icnl';;'-an<   I- Ch°-  Devel°Pnient of Nucleonic  Par-
      ticulate Emission Gauge.  EPA-APTD-1150, U.S. Environmental

      ml?  «npp?enCy' Research Triangle Park, NortS Ca?S?ina?
      AniPrir^n Tn/iP"i. B^a-Absorption Impactor Aerosol Mass Monitor,

      729^1970           Hygiene Association Journal, 31(6):722-



 43.   Jenarie, M.,  and P. Bodin.  Mise au point et essais d'utili-

      sation d un  appareil continu pour la mesure de poussieres

      155 31967P   n ^ ray°ns betu'  Rev- Pollution Atm 35:147-
      ProtoveA   M                       ,  and W. Romanek.
      Prototype  Fly Ash Monitor for Municipal Incinerator Stacks.

      ence   JSS? ed^ngs.of «* 1970 National Incinerator Confer-
      ence,  ASME,  Cincinnati, Ohio, 1970.   pp.  182-188.


 45.   Dresia,  H.,  P.  Tischotter,  and G.  Felden.   Kontinuierliches
46.  Lilienfeld,  Pedro.   Design  and  Operation of Dust Measuring
                               ut                          '
                                              an
     Measurement.  Staub Reinhalt, Luft,  35 (1) :5-9,  1975:
                 Ki-K-             - Jander«  Messtand  fur  die
             and Kalibrienng von Registrierenden  Staub-und

                    inTTeinenr Steinkohlengefeuerten.   Kraftwerk.
                                                           Vol.
49.   Jackson, M.R.  Evaluation of Field Prototype Beta Gauges


               °aCt #68-°2-1216 ^ ^^E
                                190

-------
 50.  Giever, P.M.  Development of Automatic Monitors; Light
      Transmission and Beta Gaging.  In:  Proceedings of the
      Specialty Conference on Continuous Monitoring of Stationary
      Air Pollution Sources, Air Pollution Control Association,
      Greater St. Louis Section, St. Louis, Missouri, 1975.  pp.
 51.   Ranade, M.B.  Sampling Interface for Quantitative Transport
      of Aerosols.  EPA-750/2-74-016, U.S. Environmental Protec-
      tion Agency Research Triangle Park, North Carolina, 1973.
      142 pp.

 52.   Sauerbrey,  G.   Verwendung von Schwingguarzen zur Wagung
      dunner Schichten und Zur Milrowagung.   Zeitschrift fur
      Physik Vol  155:206-222,  1959.

 53.   .Sem,  G.J.,  J.A.  Borgos,  J.G.  Olin,  J.P.  Pilney, B.Y.H. Liu,
      N.  Barsic,  K.T.  Whitby,  and F.D.  Dorman.   State of the Art,
      1971  Instrumentation for Measurement of  Particulate Emis-
      sions from  Combustion Sources.   Vol. II:   Particulate Mass-
      Detail Report.   APTD-0734,  U.S. Environmental Protection
      Agency,  Research Triangle Park, North  Carolina, 1971.   223
      PP-

 54.   Sem,  G.J.,  K. Tsurubayashi,  and K.  Homma.   Performance of
      the Piezoelectric Mierobalance  Respirable  Aerosol Sensor.
      Amer.  Ind.  Hyg.  Assoc. J.,  38:580-588, 1977.

 55.   King,  W.H.,  Jr.   The  State  of the Art  in Piezoelectric
      Sensors.  In:  Proceedings  of the 25th Annual Symposium
      on Frequency Control, U.S.  Army Electronics Command, Ft.
      Monmouth, New Jersey, 1971.   5  pp.

 56.   Daley, P.S., and  D.A. Lundgren.  The Performance  of Piezo-
      electric Crystal  Sensors  Used to Determine Aerosol Mass
      Concentrations.   American Industrial Hygiene  Association
      Journal 36 (7) : 518-532, 1975.

 57.   Lundgren, D.A. , L.D. Carter,  and P.S. Daley.  Aerosol  Mass
     Measurement  Using Piezoelectric Crystal Sensors.  In:   Fine
      Particles-Aerosol Generation, Measurement, Sampling, and
     Analysis, B.Y.H.  Liu, ed.f Academic  Press, New  York, New
     York,  1976.   pp.  485-519.

58.  Harper, W.R.  Contact and Frictional Electrification.
     Oxford University Press,  London, England, 1967.   369 pp.

59.  Loeb,  L.B.   Static Electrification.   Springer-Verlag,  Ber-
     lin, Germany, 1958.   240  pp.
                                191

-------
 60.  Schutz, A.  Eine Anordnung zur registr ierenden Kontaktelek
      Trischen Staubmessung.  Staub-Reinhalt, Luft, 24(9) :359-
      •36 3 i 1964 .
61
62
      Prochazka, R.  Neneste Entwicklung des auf Kontaktelektris-
      cher Basis beruhenden Staubgehaltsme-Bgerates Koni Test
      Staub-Reinhalt, Luft, 24 (9) :353-359, 1964.

      Prochazka, R   Recording Dust Measurement with the Konitest
      Staub-Reinhalt, Luft, 26(5):22-28, 1966.           *°nitest,
         ^S' IMn°ya'  Research and Development in Japan on Fine
         ticle Measurement and New Control Devices.  In-  Fine
                        ??ne'ra"on' Measurement, Sampling, and
                                                 .New *>rk, New
 64'   ^Sl6r/  r'Y?"  and B'S-  Fishkin-   TyPe PK-4 Automatic Im-
          /Sn0    act Electric Dust Measurement Instrument.
           ^  Z   ?*mW°fking Group on Stationary Source Air Pollu
           Control Technology  Project A-4.   APTIC No.  75270.
 65.   John,  w.   Investigation  of  Particulate Matter Monitoring
      Using  Contact  Electrification.   EPA-650/2-75-043,  U.S.



 66.   Gruber  A.H.,  and  E.K. Bastress.   Application of  the Tri-

      P^n^CJf5^° £lnfa*U*ement  °f Airborne  Particles.
                          Joint  Conference on Sensing  of Environ-
                  rgf
     the Specialty Conference on Continuous Monitoring  of  Sta-
     tiSSarLeaJ^iUtri0n-S°2rCe?' Air Pollution Con?rol  Associa-
     1975.'  pp? 135-154      Section, St. Louis, Missouri, March,


68.  Knapp, K.T.  New Techniques for Continuous Measurement of
     Mass Emissions.  In:  Proceedings of the Workshop  on  Sampl-
     ing, Analysis and Monitoring of Stack Emissions.   Electric
     Power Research Institute, Dallas, Texas, 1975.  pp. 49-78.

69.  IKOR, inc.  Results of Parallel Testing with an IKOR  Air
                               192

-------
 70.  Eastman, w.B.  Use of an IKOR Model  207 Air Quanity Monitor
      to Measure Particulate Emissions  from Dry  Scrubber Systems
      Presented at the Meeting of the Metallurgical Society  of
      American Institute of Mining, Metallurgical, and  Petroleum
      Engineers, New York, N.Y.  1975.  Paper A75-34.

 71.  Conner, W.D.  Measurement of the Opacity and Mass Concentra-
      ™Q?io  Particulate- Emissions by Transmissometry.  EPA-650/2-
      74-128, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Tri-
      angle Park, North Carolina, 1974.  39 pp.

 72.  Uthe, E.E., and C.E.  Lapple.  Study of Laser Backscatter
      by Particulates in Stack Emissions.  EPA-R2-089, U.S. En-
      vironmental Protection Agency,  Research Triangle Park, North
      Carolina,  1972.  518  pp.

 73.  Schneider,  W.A.  Opacity Monitoring of Stack Emissions:
      A  Design Tool with Promising Results.  In:   The 1974 Elec-
      tric  Utility-Generation Planbook, McGraw-Hill,  New York,
      New York,  1974.  pp.  74-76.

 74.  Duwel,  L.   Latest State of  Development of Control Instru-
      ments for  the Continuous  Monitoring of Dust Emissions
      Staub-Reinhalt, Luf t,  28 (3) :42-53, 1968.

 75.  Buhne,  K.-W.,  and L.  Duwel.   Recording Dust Emission  Mea-
      surements  in  the  Cement  Industry with the RM4  Smoke  Density
      Meter Made  by Messrs  Sick,  Staub-Reinhalt,  Luft,  32(8) :19-
      ^•6 , 19 72.

 76.   Larssen, S. ,  D.S.  Ensor,  and M.J.  Pilat.  Relationship of
      Plume Opacity to  the  Properties  of Particulates  Emitted
      from  Kraft Recovery Furnaces.  Tappi,  55(l):88-92, 1972.

 77.   Cristello, J.C.   Evaluation of Lear Siegler Transmissom-
                                    Services'  Camas> Washington,
78.  Reisman, E., w.D. Gerber, and N.D. Potter.   in Stack  Trans-
     missometer Measurement of Particulate Opacity and Mass Con-
     centration.  EPA-650/2-74-120, U.S. Environmental Protection
     Agency, Research Triangle Park, North Carolina, 1974   105
     pp.

79.  Nader, J.S.  Source Monitoring.  In:  Air Pollution,  3rd
     Ed., Vol III, Measuring, Monitoring, and Surveillance of
     Air Pollution, A.C. Stern, ed.  Academic Press, New York
     New York, 1976.  pp. 589-645.

80.  Dobbins, R.A., and G.S. Jizmagian.  Particle Size Measure-
     ments^Based on Use of Mean Scattering Cross Sections.  J
     Opt. Soc.  Am., 56(10) :1351-1354,  1966.

                               193

-------
 81.  Smith, w.B., and J.D. McCain.  Particle Size Measurement
      in Industrial Flue Gases.  In:  Air Pollution Control -
      Vol. Ill, Werner Strauss, ed.  John Wiley and Sons, New
      York, New York  (in press).

 82.  Kerker, M.  The Scattering of Light and Other Electromag-
      n   5™!?i?tl0n*  Academic Press, New York, New York, 1969
 83.   Quenzel, H.  Influence of Refractive Index on the Accuracy
      of Size Determination of Aerosol Particles with Light-Scat
      tering Aerosol Counters.  Appl. Opt. 8 (1) :165-169, 1969.

 84.   Hodkinson,  J.R.,  and J.R. Greenfield.   Response Calcula-

                                         counters and
 85.   Ensor,  D.S.,  and L.D.  Bevan.   Application of Nephelometry
      ^ the  Monitoring of Air  Pollution Sources.   Presented at
      the 1977  Annual Meeting of the Air Pollution Control Assoc-
      iation, Pacific Northwest International Section,  Seattle,
      Washington,  1973.   Paper  73-AP-14.

 86.   Ensor,  D.S.   Plume Opacity Measurements.   In:   Proceedings
      of the  Symposium on Control of Fine-Particulate Emissions
      from  industrial Sources,  Particulate  Technical  Sub-Group
      or tne  U.S. - U.S.S.R. Working Group  on Stationary Source

      1974   pp  641-672r01  Technology'  San Francisco,  California,

 87.   Ensor, D.S. ,  L.D.  Bevan,  and G. Markowski.   Application
      of Nephelometry to the Monitoring  of  Air  Pollution Sources.
      In:   Proceedings  of  the Sixty-Seventh Annual Meeting,  Air
      Pollution Control  Association,  Denver,  Colorado,  1974.
      Paper 74-110.
                 vBcS- Jackson' S' Calvert, C. Lake, D.V. Wallon,
                 K.S. Campbell, T.A. Cahill, and R.G. Flucchini.
     Evaluation of a Particulate Scrubber on a Coal-Fired Utility
     Boiler.  EPA-600/2-75-074, U.S. Environmental Protection
     Agency, Research Triangle Park, North Carolina, 1975.  200
     pp.

89.  Ensor, D.S., and M.J. Pilat.  Calculation of Smoke Plume
     Opacity from Particulate Air Pollutant Properties.  J. Air
     Poll. Control Assoc., 21 (8) : 496-501, 1971.

90.  Shofner,  P.M., G. Kreikebaum, and H.W. Schmitt.  In-Situ
     Continuous Measurement of Particulate Mass Concentration.
     Presented at the 68th Annual Meeting and Exhibition of the
         Poliutlon Control Association, Boston, Massachusetts,
            Paper 75-41.1.


                               194

-------
 91.   Schmitt,  H.W.,  R.J.  Nuspliger,  and G.  Kreikebaum.   Contin-
      uous In-Situ Particulate Mass Concentration Measurement
      of  Industrial  Discharges.   Presented at the 70th Annual
      Meeting  of the  Air  Pollution Control Association,  Toronto,
      Ontario,  Canada,  1977.   Paper 77-27.4.

 92.   Environmental  Systems Corporation.   Sales Literature for
      the Particulate Monitor  Model P-5A,  Knoxville,  Tennessee.

 93.   Schmitt,  H.W.,  G. Kreikebaum,  and  P.M.  Shofner.   New De-
      velopments in Electro-Optical Monitoring  of Particulates.
      Environmental Systems Corporation,  Knoxville,  Tennessee,
      1976.  33 pp.   Presented at:   Industrial  Pollution Control
      Instrumentation Conference,  Newark,  New Jersey,  1976.

 94.   Hood, K.T.,  and T. Briody.   Evaluation  of the  Performance
      and Applicability of a Laser  Light  Backscatter Measurement
      Instrument to the Monitoring  of  Particulate Concentration
      Prior to  and Exiting a Kraft  Recovery,  Furnace Electrostatic
      Precipitator.   Special Report.   National  Council of the
      Paper Industry  for Air and Stream  Improvement, New York,
      New York,1977.  24 pp.

 95.   Wostradowski, R.A.  Continuous Particulate  Monitoring  of
      Hog-Fuel  Fired  Power Boilers  and Kraft  Recovery  Boilers.
      In:  Preprints  of the 1977 Environmental  Improvement Con-
      ference,  Canadian Pulp & Paper Association,  Moncton, New
      Brunswick, Canada, 1977.  pp. 87-94.

 96.   Tipton, D.F.  A Particle Analyzer for Stack  Emissions.
      Powder Tech.  14:245-252.  1976.

 97.   Sem, G.J., J.A. Borgo, J.G. Olin, J.P.  Pilney, B.Y.H.  Liu,
      N.  Barsic, K.T. Whitby,  and F.D. Dorman.  State  of  the  Art:
      1971 Instrumentation for Measurement of Particulate Emis-
      sions from Combustion Sources. Vol I: Particulate Mass-Sum-
     mary Report.  APTD-0733, U.S. Environmental  Protection
     Agency,  Research Triangle Park, North Carolina,  1971.   194
     pp.

98.  Altpeter, L.L.,  Jr., T.S. Hermann,  J.P. Pilney, A.J. Senechal,
     and D.L.  Overland.  Performance of Flame  lonization Detec-
      tor as Atmospheric Aerosol Monitor.  I.  Conventional Model.
     Environ.  Sci. Tech., 10(10):997-1002, 1976.

99.  Goldschmidt, V.W.   Measurement of Aerosol Concentrations
     with a Hot Wire Anemoneter.   J.  of  Colloid Sci.,  20:617-
     634, 1975.
                                195

-------
 100.   Hodkinson,  J.R.   The Optical Measurement of Aerosols.   In-
       Aerosol Science,  C.N.  Davis, ed.   Academic Press,  New York,
       New York,  1966.   Chapter 10, pp.  287-357.

 101.   U.S.  Environmental Protection Agency.   Appendix B  - Perform-
       ance  Specifications, Performance  Specification 1 - Perform-
       ance  Specifications and Specification  Test Procedures  for
       Transmissometer  Systems for  Continuous Measurement of  the
       S?a?otY °f  Stack  Effluents-   Federal Register, 39(177):32860-
       32862,  1974.

 102.   Beutner, H.P.  Measurement of Opacity  and  Particulate  Emis-
       sions with  an  On-Stack  Transmissometer.   J.  Air Pollution
       Control Association, 24(9):865-871,  1974.

 103.   Haville, D.  A Single-Pass Photoelectric Opacity Measure-
       ment  System.   In:   Proceedings of the  Specialty Conference
       on  Continuous  Monitoring of  Stationary Air Pollution Sources,
       Air Pollution  Control Association,  St.  Louis,  Missouri,
       1975.   pp.  154-170.

 104.   Pfister, E.  An Integration  Instrument for Timewise Evalua-
       tion  of Emissions.   Staub-Reinhalt,  Luft,  34(2):53-56,  1974.

 105.   Nader,  J.S., F. Jaye, and  W.  Conner.   Performance  Specifica-
       tions for Stationary-Source  Monitoring  Systems for  Gases
       and Visible Emissions.   EPA-650/2-74-013,  U.S.  Environmental
       Protection Agency,  Research  Triangle Park,  North Carolina,
       1974.   74 pp.

 106.   Avetta, E.D.   In Stack  Transmissometer  Evaluation  and Ap-
       ?c1nntl°n t0 Particulate Opacity  Measurement.   EPA-650/2-
       /5-008, U.S. Environmental Protection  Agency,  Research
       Triangle Park, North Carolina,  1975.   124  pp.

 107.   Peterson, C.M.  In-Stack Transmissometer Techniques for
      Measuring Opacities  of  Particulate Emissions from  Stationary
       Sources.  EPA-R2-72-099, U.S.,  Environmental Protection
      Agency,  Research Triangle  Park, North Carolina,  1972.  88
      pp.

108.  Crocker, B.B.  Monitoring  Effluent Particulate  Emissions
      by Stack Opacity.   Preprint,  American  Institute  of  Chemical
      Engineers,  New York, New York,  1974.  15 pp.   Presented
      at the 78th National Meeting of the American Institute of
      Chemical Engineers, Salt Lake City, Utah,  1974.  Paper 46d.

109.  Conner,  W.D.,  and J.R. Hodkinson.   Optical Properties and
      Visual Effects of Smoke-Stack Plumes.  EPA-AP-30.   U.S.
      Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, B.C.,   1972.
                                196

-------
 110.   Ensor,  D.S.,  and  M.J.  Pilat.   The Effect of Particle Size
       Distribution  on Light  Transmittance Measurement.   American
       Industrial  Hygiene Association Journal,  32(5):287-292,  1971.

 111.   Cohen,  J.J.,  and  D.N.  Montan.   Theoretical Considerations,
       Design,  and Evaluation of  a Cascade Impactor.   Amer. Ind.
       Hyg.  Assoc. J., 1976.   pp.  95-104.

 112.   Marple,  V.A.,  and K. Willeke.   Impactor  Design,  Atmos.
       Environ., 10:891-896,  1976.

 113.   Mercer,  T.T.   On  the Calibration  of Cascade Impactors.
       Ann.  Occup. Hyg.,  6:1-17,  1963.

 114.   Newton,  G.J.,  O.G.  Raabe,  and  B.V.  Mokler.   Cascade Impac-
       tor Design  and Performance.  J. Aerosol  Sci.,  8:339-347,
       1977.

 115.   Marple,  V.A.,  and  B.Y.H. Liu.   Characteristics  of  Laminar
       Jet Impactors.  Environ. Sci.  & Tech., 8 (7):648-654, 1974.

 116.   Rao,  A.K.,  and K.T. Whitby.  Nonideal Collection Charac-
       teristics of  Single Stage  and  Cascade Impactors.   Amer.
       Ind.  Hyg. Assoc.  J., 38:174-179,  1977.

 117.   Gushing, K.M.,  G.E. Lacey,  J.D. McCain,  and  W.B. Smith.
       Particulate Sizing Techniques  for Control  Device Evaluation:
       Cascade  Impactor Calibrations.  EPA-600/2-76-280,  U.S.
       Environmental  Protection Agency,  Research  Triangle Park,
       North Carolina, 1976.   94 pp.

 118.   Lundgren, D.A.  An Aerosol  Sampler  for Determination of
       Particle Concentration  as a Function of  Size and Time.
       J. Air Pollut. Contr. Assoc.,  17(4):225-259, 1967.

 119.   Ranz,  W.E.,  and J.B. Wong.  Impaction of Dust and  Smoke
       Particles.  Ind. Eng. Chem., 44(6):1371-1381, 1952.

 120.  Davies, C.N.,   and M. Aylward.  The  Trajectories of  Heavy,
      Solid  Particles in a Two-Dimensional Jet of  Ideal  Fluid
       Impinging Normally Upon a Plate.  Proc.   Phys. Soc.,  64:889-
      991, 1951.

121.  Marple, V.A.  A Fundamental Study of Inertial Impactors.
      University Microfilms,  Ann Arbor,  Michigan, 1970.   243 pp.

122.  Mercer, T.T.,  and  R.G.  Stafford.  Impaction from Round Jets.
      Ann. Occup.  Hyg.,  12:41-48, 1969.
                                197

-------
 123.  Smith, W.B., and J.D. McCain.  Particle Size Measurement
       in Industrial Flue Gases.  In:  Air Pollution Control, Part
       III, Werner Strauss, ed.  John Wiley & Sons, New York, New
       York.  (in press)
Calvert, S., C. Lake, and R. Parker.  Cascade Impactor Cali-
bration Guidelines.  EPA-600/2-76-118.  U.S. Environmental
no?*   i°n A9encv' Research Triangle Park, North Carolina,
J. y / b .   4 J pp .
 124
 125.  McCain, J.D., K.M. Gushing, and A.N. Bird, Jr.  Field Mea-
       surements of Particle Size Distribution with Inertial Sizing
       Devices.   EPA-650/2-73-035.  U.S. Environmental Protection
       Agency, Research Triangle Park, North Carolina, 1973.  52
       PP «

 126.  Brink,  J.S   Jr.,  E.D.  Kennedy, and H.S. Yu.  Particle Size
       Measurements with  Cascade Impactor s.  In:  Proceedings of
       65th Annual Meeting,  AIChE, New York, New York, 19721
       n-        Felix'  and J-  Johnson.   Cascade Impactor
       Data Reduction  System:   Procedures Manual.   EPA Contract
       Number  68-02-2131.   U.S.  Environmental Protection Agency,
       Research  Triangle  Park,  North Carolina,  1978.   (in press)

 128-
 129.  Lippmann  M    and  T.L. Chan.   Calibration  of Dual-Inlet
                                      sampiing-
      of Air 4'  ?  M. Lippmann.   Particle  Collection  Efficiencies
      of Air Sampling Cyclones:  An Empirical  Theory.   Environ.
      Sci. Techno!., 11 (4) : 377-382 , 1977.
                       *'*' Wilson' Jr -  Development  and  Labor a-
      78   «  TT o     °f a Flve~stage Cyclone System.   EPA-600/7
      TrT   i u;s-,Environniental Protection Agency, Research
      Triangle Park, North Carolina, 1978.

132.  Rusanov, A. A.  Determination of the Basic Properties  of
133.   Smith, W.B., K.M. Gushing, G.E. Lacey, and J.D. McCain.

      P?A ^n/^^81211"9 Techniques for Control Device Evaluation.
      £PA-650/2-74-102A, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
      Research Triangle Park, North Carolina, 1975.  132 pp.
                                 198

-------
134.  Gooding, C.H.  Wind Tunnel Evaluation of Particle Sizing
      Instruments.  EPA-600/2-76-073, U.S. Environmental Protec-
      tion Agency, Research Triangle Park, North Carolina,  1976.
      72 pp.

135.  Hamersma, J.W., S. Reynolds, and R.F. Maddalone.  Procedures
      Manual for Level 1 Environmental Assessment.  EPA-600/2-
      76-160A, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research
      Triangle Park, North Carolina, 1976.  220 pp.

136.  Willeke, K., and B.Y.H. Liu.  Single Particle Optical Coun-
      ter:  Principle and Application.  In:  Fine Particles, Aero-
      sol Generation, Measurement, Sampling, and Analysis.  Aca-
      demic Press, B.Y.H. Liu, ed., 1976.  pp. 698-725.

137.  Smith, W.B., K.M. Gushing, and J.D. McCain.  Procedures
      Manual for Electrostatic Precipitator Evaluation.  EPA-600/7-
      77-059, U.S. Environmental Protection, Research Triangle
      Park, North Carolina, 1977.  430 pp.

138.  Marple, V.A.  The Aerodynamic Size Calibration of Optical
      Particle Counters by Inertial Impactors.  Particle Tech.
      Lab. Pub. 306, presented at Aerosol Measurement Workshop,
      University of Florida, Gainesville, Florida, 1976.  13 pp.

139.  McCain, J.D., K. Gushing, and W. Smith.  Methods for De-
      termining Particulate Mass and Size Properties:  Laboratory
      and Field Measurements.  J. Air Pollut. Contr. Assoc.,
      24(12):1172-1176, 1974.

140.  Junge, C.E., and E. McLaren.  Relationship of Cloud Nuclei
      Spectra to Aerosol Size Distribution and Composition.  J.
      of Atmos. Sci., 28(3):382-390, 1971.

141.  Haberl, J.B., and S.J. Fusco.  Condensation Nuclei Coun-
      ters:  Theory and Principles of Operation.  Prepared for
      presentation at the llth Conference on Methods in Air Pol-
      lution and Industrial Hygiene Studies at the University
      of California, Berkeley, California, sponsored by California
      Air Resources Board and California Department of Public
      Health, 1970.  24 pp.

142.  Fuchs, N.A., I.E. Stechkina, and V.I. Starosselskii.  On
      the Determination of Particle Size Distribution in Poly-
      disperse Aerosols by the Diffusion Method.  Brit. J. Appl.
      Phys., 16:280-281, 1962.

143.  Sinclair, D., R.J. Countess, B.Y.H. Liu, and D.Y.H.  Pui.
      Experimental Verification of Diffusion Battery Theory.
      J. Air Pollut. Contr.  Assoc., 26(7):661-663, 1976.
                                199

-------
 144.
       Sinclair, D.  A Portable Diffusion Battery:  Its Applica-
       tion to Measuring Aerosol Size Characteristics.  Amer  Ind
       Hyg. Assoc. J., 33 (11) : 729-735, 1972.
       BatPrv         T *' H°°PeS-  A N°Vel F°rm °f     uson
       Battery.  Amer. Ind. Hyg.  Assoc. J., 36(l):39-42, 1975.


                      S'F>  Gu99enheini' and A.C. George.  Compact
 147 "                         iMati°n °f Aer°SO1 Size Distributions
                    1963       Measurements-   J- of Franklin Inst.,
 148.   Sansone,  E.B.,  and  D.A.  Weyel.   A Note on the Penetration

          a                   anAeroso1 »ith a Log-Normal Size
                      J.  Aerosol  Sci.,  2:413-415,  1971.

 149.
       arc                  n  USable  Prot°tYPe  System for  Sizing
      ber 68 02  ^il  n  ***"  °'5  m  Di^eter.  EPA Contract Num-
            -                                        Agency'  Re-
15°*   NSc!ei°C^nf;  fdifjcation of a Commercial Condensation
               "            Sdy F10W'  Atmos- ^viron, 10:659-
      660, 197


                        -C- WellS*  A Hi9h ^solution Charge and
152.
                                                         L. De-
                                           Aeroso1
      Proceed' no ;°'f f tended Electric Mobility Method.  In:
                                                ' Minneapolis,
      Impactor/Prp'-  a?d.D'  ^ '   Devel°P^nt of an In-Stack
      ppPao? °r^ re"Pitator  for  Sizing Submicron Particles.  EPRI
      forn?a!  El6CtriC  Power Research Institute, Palo Alto, Cali-
     ?nCElectrlcaf?v  ?A  Trijl;t    Charging  of Submicron Particles
     of            Y  Ionized  Fields;  Measurement of the Rate
                                200

-------
156.  Whitby, K.T., and W.E. Clark.  Electric Aerosol Particle
      Counting and Size Distribution Measuring System for  the
      0.015 to 1 Micron Size Range.  Tellus, 18:573-586, 1966.

157.  Liu, B.Y.H., K.T. Whitby, and D.Y.H. .Pui.  A Portable Elec-
      trical Analyzer for Size Distribution Measurement of Sub-
      Micron Aerosols.  J. Air Pollut. Contr. Assoc., 24(11):1067-
      1072, 1974.

158.  Sem, G.J.  Submicron Particle Sizing Experience on a Smoke
      Stack Using the Electrical Aerosol Size Analyzer.  EPA-600/2-
      77-060, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research
      Triangle Park, North Carolina, 1975.  pp. 276-300.

159.  Cadle, R.D.  Particle Size Determination.  Interscience
      Publishers, Inc., New York, New York, 1955.  303 pp.

160.  Allen, T.  Particle Size Measurement.  Chapman and Hall
      Ltd., London, England, 1975.  454 pp.

161.  Godridge, A.M., S. Badzioch, and P.G.W. Hawksley.  A Par-
      ticle Size Classifier for Preparing Graded Sub-Sieve Frac-
      tions.  J. Sci. Instrum. 39:611-613, 1962.

162.  Goetz, A., and T. Kallai.  Instrumentation for Determining
      Size and Mass Distribution of Submicron Aerosols.  APCA
      J., 12:479-486, 1962.

163.  Goetz, A., H.J.R. Stevenson, and 0. Preining.  The Design
      and Performance of the Aerosol Spectrometer.  APCA J.,
      10:378-838, 1960.

164.  Gerber, H.E.  On the Performance of the Goetz Aerosol Spec-
      trometer.  Atmos. Environ., 5:1009-1031, 1971.

165.  Stober, W., and H. Flachsbart.  Size-Separating Precipita-
      tion of Aerosols in a Spinning Spiral Duct.  Environ. Sci.
      Technol., 3 (12) :1280-1296, 1969.

166.  Swayer, K.F., and W.H. Walton.  The "Conifuge" - A Size-
      Separating Sampling Device for Airborne Particles.  J. Sci.
      Instrum., 27:272-276, 1950.

167.  Keith, C.N., and J.C. Derrick.  Measurement of the Particle
      Size Distribution and Concentration of Cigarette Smoke by
      the "Conifuge".   J. Colloid Sci., 14:340-356, 1960.

168.  Tillery, M.I.  Design and Calibration of a Modified Coni-
      fuge.  Assessment of Airborne Radioactivity, IAEA, Vienna,
      1967.
                                201

-------
169.  McCrone, W.C., and J.G. Delly.  The Particle Atlas, Edition
      Two.  Ann Arbor Science, Ann Arbor, Michigan, 1973.  319
      pp.

170.  Kaye, B.H.  Symposium on Particle Size Analysis Society
      for Analytical Chemistry, Loughborough, England, 1966.

171.  Allen-Bradley Sonic Sifter.  U.S. Patent 3,045,817.

172.  Stern, S.C., H.W. Zeller, and A.I. Schekman.  Collection
      Efficiency of Jet I.mpactors at Reduced Pressures.  Ind.
      Eng. Chem. Fundam., 1(4):275-344, 1962.

173.  Parker, G.W., and H. Buchholz.  Size Classification of Sub-
      micron Particles by a Low-Pressure Cascade Impactor.  ORNL-
      4226, Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Oak Ridge, Tennessee,
      1968.  64 pp.

174.  McFarland, A.R., H.S. Nye, and-C.H. Erickson.  Development
      of a Low Pressure Impactor.  EPA-650/2-74-014, U.S. Environ-
      mental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, North
      Carolina, 1973.  56 pp.

175.  Pilat, M.J.  Submicron Particle Sampling with Cascade Im-
      pactor.  In:  Proceedings of the 66th Annual Meeting of
      the Air Pollution Control Association, Chicago, Illinois,
      1973.  Paper 73-384.

176.  Pilat, M.J., G.M. Fioretti, and E.B. Powell.  Sizing of
      0.02-20 Micron Diameter Particles Emitted from Coal-Fired
      Power Boiler with Cascade Impactors.  Paper presented APCA-
      PNWIS Meeting, Vancouver, B.C., 1975.

177.  Wagman, J., and C.M. Peterson.  A Continuous Monitor for
      Size Distribution of Airborne Particulate Emissions.  In:
      Proceedings of the 3rd International Clean Air Congress,
      Dusseldorf, Germany, October 8-12, 1973.  p. C6-8.

178.  Lilienfeld, P., D.P. Anderson, and D.W. Cooper.  Design,
      Development, and Demonstration of a Fine Particulate Mea-
      suring Device.  EPA-600/2-77-077, U.S. Environmental Pro-
      tection Agency, Research Triangle Park, North Carolina,
      1977.

179.  Carpenter, T.E., and D.L. Brenchley.  A Piezoelectric Cas-
      cade Impactor for Aerosol Monitoring.  Amer. Ind. Hyg.
      Assoc. J., 503-510, 1972.

180.  Chuan, R.L.  An Active Cascade Impactor for Real Time Sizing
      of Airborne Particles.   Celesco Industries, Inc., Costa
      Mesa, California, Bulletin AT-149.  3 pp.
                                202

-------
181.  Hounam, R.F., and R.J. Sherwood.  The Cascade Centripeter:
      A Device for Determining the Concentration and Size Distri-
      bution of Aerosols.  Ind. Hyg.  J., 122-131, 1965.

182.  Connor, W.D.  An Inertial-Type Particle Separator for Col-
      lecting Large Samples.  J. Amer. Pollut. Contr. Assoc.,
      16(1) :33-38, 1966.

183.  Loo, B.W., and J.M. Jaklevic.  An Evaluation of the EEC
      Virtual Impactor.  Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory Report No.
      LBL-2468, January, 1974.

184.  Loos,  B.W., J.M. Jaklevic, and F.S. Goulding.  Dichotomous
      Virtual Impactors for Large Scale Monitoring of Airborne
      Particulate Matter.  In:  Fine Particles, Aerosol Genera-
      tion,  Measurement, Sampling, and Analysis.  Academic Press,
      B.Y.H. Liu, ed.7 1976.  pp. 311-350.

185.  Schott, J.H., and W.E. Ranz.  Jet-Cone Impactors as Aerosol
      Particle Separators.  Environ.  Sci. Tech. 10(13):1250-1256,
      1976.

186.  Luna,  R.  A Study of Impinging Axi-Symmetric Jets and Their
      Applications.  Dissertation, Univ. Microfilms, Ann Arbor,
      Michigan, 1965.  117 pp.

187.  Brooks, E.F., M.E. Taylor, T.E. Chamberlain, R.J. Golik,
      and R. Watson.  Development Study of a Novel Continuous
      Flow Impactor, TRW Systems and Energy.  Final Report on
      EPA Contract No. 69-02-2165, U.S. Environmental Protection
      Agency, Research Triangle Park, North Carolina, 1977.  107
      pp.

188.  Willeke, K.  Size Classification by Opposing Jets.  Oral
      Presentation at Tenth Aerosol Technology Meeting, Los Alamos,
      New Mexico, September, 1977.

189.  Hodkinson, J.R.  The Optical Measurement of Aerosols.  In:
      Aerosol Sci., C.N. Davies, ed.   Academic Press, New York,
      New York, 1966.  pp. 287-357.

190.  Shofner, P.M., G. Kreikebaum, H.W. Schmitt, and B.E. Barn-
      hart.   In Situ, Continuous Measurement of Particulate Size
      Distribution and Mass Concentration Using Electro-Optical
      Instrumentation.  In:  Proceedings of Fifth Annual Indus-
      trial  Air Pollution Control Conference, Knoxville, Tennessee,
      April, 1975.

191.  Gravatt, C.C., Jr.  Real Time Measurement of the Size Dis-
      tribution of Particulate Matter by a Light Scattering Method.
      J. Air Pollut. Contr. Assoc., 23(12):1035-1038, 1973.


                                203

-------
  192.  Chan, P.w.  Optical Measurements of Smoke Particle  Size
       Generated by Electric Arcs.  EPA-650/2-74-034, U.S. Environ-
       mental Protection Agency, Washington, D.C., 1974.   49 pp.


                                  SGatteri^ Aerosol Spectrometer.


                                 Size AnalYzer .  Appl. Opt., 11(2)


 195.  McSweeney, A.  A Diffraction Technique  to Measure Size Dis-
       tribution of Large Airborne Particles.  EPA-600/3-76-073,
       U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle
       Park, North Carolina, 1976.

 196.  Wertheimer,  A.L., and W.L. Wilcock.  Light Scattering Mea-

       1616-1620, °rtiCle °istr ibutions'  ^P1-  Opt - • 15(6):
 197.   Hotham,  G.A.   Size of Respirable Aerosols by Pulsing UV

       Maryland? W4.  ^5°^! Measurement Seminar, Gaithersburg,


 198.   Simmons,  H.,  and J.  Dominic.   A High-Speed Spray Analyzer
       Tnrh    Turbine  Fuel Nozzles.   Oral Presentation, ASME Gas
       Turbine  Conference,  Session 26, Cleveland, Ohio, March 12,


 199.   Mathews,  B.J   and R.F.  Kemp.   Holography of Light Scat-

                                 Large Steam Boiler'   63rd Annual
                                  Continuous Particulate Monitor-


 200.   Farmer  w.M.  Measurement  of Particle Size,  Number Density,
      X£i?   a'-  Mi" 3nd W'P- Chu'   Dif^action  Analysis of
      Doppler Signal Characteristics  for  a Cross-Beam  Laser  Dop-
      pler Velocimeter.  App. Opt., 14(9):2177-2183, 1975.

202.  Adrian, R.j   and K.L. Orloff.  Laser Anemometer  Signals:
      Visibility Characteristics and  Application  to Particle
      Sizing.  App. Opt., 16(3):677-684,  1977.

203.  Roberds, D.W   Particle Sizing  Using Laser  Interferometry.
      App. Opt., 16(7):1861-1868, 1977.

204.  Wilson, J.c.  Aerosol Particle  Size Measurement by  Laser
      M?nn™ yelocimetry.   Ph.D. Thesis, University of Minnesota,
      Minneapolis, Minnesota, 1977.


                                204

-------
205.   Medecki,  H.,  M. Kaufman, and D.E. Magnus.  Design, Develop-
      ment and  Field Test of a Droplet Measuring Device.  EPA-
      650/2-75-018, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research
      Triangle  Park, North Carolina, 1975.  56 pp.

206.   McFarland, A.R., and R.W. Bertch.  Fractionator for Size
      Classification of Aerosolized Solid Particulate Matter.
      Environ.  Sci. Tech., 11(8):781-784, 1977.

207.   McFarland, A.R.  Private communication.
                                205

-------
                              GLOSSARY
Aerodynamic diameter, DA:  The diameter of a sphere of unit den-
     sity which has the same settling velocity in the gas as the
     particle of interest.  See also Stokes diameter.

Aerodynamic impaction diameter, DAI:  The aerodynamic impaction
     diameter of a particle is an indication of the way that a
     particle behaves in an inertial impactor or in a control
     device where inertial impaction is the primary mechanism
     for collection.  If the particle Stokes diameter, DS, is
     known, the aerodynamic injection diameter is equal to:
     where p  is the particle density, gm/cm3, and
            P
            C is the slip correction factor.

See also Stokes diameter.

Aerosol:  A suspension of solid or liquid particles in a qas.

Air centrifuge:  A laboratory device which uses centrifugal force,
     created by spinning part of the device, to separate particles
     larger than a certain aerodynamic diameter from an aerosol.

Blank:  A blank usually refers to a controlled cascade impactor
     test run in which the particles are removed by a prefilter.
     If the measured impactor stage weights are found to change
     significantly and consistently, the actual test runs  should
     be corrected for this background.

Bounce:  Bounce in this document refers to inadequate retention
     of particles that strike the impaction surface in cascade
     impactors.  If the particle does not adhere,  it is said  to
     bounce.  See also Re-entrainment.

Cascade impactor:  An instrument which uses impaction to separate
     particles from an aerosol and deposit them on stages  in  order
     of decreasing aerodynamic diameter.
                                206

-------
Centrifugal  spectrometer:  A  laboratory  device  which  uses cen-
      trifugal  force,  created  by  spinning part of  the  device,  to
      separate  and deposit  particles  from an  aerosol  in narrow
      bands that  represent  discrete  intervals of aerodynamic  diam-
      eter .

Condensation:  The  coalescence of vapors either into  liquid  par-
      ticles  in the  gas  stream or on  sampling equipment walls.


Confidence limits:   A range of values  about  an  arithmetic mean.
      If a large  number  of  sets of samples are taken,  the param-
      eter being  estimated  will be within the confidence limits
      of a specified percentage of the  sets.


Conifuge:   A centrifugal spectrometer  in  which  the aerosol flows
     between two coaxial rotating cones,  the particles  being de-
     posited on the outer cone.

Coulter counter:   A particle  sizing  instrument  which measures
     the change in current flow through  a small orifice  immersed
     in an electrolyte as a particle passes  through the  orifice.

Critical orifice:  An orifice through which  the air flow rate  is
     kept constant by maintaining sonic  velocity.


Cut-point:  The cut-point of  an impactor  stage  or cyclone is the
     particle diameter for which all particles  of equal  or greater
     diameter are captured and all particles with smaller diam-
     eters are not captured.   No real impactor  or  cyclone actually
     has a sharp step function cut-point, but the theoretically
     defined D50  of a stage is often called  its cut-point.

Cyclone:  A device that causes an aerosol to spiral around its
     walls,  thus  separating particles by centrifugation,  the large
     particles being deposited on the wall and  at one end of the
     device,  and  the smaller  particles passing out an opening
     in the other end of the  device.

D50:  The  D50 of  an impactor  stage or cyclone is the particle
     diameter for which the device is 50 percent efficient.  Fifty
     percent of the particles  of  that diameter  are captured and
     50% are passed to the next stage.   The theoretical  expres-
     sion  for the D50 of an impactor stage is
                           [18 STK y R
                               CPPV:
                                207

-------
     where Stk = Stokes number, determined by calibration for
                 50% collection efficiency, dimensionless,

             y = gas viscosity, poise,

             R = impactor jet radius  (for slot impactors, the
                 slot half width), cm,

            V. = gas velocity through impactor jet, cm/sec,

             C = Slip correction  factor, dimensionless,

            p  = particle density, g/cm3.


     D50(AI), aerodynamic impaction diameter, is found by setting
           C and p  = 1.0.

     DSO(A), the aerodynamic diameter,  is found by setting p
           = 1.0, and                                       p

     D50(S), Stokes diameter, is  found  by setting p  = the actual
           particle density.                       "

There is no accurate expression for the  D50 of a cyclone.
Diffusion:  The net movement of gas molecules or particles from
     a high to a low concentration area due to Browian motion.

Diffusion battery:  A device in which a number of small ducts
     or cells are arranged in parallel so that significant dif-
     fusion losses are possible at relatively large sampling flow
     rates.

OOP:  Dioctyl phthalate.  An organic fluid of low vapor pressure,
     frequently used in the generation of aerosols for calibra-
     tion and testing of air pollution measuring devices.

Electric particle analyzer:  An instrument which sizes and col-
     lects particles on the basis of their electrical mobility.

Electrostatic precipitator:  A device which collects aerosol par-
     ticles electrically by charging them in a unipolar ion field
     and then collecting them on a suitable surface by a combina-
     tion of turbulent transport and a strong electric field.

Elutriation:  The process by which particles in a moving stream
     are separated aerodynamically by the pull of gravity.
                               208

-------
Equivalent polystyrene latex (PSL) diameter:  The intensity of
     light scattered by a particle at any given angle is dependent
     upon the particle size, shape and index of refraction.  It
     is impractical to measure each of these parameters, however,
     and the theory for light scattered by irregularly shaped
     particles is not well developed.  Sizes based on light scat-
     tering by single particles are therefore usually estimated
     by comparison of the intensity of scattered light from the
     particle with the intensities due to a series of calibration
     spheres of precisely known size.  Although spinning disc
     and vibrating orifice aerosol generators can be used to
     generate monodisperse calibration aerosols of different physi-
     cal properties, most manufacturers of optical particle sizing
     instruments use polystyrene latex spheres to calibrate their
     instruments.  It is convenient to define an equivalent PSL
     diameter as the diameter of a PSL sphere which evokes the
     same response from a particular optical instrument as the
     particle of interest.

Equivalent volume diameter:  Certain instruments, such as the
     Coulter Counter, have, as the measured size parameter, the
     volumes of the individual particles.  Size distributions
     from such techniques are given in terms of the diameters
     of spheres having the same volume as the particles of in-
     terest.

Extinction coefficient:  The extinction coefficient of an aerosol
     is given by the following equation:
E =
                           r2 QT?(a,m) N(r) dr
                               £1
     where   « = size parameter, 2rir/X

             r = particle radius

             X = wavelength of the radiation

             m = particle refractive index relative  to  the  gas
                 medium

          N(r) = number of size frequency distribution,  i.e.  the
                 number of particles of radius  r per  volume per
                 Ar.

            QF = particle extinction coefficient,  defined as  the
                 total light flux scattered and absorbed by a
                 particle divided by the light  flux  incident  on
                 the particle.
                                209

-------
Extractive sampling:  Sampling of a particulate laden process
     effluent stream by means of a probe inserted inside the pro-
     cess stream duct to allow transport of the gas to some type
     of sampling instrument located outside the process stream
     duct.

Geometric mean diameter:  The geometric mean diameter is the diam-
     eter of a particle which has the logarithmic mean for the
     size distribution.  This can be expressed mathematically
     as:
log GMD
                log D, + log D_ +
              = — H - 1 - ± - i
                                             + log
                                     N
                                                      or as
                     GMD =
Geometric standard deviation:  A measure of dispersion in a log-
     normal distribution, given by:
                     N
                     X) fi (log D-j-log
                      • -i -J      -J
      log ag =
                             N-l
where
            a  is the geometric standard deviation,

            f . is the relative mass, surface area, or number of
             •^    particles in the interval,
       D. is the diameter characteristic of the j
        3    and

                                                          interval,
             N is the total number of intervals.

Grease:  In impactor terminology, grease is a substance  that  is
     placed on an impactor stage or substrate to serve as  a par-
     ticle adhesive.

Horizontal elutriator:  A device in which an aerosol passes in
     laminar flow between two parallel horizontal  surfaces and
     particles are deposited onto the lower surfaces by  sedimen-
     tation.  See also Elutriation.

Impaction:  The separation of particles of sufficient  inertia
     from a flowing aerosol onto a surface as the  surface  deflects
     the aerosol.

Impinger:  A device which causes the separation of particles  of
     sufficient inertia from a flowing aerosol onto a  surface
     under water as the water deflects the aerosol stream.
                                210

-------
 Index  of  refraction:   The  ratio of  the  velocities of light in
      two  adjacent  media  as the  light  passes from one medium to
      the  other.  Usually one  medium is  assumed to be air.

 Inertial  impaction parameter, Y :  The inertial impaction parameter
      is similar  to the Stokes number; however, the characteris-
      tic  dimension of  the  system is the diameter or width  of the
      jet,  not  the  radius or half width.  Thus

                       T = 2 C Vo  Pp r2/9yD

      where  V   is  the  particle  velocity,  cm/sec,

             p   is  the  particle  density, g/cm3,

             r  is  the  radius  of the particle, cm,

             C  is  the  slip correction factor,

             y  is  the  gas  viscosity,  poise, and

             D  is  the  diameter  or width of  the jet, cm.

 See also  Stokes  number .

 In situ sampling:  Placement of a sampling  device directly  into
     a process gas stream in order  to sample  the  particles  or
     gas directly.

 Isokinetic sampling:   The method of sampling  in  which the velocity
     of the aerosol flowing into  the  sampling  inlet  equals  that
     of the aerosol flowing past  it.  See also Stokes number.

 Lognormal distribution:  A distribution of  frequencies which  is
     symmetric or bell shaped when plotted  along  a  logarithmic
     abcissa.

Mean free path of gas  molecules:  The average  distance that mole-
     cules travel between collisions.   For  practical purposes,
     the mean free path  is given with sufficient  accuracy by  the
     following equation:


              X =        2U      (8.3 x 107T\
                   1.01  x 106P      3 MM
     where   y is the viscosity of the gas, poise,

             P is the pressure of the gas, atm,

             T is the temperature, °Kelvin, and

            MM is the mean molecular weight.


                                 211

-------
 Mean of a distribution:  The term "mean" is used to denote the
      arithmetic mean, or average, of a distribution.  In a par-
      ticle size distribution the mass mean diameter is the diam-
      eter of a particle which has the average mass for the entire
      particle distribution.

 Median of a distribution:   The median divides the area under a
      frequency curve in half.  For example, the mass median diam-
      eter (MMD)  of a particle size distribution is the size at
      which 50% of the mass consists of particles of larger diam-
      eter, and 50% of the  mass consists of particles having smaller
      diameters.

 Mode of a distribution: The mode represents the diameter which
      occurs most commonly  in a particle size distribution.   The
      mode is seldom used as a descriptive term in aerosol physics.

 Monodisperse aerosol:   An  aerosol in which all the particles are
      the same size.

 Normal  distribution:   A distribution of frequencies which is sym-
      metric  or bell  shaped when plotted along a linear abscissa.
      Also called a Gaussian distribution.

 Particle mobility:   The ratio of the velocity of a particle to
      the force causing  steady motion is called the mobility,  b.

                                 /-*
                           b =
                               3-rryD   '

     where   y is the gas viscosity, poise,

             D is the particle diameter, cm,  and

             C is the slip correction  factor.

     The electric mobility of a particle is given  by:


                          b = 3TryD

     where q is the electric charge on the particle.

Particle size distribution:   A mathematical relationship express-
     ing the relative amount of particles in  an incremental range
     of sizes.
                                212

-------
Particle stopping distance, .*:  The distance travelled by a par-
     ticle as it accelerates from some initial velocity to the
     velocity of the gas stream.

                               8, =  TV

     where   T is the relaxation time  (sec), and

             V is the velocity of the  gas  stream  (cm/sec).

Polydisperse aerosol  (heterodisperse):  An aerosol  containing
     particles of many sizes.

Preconditioning:  Unwanted weight changes  of  impactor  glass  fiber
     collection  substrates may be reduced  by placing  a batch of
     substrates  inside the duct  to be  sampled,  and  pumping or
     passing filtered flue gas through them for  several  hours.
     Such a procedure is referred to  as  "preconditioning   the
     substrates.

Precutter or precollector:   A collection  device,  often a cyclone,
     which  is put ahead of  the  impactor  in order  to reduce the
     first  stage loading.   This  is necessary because in  some
     streams the high loading of large particulate  would overload
     the  first  stage  before  an  acceptable sample had been gathered
     on the  last stages.

Probe:  A pipe  used for  the  transport of process effluent gas
     from the  interior  of  the process ducting to a  sampling  in-
     strument.   Usually probes  are  insulated and heat traced and
     have some  type of  nozzle attachment at the end to be inserted
      in the gas stream  for isokinetic sampling.  In the case or,
      in situ sampling,  the probe is  used to connect the sampling
      instrument inside  the duct to accessory equipment outside
      the  duct.   If  there is no  accessory equipment, the probe
      is used as a  handle for inserting,  transversing, securing,
      and  removing  the sampling  instrument.

 Process stream:  Any particulate laden gaseous effluent that is
      an end product of  a manufacturing or energy conversion pro-
      cess.

 Real-time monitor:   Any sampling instrument which  processes data
      and gives an instantaneous display of information concern-
      ing the process stream effluent  under consideration.

 Rebound:   See Bounce.

 Re-entrainment:  The re-entrance of formerly collected particles
      into the aerosol stream.
                                 213

-------
 Relaxation time,  T:   The time required for  a particle to accele-
      rate from some  initial velocity to the velocity of the car-
      rier gas.
                             T  =
                                 2V2c
      where  pp is the partible  density,  g/cm3,

              r is the particle  radius,  cm,

              C is the slip correction  factor,  and

              y is the gas  viscosity, poise.

 Resistivity:   The resistivity of  a  conductor  is  defined  as  the
      ratio of the potential gradient across  the  conductor  to the
      current  per  unit cross-sectional  area.   The resistivity of
      dusts is very important in the efficient  operation  of  an
      electrostatic precipitator used as  a pollution  control
      device.

 Reynolds number:   A dimensionless parameter  defined  as
                       R =
     where   p =  fluid density

             V =  fluid velocity

             y =  fluid viscosity, and

             D =  some characteristic dimension of the  fluid flow
                  system

     Generally, a Reynolds number less than 2000 indicates laminar
tlow, greater than 4000 indicates turbulent flow, and 2000-4000
is a transition region in which the flow can be laminar or tur-
bulent.

Sampling train:  The components of a system used to remove or
     sample dusts from process streams.  A basic particulate mass
     sampling train would consist of a nozzle, a probe, a filter,
     one or more devices for monitoring gas flow, and a pump.
     Pi tot tubes and thermocouples, used to monitor the gas velo-
     city and temperature, are generally regarded as part of a
     sampling train.
                                214

-------
Slip correction factor:  A correction to Stokes' law made neces-
     sary by the existence of a finite net gas velocity at a par-
     ticle surface.  Stokes1 law can be applied to submicron par-
     ticles if a slip correction factor, C, is used.
           C = ! .
                  1.23 + 0.41 exp
                                        -0.44D
where
             A is the mean free path of the gas molecules, ym,
                  and

             D is the particle diameter, ym.

     The constants in this equation were determined empirically
for air at standard temperature and pressure, and are thus only
approximate for stack conditions.  If the exponential term is
neglected, the equation is referred to as the Cunningham correc-
tion factor.

Stage:  A stage of an impactor is usually considered to be the
     accelerating jet (or plate containing multiple jets) and
     the surface on which the accelerated particles impact.

Stokes diameter, Dg:   The diameter of a sphere having the same
     density and which behaves the same aerodynamically as the
     particle of interest.  For spherical particles, the Stokes
     diameter is equal to the diameter of the particle.

Stokes number, Stk:  The ratio of the particle stopping distance
     to some characteristic dimension of the sampling system.
     For example, if  the stopping distance for particles of a
     given diameter is much smaller than the radius of a sampling
     nozzle, (Stk «  1)  the particles will be sampled accurately
     in spite of flow disturbances due to the nozzle design or
     sampling velocity.   If the particle stopping distance is
     comparable in magnitude to the nozzle diameter, however,
     the particles may cross flow streamlines and either enter
     or miss the nozzle in quantities which are not proportional
     to the particle  concentration in the duct.  Thus, for Stk
     on the order of  0.1 or greater, isokinetic sampling is re-
     quired.  (See isokinetic sampling.)  In impaction theory,
     the characteristic dimension of the system is the radius
     or half width of the jet, R.  Thus,
                  Stk =
                   2p r2CV(

                     9yR
                                215

-------
     where  V0 is the particle velocity, cm/sec,

            p  is the particle density, g/cm3,
             P
             r is the radius of the particle, cm,

             C is the slip correction factor,

             y is the gas viscosity, poise, and

             R is the radius or half width of the jet, cm.

     If the particle diameter D  is substituted, this equation
     becomes                   P
                               P  D / CV
                             -  P  P
                             ~
                                  18 UR

See also Inertial impaction parameter.

Substrate:  The removable, often disposable, surface on which
     impacted particles are collected.  Substrates are charac-
     teristically light and can be weighed on a microbalance.

Temperature and Pressure Standards:  Laboratory standard condi-
     tions have generally been recognized for many years as 0°C
     and 760 mm Hg.   Recently the US EPA has set standard con-
     ditions for all stationary source testing to be 20°C and
     760 mm Hg.  Engineering standards have been defined for some
     time and are 70°F and 29.92 in. Hg.  In order to avoid con-
     fusion, the designation "normal", (N) , is used to denote
     engineering standard conditions in metric units (21°C, 760
     mm Hg) .

           When denoting measures of gas volume, the letter "d",
     or "D", (for "dry") is sometimes included to signify that
     the volume measured contains no water vapor.  In stationary
     source testing, the letter "a", or "A", (for "actual") signi-
     fies the volume of the gas at the actual stack conditions,
     for example, the volume the gas would have at 200°C, 740
     mm Hg,  and 10%  H20.

     Examples of stationary source testing nomenclature:

     s.d.c.f. (or DSCF or SDCF) —standard dry cubic feet—a gas
       volume measured at 20°C,  760 mm Hg, and 0% H20.
     a.c.f.  (or ACF) — actual cubic feet — a gas volume measured
       at conditions other than standard, usually given in the
       text.
                                216

-------
     ACM (or Am )—actual cubic meters
     ACCM (or Acm3)—actual cubic centimeters
     DNCM (or DNm3)—dry normal cubic meters—a gas volume mea-
       sured at 21°C, 760 mm Hg, and 0% H20.

Traverse:  A systematic sampling from various points  inside a
     process effluent duct in order to obtain a representative
     sample.  The number and position of the traverse points is
     dependent on the size and shape of the ducting at the sampl-
     ing location.
                                217

-------
                           BIBLIOGRAPHY

      A literature search was  made  for  articles,  reports,  and  books
 pertaining to particulate sampling from industrial  process  streams
 with an emphasis  on  control device evaluation  covering,  in  general,
 the  past two  years.   The bibliography  was  planned to  be  a supplement
 to the list of references, naming  some of  the  most  recent publica-
 tions and also those "classic"  publications which are most  often
 cited by recent authors.   The search included  a  subject  search of
 the  Engineering Index,  1974-1976;  Chemical Abstracts, 1976-1977;
 Air  Pollution Abstracts,  July,  1974 -  July 1976; The  EPA  Publica-
 tions Bibliography,  January-September,  1977; and other indices to
 a lesser extent.

      An  extensive search was  made  of the references in the  Environ-
mental Engineering Library of Southern  Research  Institute,  which
contained a major portion of  the references listed  in the bibli-
ography.  Publications over three  years old were generally  not
included unless they contained information that was not found or
not superceded  in recent papers.   The  list of  references  cited
in Sections II  - IV of the manual  are not necessarily duplicated
in the bibliography; however, they should be consulted first  for
information on particulate measurement.

     The formats of the references generally fall into four main
groups:

     1.  Reports on government contracts:  author(s), title, per-
         forming organization or company, sponsoring government
         agency, address of government agency,  year of publication,

                                218

-------
          number of pages, government report number  (when  appli-
          cable or available), and National Technical  Information
          Service number  (when applicable or available).

      2.  Books:  author(s),  title, publisher, publisher's address,
          year of publication, and number of pages.

      3.  Journal articles:   author(s), title, name of journal,
          volume number, issue number (if applicable), page
          numbers, and year of publication.

      4.  Papers and proceedings of technical meetings:  author(s),
          title, name, location,  and year of meeting, page numbers
          or paper number (when applicable).

     Contents of the bibliography are arranged alphabetically by
author under the following headings:

      1.  General  References
      2.  Sample Extraction
      3.  Filter Media
      4.  Mass Concentration
      5.  Particle  Size Distribution
      6.  Opacity  -  Transmissometers  - Nephelometers
      7.  Analytical  Technique
      8.  Control Device Evaluation - Field Tests.
                               219

-------
1,  GENERAL REFERENCES
       AMERICAN  SOCIETY  FOR  TESTING  *  MATERIALS
       ANNUAL  BOOK  OF  ASTM  STANDARDS*  STANDARD FOR  METRIC  PRACTICE
       ASTM, PHILADELPHIA,  PA,,  PP.  
-------
CAt,V£f?T, S.f J. GOLOSCHMjn, n. LEITH, AND D. M£HTA
WET SCRUBBE« SYSTEM STUDY, VOL. I, SCRUBBER HANDBOOK
A.P.T., INC.* EPA, RESEARCH TRIANGLE PARK, N.C., 1972, 82* PP
EPA.R2-72»nflA        PR 213 OJ6

CALVFRT, S.. J. GOLDSHMJD, 0, LOTH, AND 0. MEHTA
WET SCRUBBER SYSTEM STUDY VOLUME II FINAL REPORT AND BIBLIOGRAPHY
A.P.T., INC., EPA, RESEARCH TRIANGLE PARK. N.C.. 1975, Iflt PP
EPA.R2.72-.lt8B        PP 21* 017

CARVER, L. D.
PARTICLE SIZE ANALYSIS
INDUSTRIAL RESEARCH, PP*. 40-13, 1971

CASSATT, W. A., AND R'. S, HADDOCK, EDITORS
AEROSOL MEASUREMENTS
SEMINAR ON AEROSOL MEASUREMENTS, NATIONAL BUREAU OF
STANDARDS, WASHINGTON, 0, C., 197
-------
       N. A.
THF. MECHANICS OF AtRQSOLS
THE MACMILLAN' CO,. N£W YORK, 1964. 408 PP.

GCA CORP
APPENDICES TO HANDBOOK OF FABRIC FILTER TECHNOLOGY, VOL, II
GCA CORP. FOR NAPC ADMIN, U.S. DEPT'. HE*, 1970, 208 PP.
                      PB 200 649

GCA CORP
BIBLIOGRAPHY. VOL. Ill, FABRIC FILTER SYSTEMS STUDY
GCA CORP. FOR NAPC ADMIN,, U.S. DfPT. HEW. 1970. 179 PP.
                      P8 200 650

GOETZ, A., AND T, KALLAT
INSTRUMENTATION FOR DETERMINING SIZE" AND MA88»DISt*lBUTlQW
Of SU8MICRON AEROSOLS
J. APCA,  12  (10), PP. 479-486. 1962

GREEN, H. L'.. AND W. R, LANE
PARTICIPATE  CLOUDSl DUSTS, SMOKES AND MISTS
D. VAN NOSTRAND CO., INC., PRINCETON, 1964, 471 PP.

HELLER.  W.,  AND M, NAKAGAKI
THEORETICAL  INVESTIGATIONS ON THE LIGHT SCATTERING OF  SPHERES.
xvii. ANGULAR & SPECTRAL LOCATION OF  INTENSITY  MAXIMA  & MINIMA
J. OF CHEM.  PHYSICS, 64  (12), PP. 4912««920,  1
-------
LOWE, H. J.. AMD n. H. LUCAS
THE PHYSICS OF ELECTROSTATIC PRECIPITATION
BRITISH J. OF APPL. PHY'., £«, SUPPLE ?, PP. S40«5«7,  195"*

MEPCER, T. T.
AEROSOL TECHNOLOGY IN HAZARD EVALUATION
ACADEMIC PRFSS. NEW YORK, N. V., 39« PP., 1*73

MORROW, N. I.., R. S. RRIFP, AND R*. R. BERTRAND
AIR SAMPLING AND ANALYSIS
CHEM. ENG/DESKBOOK ISSUE, PP. 125»iS2. 1972

OGLESBY, S.. JR.f AND G'. 8. NICHOLS
A -MANUAL OF ELECTROSTATIC PRECJPITATOR TECHNOLOGY
SOUTHERN RESEARCH INSTITUTE, NAPCA, CINCINNATI, OHIO
mo, 875 PP.
                      P8 196 3«0

PETFRS, E. T.. J. E. OBFRHQLTZiR, AND J. R. VALENTINE
DEVELOPMENT OF METHODS FOR SAMPLINg AND ANALYSIS OF PARTICULATE
AND GASEOUS FLUORIDES FROM STATIONARY SOURCES
ARTHUR D. LITTLF, EPA. DURHAM, Nt c'.» 1972, 129 PP.
EPA.R2-72-126         PB 213 313

RAGLAND, J. W.t K. M. CUSHINQ, J, o', MCCAIN, AND W. B. SMITH
HP-25 PROGRAMMABLE POCKET CALCULATOR APPLIED TO AIR POLLUTION
MEASUREMENT STUDIESI STATIONARY SOURCES
SOUTHERN RESEARCH INSTITUTE, EPA, RESEARCH TRIANGLE PARK,
N. C., 1977. 127 PP.
EPA-600/7-77-058

RAGLAND, J. W"., K. M, CUSHJNG, J. D'. MCCAIN, AND W. B. SMITH
HP-65 PROGRAMMABLE POCKET CALCULATOR APPLIED TO AIR POLLUTION
MEASUREMENT STUDIESI STATIONARY SOURCES
SOUTHERN RESEARCH INSTITUTE, EPA, RESEARCH TRIANGLE PARK,
N. C., 1976'. 122 PP.
RAO, A, K.
PARTICULATE REMOVAL FROM GAS STREAMS AT HIGH TEMPERATURE/HIGH
PRESSURE
MIDWEST RESEARCH INST'., EPA, RESEARCH TRIANGLE PARK, N. c.,
$3 PP., 1975
EPA-600/2-75-020      PR 245 858
                         223

-------
SEM, G. J.
STATE OF THF ARTJ 1971 INSTRUMENTATION FOR MEASUREMENT Of
PARTICUI ATE EMISSIONS FROM COMBUSTION SOURCES. VOLUME J
THERMO.SYSTFMS, INC., EPA, RESEARCH TRIANGLE PARK, N.C.
1971, I9fl PP.
                      PB 202 665

SEM, 6. j'.
STATE OF THE ARTl 1971 INSTRUMENTATION FOR MEASUREMENT OF
PARTICULAR EMISSIONS FROM COMBUSTION SOURCES. VOLUME II
THERM0-SYSTFMS, INC., EPA, RESEARCH TRIANGLE PARK, N.C., 1971
225 PP.
                      PB 202 666
     G. J.
STATE OF THE ART! 197! INSTRUMENTATION FOR MEASUREMENT OF
PARTICULATE EMISSIONS FROM COMBUSTION SOURCES. VOLUME IIT
THERMO.SYSTEMS, INC., EPA, RESEARCH TRIANGLE PARK, N. C.
1972, 84 PP.
                      P8 233 391

SMITH, w. B., AND R. R. WILSON, JR,
DEVELOPMENT AND LABORATORY EVALUATION OF A FIVE-STAGE
CYCLONE SYSTEM
SOUTHERN RESEARCH INSTITUTE, EPA, RESEARCH TRIANGLE PARK,
N'.C,, 1978, 66 PP.
EPA-600/7-7S-008

SMITH, W. B*. , K. M. CUSHING, AND J. D'. MCCAIN
PROCEDURES MANUAL FOR ELECTROSTATIC PRECIPITATQR EVALUATION
SOUTHERN RESEARCH INSTITUTE, EPA, RESEARCH TRIANGLE PARK,
N, C., 1977. 430 PP.
EPA-600/7-77-059

SOUTHERN RESEARCH INSTITUTE
PROCEEDINGS OF THE WORKSHOP ON SAMPLING, ANALYSIS, AND MONITOR.
ING OF STACK EMISSIONS
SOUTHERN RESEARCH INSTITUTE,, ELECTRIC POWER RESEARCH  INST.,
PALO ALTO. CALIFORNIA. 1975". 346 PP*.

WEITZMAN, L., AND j. c, REED
REVIEW OF PARTICIPATE STACK TEST REPORTS
67TH ANNUAL MEETING, APCA, DENVER, COLO,, 197«, PAPER 74-194

WHITE, H. J.
ELECTROSTATIC PRECIPITATION OF FLY ASH.  PART I.
J. OF APCA, 27 (1), PP. 15-21, 1977
                         224

-------
       WHITE, M, J'.
       ELECTROSTATIC PRECIPITATION OF FLY ASH.  PART  IT.
       J. OF APCA, 27  (2), PP. 114-120.  1977

       WHITE, H. j.
       ELECTROSTATIC PRECIPITATION OF FLY ASH.  PART  III.
       J. OF APCA, £7  (3), PP. 206*?l7,  1977

       WHITE, H. J.
       ELECTROSTATIC PRECIPITATION qF FLY ASH, PART TfV
       J. OF APCA, 27  f4), PP, 308-310,  1977

       WHITE. H, J.
       INDUSTRIAL ELECTROSTATIC PRECIPITATION
       ADDISON*HESLEY PUBLISHING co.. INC., READING,  ms, 376 PP.


2,  SAMPLE EXTRACTION
       AGARWAL, J. K'.
       AEROSOL SAMPLING AND TRANSPORT
       UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA, THESIS, 1975. 17S PP.

       BROOKS, E. F.. AND R, L*. WILLIAMS
       FLOW AND GAS SAMPLING MANUAL
       TRW SYSTEMS GROUP, EPA,  RESEARCH TRIANGLE PARK, N'.C,, 1976
       100 PP.
       EPA.600/2-76,203      PB 258 080

       FUCHS,  N.  A*.
       REVIEW  PAPERS! SAMPLING  OF AEROSOLS
       ATMOS.  ENVIRON., 9,  PP,  697»707, 1975
            ,  H,  Fl,  D.  E.  CAMANN,  ANI5 R'.  E,  THOMAS
       THE  COLLABORATIVE STUDY  OF  EPA METHODS 5,  6, AND 7 IN FOSSIL FUEL
       FIRED STEAM  GENERATORS . FINAL REPORT
       SOUTHWEST  RESEARCH INSTITUTE,  EPA,  RESEARCH TRIANGLE PARK,
       N.C.,  19741,  39 PP.
       EPA»650/a-7«»Ol3      PB 237 695

       HANSON,  H. A.,  R. J.  DAVINJ, J. K'.  MORGAN,  AND A,  A. IVERSEN
       PARTICIPATE  SAMPLING  STRATEGIES FOR LARGE  POWER PLANTS INCLUDING
       NONUNIFORM FLOW
       FLUIDYNE ENGINEERING  CORP.,  EPA,  RESEARCH  TRIANGLE PARK,
       N. C.,  1976'. 371  PP.
       EPA-60Q/2-76-170      PB 257 090
                                225

-------
 t«!"^N2i B* J"  J» L» HAU., A. *r. JOFNSEN, AND j. M. CARROLL
 CORRECTION OF S-TVPE PITOT. STATIC TUBE COEFFICIENTS WHEN US
 FOR TSOKINETjr  SAMPLING FROM STATIONARY SOURCES          "
 ENVIRON. SCI. & TECH,.  11 (7). PP. 694.700,  1977

 LOGAN,  T,  J., R.  M.  FELDER, AND j". K. FERRELt
 EXPERIMENTAL  INVESTIGATION OF ISOKINETIC AND ' ANISOKINETIT
 SAMPLING OF  PARTICULATES IN STACK GASFS
      ANNUAL  HEFTING  AICHE, NEW YORK.  N'.Y.,  1972, 25 PP.
         ,  D.f  AND S8
 AEROSOL  SAMPLING WITH A  SIDE  PORT PROBE
     .  IND.  HYG.  ASSOC'.  J.,  Pp.  20*.'ai5. 1967

       ,  G.  A.

                                     BV
 AFA  SYMP.  INSTRUMENTS  &  TECHNIQUES  FOR  ASSESSMENT  OF  AIRRORNF
 RADIO  ACTIVITY  IN  NUCLEAR  OPERATIONS, VIENNA,  1967.  PP.
 SEL.OEN,  M.  G.,  JR.
 ESTIMATES OF ERRORS  IN  ANISOKlNETIC  SAMPLING  OF  PARTICULATE

 j. OF  APCA  NOTEBOOK,  37  o).  PP.  ^35.?36,  1977

 SEM, G.  J.      ..."
 STATE  OF THE ARTI  19T1 . INSTRUMENTATION  FOR  MEASUREMENT  OF
 PARTICULATE EMISSIONS FROM COMBUSTION SOURCES. VOLUME  i
 THERMO-SYSTEMS, INC., EPA. RESEARCH  TRIANGLE  PARK.  M C
 1971,  194 PP.
                      PB 202  665

 SEM, G. J.
 STATE OF THE ART:  l<*7l INSTRUMENTATION  FOR  MEASUREMENT OF
 PARTICULATE EMISSIONS FROM COMBUSTION SOURCES. VOLUME II
 THERMO-SYSTEMS. INC., EPA. RESEARCH  TRIANGLE  PARK.  N.C.. 1971
 C. C T? fT *^ f                  '  •          '  '
                      PR ?0?  666

SMITH,  F. H'.
THE EFFECTS OF NOZZLE DESIGN  AND SAMPLING TECHNIQUES ON AEROSOL
MEASUREMENTS
ARO,  INC.,  EPA, RESEARCH TRIANGLE PARK,  V. C.. 1974, 89 PP.
EPA-650/2-74.Q70      PR 2fl3  5fl8
                         226

-------
       VITOIS,  V.
       THEORETICAL LIMITS OF ERRORS DUE TO ANISOKJNETIC SAMPLING OF
       PARTICIPATE MATTER
       J.  OF APCA, 16 (2), PP. 79w«U, 1966


       WALLIN,  S.  C.
       SAMPLING OF PAPTICULATES EMITTED FROM STATIONARY SOURCES
       ANN. OCCUP. HYG.»  16 (4), 353-571, 1973


       WATSON,  H.  H.
       ERRORS DUE  TO  ANI8DKINETJC SAMPLING OF AEROSOLS
       AMER. IND.  HYG. ASSOC.  QUARTERLY 15 (13,
3,  FILTER MEDIA
       ADAMS,  J.,  A.  BENSON,  AND E. PETERS
       PROPERTIES  OF  VARIOUS  FILTER MEDIA SUGGESTED FOR JN-sTACK
       SAMPLING
       ARTHUR  D.  LITTLE*  INC'.,  NEW YORK, N*. Y., 1974, 20 PP.

       BENSON,  A,  L.. Pt  I. LEVINS, A. A'. MASSUCCO, AND
       J.  R.  VALENTINE
       DEVELOPMENT OF A HIGH-PURITY FILTER FOR HIGH TEMPERATURE
       PARTICIPATE SAMPLING AND ANALYSIS
       ARTHUR  D.  LITTLE,  INC*.,  EPA, WASHINGTON, D. C., 1973, 80 PP.
       EPA-650/2-70-032      PR 230 806

       FELIX.  L.  G.,  G. I.  CLINARD, 6..C'. LACEY, AND J. D. MCCAIN
       INERTIAL CASCADE IMPACTOR SUBSTRATE MEDIA FOR FLUE GAS SAMPLING
       SOUTHERN RESEARCH  INSTITUTE, EPA, RESEARCH TRIANGLE PARK,
       N.  C,,  1977.  S9 PP.
       EPA-600/7-77-060

       FORREST, J..  AND L.  NEWMAN
       SAMPLING AND  ANALYSIS  OF ATMOSPHERIC SULFUR COMPOUNDS FOR ISO-
       TOPE  RATIO  STUDIES
       ATMOS.  ENVIROW.. 7,  PP.  561*573, 1973

       GELMAN,  C., AND J. C.  MARSHALL
       HIGH  PURITY FIBROUS  AIR  SAMPLING MEDIA
       ANNUAL  MEETING, AMER,  IND'. HYG. ASSOC'., MIAMI, FLA. 1975
       PP. 512-517
                                227

-------
   MFMEON ASSOCIATES
   ON THE FILTRATION EFFICIENCY OF ALUNPUM THIMBLES AND OTHF«
   SAMPLING FILTERS
   HEMFON ASSOC., PITTSBURGH, PA,, 1973, 8 PP.

   LIU. B. Y. H.f AND K, W. LEE
   EFFICIENCY OF MFMBRANE AND NUCLEPORI FILTERS FOR
   SUBMICPOMETFR AEROSOLS
   ENVIRON. SCI. AND TECH., 10 C«), Pp'. ia?«350f 1976
             D. A,, AND K, T, WMlTBY
   EFFECT OF PARTICLE ELECTROSTATIC CHARGE ON FILTRATION
   BY FIBROUS FILTERS
   IREC PROCESS DESIGN & DEVELOPMENT, fl f«), PP. 3«5-149, 1Q65
             D. A., AND T, C. GUNOERSON
   FILTRATION CHARACTERISTICS OF GLASS FIBER FILTER MEDIA
   AT ELEVATED TEMPERATURES
   UNIV. OF FLA., EPA, RESEARCH TRIANGLE PARK, N. C., 1976.
   95 PP
   EPA-feOO/2«76-192      PB 257 132
             D. A., AND T. C.
   EFFICIENCY AND LOADING CHARACTERISTICS OF EPA'S HIGH.
   TEMPERATURE QUARTZ FIBER FILTER MEDIA
   AMFR. IND. HYC. ASSOC'. J. 36 (12), PK 866-872, 1975

   NEUSTADTER, H. E,, S. M". SIDK,  AND R. 8. KING
   THE USE OF WHATMAN«*I1 FILTERS FOR HIGH VOLUME AIR SAMPLING
   ATMOS. ENVIRON. 9 (1). PP. 101*109, 1975
MASS CONCENTRATION
   BEUTNER, H, P.
   MEASUREMENT OF OPACITY AND PARTICIPATE EMISSIONS WITH AN
   ON.STACK TRANSMISSOMETER
   J. OF APCA, 2tt (91, PP, 865.871, I97a

   BLANN, D. R".
   MEASUREMENT METHODS AT HIGH TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE
   SYMP. PARTICIPATE CONTROL IN ENERGY PROCESSES. SAN
   FRANCISCO, CALIF., 1974. 25 PP.
                            228

-------
                   Bt SANDRI
PARTICIPATE SAMPLING HAS GONE AUTOMATIC
fcftTH ANNUAL MFETING, APCA. BOSTON. MASS.,* 1975
PAPER 75-?4'.2
BRENCHLEY. D. I., C. D..TURLEV, AND R'. F,
USf[ OF THP FPA PARTICIPATE TRAIN FOR COMPLIANCE TESTING
AIP POLLUT. CONTROL & IMPOST, ENERGY PRODUCTION, CHAP, 4,
ANN ARBOR SCIENCE PUR., ANN ARBOR, MICH., 1975, PP. 73.85


BREUFR, H., J. GEBHART, K. POBOCK, AND U. TEICHE.RT
PHOTOELECTRIC MEASURING APPARATUS FOR DETERMINATION OF THF
FINE DUST CONCENTRATION'
SI AU8 REINHALTUN6 DER UUFT, IN ENGLISH, 33  («)
PP. 187-190,  1973



APPLICATION V AN OSCILLATING QUARTZ CRYSTAL  TO MEASURE  THE
MASS OF SUSPENDED PARTICULATE MATTER        _
U5TH NAT. MEETING  AM. CHEM. soc., 1973, DALLAS, TEXAS

1973, 30  PP.
              FOR THE DIRECT MEASUREMENT  OF  PARTICIPATE  MASS
AEROSOL SCI'., 1. PP.  1H"H«.  1970


PARTICULATE'MASS MEASUREMENT BY  PIEZOELECTRIC  CRVSTAL
PROCEEDINGS-SEMINAR  ON  AEROSOL MEASUREMENT,  NAT'L  BU».  OF
STANDARDS,  WASHINGTON,  D.  c>,  19?«,  PP. I37*ias


RAPID* ASSESSMENT OF  PARTICIPATE  MASS CONCENTRATION IN  THE
ATMOSPHERE  WITH  A PIEZOELECTRIC  INSTRUMENT
ADV.  INSTRUMENT. 30  (PT*.  2)  ISA  ANN. CONF.,  1975,  PAPER  620

CLARKE, A.  G..  M. A,  MOGHADASSI. AND A.  WILLIAMS
A  COMPARISON  OF  TECHNIQUES FOR AUTOMATIC  AEROSOL MASS  CONCENTRA'
TION  MEASUREMENT
j.  AEROSOL  sci., s»  PP. 73-fli.  1977

CONNER, W.  D.
MEASUREMENT OF  THE  OPACITY AND MASS  CONCENTRATION OF
PARTICIPATE EMISSIONS BY  TRANSMISSQMETRY
EPA,  RESEARCH TRIANGLE  PARK,  N.  c.,  197*. 39 PP.
EPA-650/2-7«.l?8      PR  2«1  25-1
                          229

-------
 DALEY,  P.  S.,  AMD  D.  A,
 THE  PERFORMANCE  OF  PIEZOELECTRIC  CRYSTAL  SENSORS  USED  TO
 DETERMINE  AEROSOL  MASS  CONCENTRATIONS
 AMEH.  IND.  HVG.  ASSOC.  J.,  PP.  51R.53?,  1975
 DOBBINS,  ».  A..  AND  6.  8.  J
 OPTICAL  SCATTERING CROSS  SECTIONS  FOR  POLYOISPERSIQNS  OF
 DIELECTRIC SPHEPES
 J.  OPT.  SOC.  AMER.t  56  (13),  PP.  IjflS-lSSO,  1966

 DOBBINS,  R.  A.,  AND  G.  S,  JIZMA6IAN
 PARTICLE  SIZE MEASUREMENTS BASED ON  USE OF MEAN SCATTERING
 CROSS SECTIONS
 J.  OPT.  SOC.  OF  AMER. 56  UO). PP. 13§1»135USTRlAl
 SOURCES,  U.S..U.S.S.R.  WORKIN0 SROUP,  SAN FRANCISCO, CALTF.,
 1974.  PAPER  26
DORSEY, J. A., AND J, 0*.
CONTINUOUS PARTICULATE MONITORING
63RD ANNUAL MEETING, AICHE, CHICAGO. ILL., 1970, PAPER 5A

FUNKHOUSER, J. T.
MANUAL METHODS FOR SAMPLING AND ANALYSIS OF PARTICUUTE
EMISSIONS FROM MUNICIPAL INCINERATORS
ARTHUR C, LITTLf, CO.. EPA, WASHINGTON. D*. C.,  1973, 293 PP.
EPA-650/2-73-023      PR ?38 <*76

GRUBER, ARNOLD H,
IN. STACK CONTINUOUS PARTICULATE MONITORING USING THE CHARGE
TRANSFER PROCESS
APCA SPECIALTY CONFERENCE! CONTINUOUS MONITORING OF STATION.
ARY AIR POLLUTION SOURCES, 8T. LOUIS, MISSOURI, 1975, 20 PP.

GRUBER, A. H., AND E, K*.  BASTRESS
APPLICATION OF THE TRIBOELECTRIC EFFECT TO THE MEASUREMENT OF
AIRBORNE PARTICLES
??ND JOINT CONF.  SENSING  OF ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTANTS
INSTRUMENT SOC, OF AM'.,  1973,  pp, 161-160

GUNTHER, R.
AM OPTICAL SMOKE  DENSITY  M£T£R FOR DIRECT INDICATION OF THF,
AMOUNT OF SOLIDS  PER CUBIC METER OF FLUE GAS
STAUB REINHALTUN6 DER LUFT, 33 (93, PP. 3^5-35^, 1973.
                         230

-------
HAMIL, H, F., D. F. CAMANN, AND P. F, THOMAS
THE COLLABOPAHVE STUDY OP FPA METHODS 5, 6, AND 7 IN FOSSIL FUEL
FIRED STEAM GENERATORS • FINAL REPORT
SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE, EPA, RESEARCH TRIANGLE PARK,
N.C., 197U, 39 PP.
EPA".650/4-7««Ol3      PB 237 695

HANSON, H. A., AND 0. P. SAARI
EFFECTIVE .SAMPLING TECHNIQUES FOR PARTICIPATE EMISSIONS. FROM
ATYPICAL STATIONARY SOURCES - INTERIM REPORT
FLUIDVNF ENGINEERING CORP., EPA, RESEARCH TRIANGLE PARK, N.C.
1977, 130 PP.
HANSON, H. A., R, J. DAVINJ, J. K. MORGAN, AND A. A. IVERSEN
PARTICULAR SAMPLING STRATEGIES FOR LARGE POWER PLANTS INCLUDING
NONUNIFORM FLOW
FLUIDYNE ENGINEERING CORP., EPA, RESEARCH TRIANGLE PARK,
N. C., 1976'. 371 PP.
EPA»600/a-76-170      P8 257 090

noon, K, T.
OPACITY AND PARTICIPATE EMISSION RELATIONSHIPS FOR PULP MILLS
NATIONAL COUNC. OF THE PAPER INO. FOP AIR AND STREAM
IMPROVEMENT, INC.. 1976

HOPTON, F'. J.i N, G. H, GUILFORD, j'm A. CRAIGMILE,
H. C. H. VEPGEER* AND L'. E. FRENCH
A TEST SYSTEM FOR EVALUATION OF SOURCE SAMPLING TECHNIQUES
AND CALIBRATION OF EQUIPMENT
NEWSLETTER, SOURCE EVALUATION SOCIETY, WESTON, CONN.
1 (3), 8 PR'., 1976

HUSAP,, R. 8.
ATMOSPHERIC PARTICIPATE MASS MONITORING WITH A BETA RADIATION
DETECTOR
ATMOS. ENVIRON., 8, PP. 183»t88, 197«

KENDALL, D. R.
RECOMMENDATIONS ON A PREFERRED PROCEDURE FOR THE DETERMINATION
OF PARTICIPATE IN GASEOUS EMISSIONS
J. OF APCA, 26 (9), PP. 871»«7a, 1976

KUTYNA, A. G,
COMPARISON OF SOURCE PARTICULATE EMISSION MEASUREMENT METHODS
FOR COMBINATION FUEL»FIRED BOILERS
TECHNICAL BULLETIN 75, NATIONAL COUNCIL OF THE PAPER INDUSTRY
FOR Al» AND STREAM IMPROVEMENT, INC., I97fl.  35 PP.
                          231

-------
LAPSON, w. F.f AND H, j'. DEHNE
DESIGN, DEVELOPMENT, AND FABRICATION OF A PROTOTYPE HIGH. VOLUME
PARTICULATE MASS SAMPLING TWAIN
ACUREX-AEROTHERM CORP., EPA, RESEARCH TRIANGLE PARK, N, C.,
1974.  37 PP.
EPA-fe5Q/2*7««067      PB 245 19A

LTLIENEELD, P.
DESIGN AND OPERATION OE DUST MEASURING INSTRUMENTATION BASED ON
THE BETA-RADIATION METHOD
STAUR REINHALTUNG DER LUFT, 35, PP. 458-465, 1975

LYTLE, J. H.
A$ME METHOD FOR MEASUREMENT OF PARTICULATE EMISSIONS
WORKSHOP. SAMPLING, ANALYSIS, AND MONITORING OF STACK
EMISSIONS, DALLAS, TEXAS, 1975, PP, 203-220

MAC I AS, E. S., AND R, B'. HUSAR
ATMOSPHERIC PARTICULATE MASS MEASUREMENT WITH BETA ATTENUATION
MASS MONITOR
ENVIRON. SCI, & TECH.. 10 (9), PP. 9Q4.9Q7*
HACIAS, E. S., AND R, B'. HUSAR
A REVIEW OF ATMOSPHERIC PARTlCULATg MASS MEASUREMENT VIA THE
BETA ATTENUATION TECHNIQUE
PROCEEDINGS! SYMPOSIUM ON FINE PARTICLES, MINNEAPOLIS, MINN.
1975, PP. 555-564

NADER,  J. S.
CURRENT TECHNOLOGY FOR CONTINUOUS MONITORING OF PARTICUUTE
EMISSIONS
j'. OF APCA, 25 (8), PP, 81«»B2J, 1975

OLJN, J. G.. G. J. SEM, AND R. P. TRAUTNER
AIR»OUALITY MONITORING OF PARTICLE MASS CONCENTRATION WITH A
PIEZOELECTRIC PARTICLE M1CROBALANCE
6«TH ANNUAL MEETING, APCA, ATLANTIC CTTY, N.J.
1971, PAPER 71-1

PFISTER, E., AND F. E*. SICK
AN INTEGRATION INSTRUMENT FOR TIMEWISE EVALUATION OF
EMISSIONS
STAUR REINHALTUNG DER LUFT, (ENGLISH). 34 (2), PP. 53-56
1974
                         232

-------
PU.AT, M.
PLUME
ATMOS
          J., AND D. S.
      HPACITY AND PARTICULATE MASS CONCENTRATION
      ENVIRON'., <». PP. 163-171, 1070
PROCHAZKA, R,
RECORDING DUST MEASUREMENT HITH THf KONITEST
PP. 22»2fl. DATE & SOURCE NOT DETERMINABLE

RAGLAND, J. W., K, M, GUSHING* J. D'. MCCAIN, AND W, B. SMITH
HP.25 PROGRAMMABLE POCKET CALCULATOR APPLIED TO AIR POLLUTION
MEASUREMENT STUDIES! STATIONARY SOURCES
SOUTHERN RESEARCH INSTITUTE, EPA, RESEARCH TRIANGLE PARK,
N. C., 1977. 127 PP.
EPA-60Q/7-77»058

RAGLAND, J. W., K. M. CUSHINf,, J. D. MCCAIN, AND W. B. SMITH
HP-65 PROGRAMMABLE POCKET CALCULATOR APPLIED TO AIR POLLUTION
MEASUREMENT STUDIESI STATIONARY SOURCES
SOUTHERN RESEARCH INSTITUTE, EPA, RESEARCH TRIANGLE PARK,
N. C., 1976. 12? PP.
EPA-600/8-76-002

REISMAN, E.. W. D. GER8ER, AND N. p'. POTTER
IN-STACK TRANSMISSOMETER MEASUREMENT OF PARTICIPATE OPACITY
AND MASS CONCENTRATIONS
PHILCO.FORD CORP., IPA, RESEARCH TRIANGLE PARK, N.C.,
115 PP.
EPA-65ft/2-7a-120      PR 239
                                              MONITORING
SEANY, R. J., R. K, HALPIN, AND B, A. MAGUIRE
A PORTABLE RECORDING INSTRUMENT 
-------
SEM, G, J.
STATE OF THF ART! 1971 INSTRUMENTATION FOR MEASUREMENT OF
PARTICULAR EMISSIONS FROM COMRIJSTlON SOURCES. VOLUME II
THERMO. SYSTEMS, INC., EPA, RESEARCH TRIANGLE PARK. N.C., 1971
225 PP.
                      PR iO? 666
     6. J.
STATE OF THE ARTJ 1971 INSTRUMENTATION FOR MEASUREMENT OF
PARTICIPATE EMISSIONS FROM COMBUSTION SOURCES. VOLUME III
THERMQ-SYSTFMS, INC., EPA, RESEARCH TRIANGLE PARK. N. c.
197?, 8fl PP.
                      PB J?33 393
     G. J., K. TSURUBAYASHI, AND K, HQMMA
PERFORMANCE OF THE PIEZOELECTRIC MiCROBALANCE RESPIRABLE
AEROSOL SENSOR
AM, INO. HYG. ASSOC. J,. 38, 1977.. FP*. 580-588,

SHOFNER, F. M., G. KREIKEBAUM, AND H. W*. 3CHMJTT
IN SITU CONTINUOUS MEASUREMENT OF PARTICLE MASS CONCENTRATION
68TH ANNUAL MEETING, APCA. BOSTON, MASS., 1975, PAPER 75-41.1

SMITH, W. B"., K. M, CUSHING, AND J. D*. MCCAIN
PROCEDURES MANUAL FOR ELECTROSTATIC PRECIPITATOR EVALUATION
SOUTHERN RESEARCH INSTITUTE, EPA, RESEARCH TRIANGLE PARK,
N. C., 1977. «30 PP.
EPA-600/7-77.059

SOUTHERN RESEARCH INSTITUTE
PROCEEDINGS OF THE WORKSHOP ON SAMPLING, ANALYSIS, AND MONITOR.
IMG OF STACK EMISSIONS
SOUTHERN RESEARCH INSTITUTE, ELECTRIC POWER RESEARCH  IN$T.,
PALO ALTO, CALIFORNIA, 1975. 3«6 PP.

STEEN, B.                '
A NEW SIMPLE ISOKINETIC SAMPLER FOR THE DETERMINATION OF
PARTICLE FLUX
ATMOS. ENVIRON., tl, PP". 623«6?7,  1977

ZALEIKO, N, S'., AND A. LICATA
PARTICLE MASS SOURCE MONITORING,  MANUAL VS. INSTRUMENTAL
1975ANALYSIS INSTRUMENTATION
R. SOC. OF AM., 13, PP. H5«122, 1975
                          234

-------
5,  PARTICLE-SIZE DISTRIBUTIONS
       AGARWAI ,  J, K., AMP G*. J. 3EM
       A CONTINUOUS FLOW CNC CAPABLE Of COUNTING SINGLE PARTICLES
       UNPUBLISHED. THERMQ8YSTFMS, I*C'., TECHNICAL PAPER,
       5 TYPED PAGES.
       ALTPETER, L. L., JR., J'. P. PILNEY, L'. Wf RUST,
       AND 0. L. OVERLAND
       RECENT DEVELOPMENTS REGARDING THE USE OF A FLAME IONIZATION
       DETECTOR AS AN AEROSOL MONITOR
       PROCEEDINGS! SYMPOSIUM ON FINE PARTICLES, MINNEAPOLIS, MJNN.
       PP. 6?5»6<»7, 1975

       ANDERSEN, A. A.
       A SAMPtER FOR RESPIRATORY HEALTH HAZARD ASSESSMENT
       AMER.  IND. HYG. ASSOC*. J,, PP. 160»16§. 1966

       ANDERSEN, A. A.
       NEW SAMPLER FOR THE COLLECTION,  SIZING, AND ENUMERATION OF
       VIABLE AIRBORNE PARTICLES
       J.  OF  BACTERIOL. 76, PP*. 471. «84.
       ANDERSON,  D".  P.,  AND P. LILIENFELD
       DEVELOPMENT AND TESTING OF AN IN.STACK VIRTUAL IMPACTOR
       70TH ANNUAL MEETING, APCA. TORONTO,  1977, PAPER 77-1?. 7

       ANDERSON,  P.  L.
       DEVELOPMENT OF  A  CENTRIFUGE FOR SOURCE SAMPLING TO DETERMINE
       PARTICLE  SIZE DISTRIBUTION
       ENVIRON.  SCI. & TECH.  10 (2), PP. IflSMSO, 1976

       ANDERSON,  W'.  L.f  AND R, E. BEISSNER
       COUNTING  AND  CLASSIFYING SMALL OBJECTS BY FAR^FIELD LIGHT
       SCATTERING
       APPL.  OPT., 10  (7),  PP. 1501-1508, 1971

       ARAGON, S. R. AND R, PECORA
       THEORY OF  DYNAMIC LIGHT SCATTERING FROM POLYDISPERSE SYSTF-MS
       J.  OF  CHEM. PHYS.,  6«  (6), PP. 2395*2403* ' 1976

       BAKHANOVA, R. A., AND  L*. V. IVANCH£NKO
       THE CALIBRATION CURVE  OF PHOTOELECTRIC COUNTERS AND COMPUTATION
       OF  PARTICLE SIZE  DISTRIBUTION WHEN THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN
       PARTICLE  SIZE AND ELECTRICAL PULSE AMPLITUDE is AMBIGUOUS
       AEROSOL SCI'., «,  PP. 
-------
BARTH. W.
DESIGN AMD LAYOUT OF THE CYCLONE SEPARATOR ON THE BASIS OF
NFW INVESTIGATIONS
      . WAERMF KRAFT, 8 (GERMAN), pp. 1-9, 1956
RELDEN, L. H,. AND C, M,
OPTICAL MEASUREMENT OF PARTICLE SIZE DISTRIBUTION AND
CONCENTRATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION SERIES REPORT, GENERAL ELECTRIC CO..
    , «5 PP.
BERNER, A.
PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE WITH 20-STAGE IMPACTOR
STAUB REINHALTLING DER LUFT, IN ENGLISH, 32 (85, PP, 1*8, 197?

BERNER, A,
A SIMPLE PROCEDURE FOR CORRECTION OF FREQUENCY DISTRIBUTIONS
MEASURED WITH A MULTI-STAGE IMPACTOR
STAUB REINHALTIJNG DER LUFT, IN ENGLISH, 33 U), PP. 190-19<1
BETHEA, R, M., AMD P. R. MQREY
A COMPARISON OF COTTON OUST SAMPLING TECHNIQUES
AMER, INO. HGY. ASSOC*. J., 37* PP. «.47*65«, 1976

BEXON, R. , G. 0. BISHOP, AND J, 8IGG3
AEROSOL SUING BY HOLOGRAPHY USING THE QUANTIMET
CAMBRIDGE INSTRUMENT COMPANY, INC'.; BROCHURE, DATE NOT
DETERMINABLE
BLACHMAN, M. W, , AND M,
PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS OF THE MULTICYCLONE AEROSOL
SAMPLER
AMER. .INO. HYG. ASSOC'. J., PP. 311-326, 197«

BLACKER, 8. M.
EVALUATION OF THE ANDERSEN STACK SAMPLER FOR PARTICLE SIZE
DETERMINATION
APPLIED TECH. DIV., EPA. DURHAM, N. C., 19 PP., 1972

BLAKE, D.
OPERATING AND SERVICE MANUAL SOURCE ASSESSMENT SAMPLING SYSTEM
ACURE* CORP., EPA, RESEARCH TRIANGLE PARK. N.C.,
1977, 115 PP.
                         236

-------
 BLANK',  D.  R.
 MEASUREMENT  METHODS  AT  HIGH TEMPERATURE AMD PRESSURE
 SYMP.  PARTICULATE  CONTROL  IN ENERGY  PROCESSES,  SAN
 FRANCISCO, CALIF.,  i97«f  25 PP.

 RRFSLIN,  A.  J.,  S. F. GUGGENHEIM,  AMD  A.  C. GEORGE
 COMPACT  HIGH. EFFICIENCY  DIFFUSION  BATTERIES
 STAUR  REINHALTUNG  DER LUFT,  IN ENGLISH,
 31  («),  PP.  1-5,  1971

 BRINK,  J.  A.,  JR.       .....
 CASCADE  IMPACTOR FOR ADIABATIC MEASUREMENTS
 IND. AND ENG.  CHEM,, 50  (4),  PP. 6«§-648,  1958
     K,  J.  A,,  JR.,  E.  D'.  KENNEDY,  AND  H.  S.  YU
 PARTICLE SIZE  MEASUREMENTS  WITH CASCADE  IMPACTQRS
 65TH  ANNUAL  MEETING, AICHE,  NEW YORK,  N.  Y.,  1972

 BROOKMAN,  R. S., J, F. PHIULIPPI,  AND  C.  L.  MA1SCH
 SMALL-DIAMETER CYCLONES
 CHEM. ENGIN. PROGRESS. 59  (in, PP. 66»69.  1963

 8UCHHOLZ,  H.
 AN UNDERPRESSURE CASCADE  IMPACTOR
 STAU8 REINHALTUNG DER  LUFT,  IN ENGLISH,  30  («), PP.  J7*20,
 1970

 BURKHOLZ,  A.
 INVESTIGATIONS ON A CASCADE  IMRACTOR
 STAUB REINHALTUNG DER  LUFT,  IN ENGLISH, 31  flO), PP, 381-385
 1973

 CADLE, R. D.
 PARTICLE SIZE DETERMINATION
 INTERSClENcr PUBLISHERS. INC., NEW YORK,  1955, 303 PP.
       , s., c. LAKE, AND R. PARKER
CASCADE IMPACTOR CALIBRATION GUIDELINES
A.P.T., INC., EPA, RESEARCH TRIANGLE PARK, N.C., 1976, 
-------
CAPI.AN, K. .!., I , J, DOEMENY, AND g. D. SORENSON
PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS OF THE 10 MICRON RESPIRABLE
SAMPLER* PART II * COAL DUST STUDIES
AMER. INO. HVG. ASSOC. J., 38. PP. 162-173, 1977

CARPENTER. T. E.f AND D. L, BRENCHLEY
A PIEZOELECTRIC CASCADE IMPACTOR FOR AEROSOL MONITORING
AMER. IND. HYG. ASSOC'. J,. PP. 503-510, 1972

CHANG, H. C.
A PARALLEL MIJI. T ICYCLONE SIZE-SELECTIVE PARTICIPATE SAMPLING
TRAIN
      IND. HYG. ASSOC. J., PP. 538-545, 1974
CHAN, P. W,
OPTICAL MEASUREMENTS OF SMOKE PARTICLE SIZE GENERATED
BY ELECTRIC ARCS
COLO. STATE UNIV., EPA, WASHINGTON, 0. Ct, 1974, 49 PP.
EPA-650/2-74-034      PB 236 580

CHAN, T., AND M. LIPPMANN
PARTICLE COLLECTION EFFICIEWCIES OF AIR SAMPLING CYCLONES*
AN EMPIRICAL THEORY
ENVIRON. SCI. & TECH, 11 (4), PP. 377-382, 1977

CLAUSEN, J... A. GRANT, 0. MOORE. AND 8. REYNOLDS
FIELD SAMPLING FOR CYTOTOXJ.CITY TEST SAMPLES USING A SERIES
CYCLONE SAMPLING TRAIN
TRW SYSTEMS GROUP, EPA, RESEARCH TRIANGLE PARK, N. C.
1975, 91 PP.

COHEN, J, J., AND D, N, MONTAN
THEORETICAL CONSIDERATIONS, DESIGN, AND EVALUATION OF A CASCADE
JMPACTQR
AMER. IND. HYG. ASSOC'. J,. PP. 95-104, 1976

COLLINS, E. A'., J. A, DAVIDSON, AND C'. A, DANIELS
REVIEW OF COMMON METHODS OF PARTICLE SIZE MEASUREMENT
J. PAINT. TECHNOL. 47 (604), pp. 35*56. 1975

COOPER, DOUGLAS W.
DATA INVERSION METHOD AND ERROR ESTIMATE FOR CASCADE
CENTRIPETERS
AM. IND, HYG. ASSOC. Jt, 37, PP. 622-627, 1976
                          238

-------
         D.  W,,  AND  J,  W.  DAVIS
 CASCADE  IMPACTORS FOR  AEROSOLS}  IMPROVED  DATA  ANALYSIS
 AMER.  IND.  HYG.  ASSOC'.  J.,  33.  PP.  79-89,  1972

 COOPER,  0.  «..  AND  L,  A.  SPIELMAN
 A  NEW  PARTICLE  SIZE  CLASSIFIERi  VARIABLE-SLIT  IMPACTOR  WITH
 PHOTO-COUNTING
 ATMOS. ENVIRON.  8..  PP.  321»232,
CORNTLLAULT, j.
PARTICLE SIZE  ANALYZER
APPL, OPTICS,  11  (2), PP. 265*268.  1972
COUCHHAN, J. c.t  AND H, N.
SIMPLIFIED METHOD FOR DETERMINING CASCADE  IMPACTOR  STAGE
EFFICIENCIES
AMER.  IND. HYG. ASSOC*. J,, PP. 62*67,  1967

GUSHING, K. M.. G. E. LACEY, J. D, MCCAIN,  AND W, B.  SMITH
PARTICULATE SIZING TECHNIQUES FOR CONTROL  DEVICE EVALUATION,
CASCADE IMPACTOR  CALIBRATIONS
SOUTHERN RESEARCH INSTITUTE, EPA, RESEARCH  TRIANGLE PARK.
N. C., 1976, 9a PP.
EPA- 600/2-76-280
DAVIES, C, N,t AND M,
THE TRAJECTORIES OF HEAVY, SOLID PARTICLES IN A TWO-
DIMENSIONAL JET OF IDEAL FLUID IMPINGING NORMALLY UPON A PLATE
PROCEEDINGS. PHYSICAL SOC., 6«, PP. 889*991, 1951

DAVIES, R.
PARTICLE SIZE ANALYSIS
IND. AMD ENG. CHEM., 62 (12), PP, 87-9J, 1970

DINGLE. A. N.. AND B, M. JQSHl
AMMONIUM SUI.FATE CRYSTALLIZATION IN ANDERSEN CASCADE
IMPACTOR SAMPLES
ATMOS. ENVIRON. 8, PP. 1119*1130, 1974

DOBBINS, R. A., AND G'. S. JIZMAGIAN
PARTICLE SIZE MEASUREMENTS BASED ON USE OF MEAN SCATTERING
CROSS SECTIONS
J. OPT, SOC. OF AMER, 56 (10). pp'. 1351*1350, 1966

DROZIN, F. G., AND V, K. LAMER
THE DETERMINATION OF PARTICLE SIZE DISTRIBUTION OF AEROSOLS
BY PRECIPITATION OF CHARGED PARTICLES
J. COLLOID SCT., 14,  PP'. 7a-90, 1959
                         239

-------
 DZUBAY,  T. G..  L, E. HlNFS, AND R. K. STEVENS
 PARTICLE BOUNCE ERRORS TN CASCADE JMPACTORS
        ENVIRON. io,  PP,  2?9»?3«,  1974
 Tubl?;  !"  G"  6>  *'  CANARD,  G. E. LACEY,  AND J. D. MCCAIN
 INERTIAL CASCADE  IMPACTOR SUBSTRATE MEDIA  FOR. FLUE GAS SAMPl IN,S
 SOUTHERN RESEARCH INSTITUTE,  EPA.  RESEARCH TRIANGLE PARK.
 N.  C.,  1977,  89 PPf
 FERNANDEZ,  G.
 EiSJ1-1,  3m  DETERMINATION BY  USE  OF ELECTROSTATIC
 TION  PATTERNS  AND  RADIOACTIVE  TRACERS
 THESIS. AIR UNIVERSITY,
 FLESCH,  J.  P.
 CALIBRATION STUDIES  OF  A  NEW  SU8-MICRON  AEROSOL  SIZE
 CLASSIFIER
 J.  OF  COLL. AND  INTERFACE  SCI.  29  (3). PP.  502*509,  1969

 FLESCH,  j.  P.. c,  H,  NORRIS,  AND A.  E'. NUGENT, JR.
 CALIBRATING PARTICULATE AIR SAMPLERS WITH MONOOISPERSE  AFROSOLSl
 APPLICATION TO THE ANDERSEN CASCADE  JMPACTOR
 AMER.  IND,  HGY.  ASSOC'.;J., PP.  507.516,  1967

 FLOYD, J,,  AND K,  KNAPP
 FINE PARTICLE MEASUREMENT  IN  STATIONARY  SOURCES
 69TH ANNUAL  MEETING,  APCA. PORTLAND,  OREGON!  1976,
 PAPER  7fe«30.10

 FORNEY, L.  J.
 AEROSOL FRACTIONATOR  FOR LARGE«SCALF  SAMPLING
 REV. SCI. INSTRUM., ^16 (10).  PP. 1264.1269, 1976

 FUCHS, N. A., I. 8, STECHKINA,  AND V, I, STARQSSELSKI I
 ON THE DETERMINATION  OF PARTICLE SIZE DISTRIBUTION JN POL y-
 DISPERSE AEROSOLS BY  THF DIFFUSION METHOD
 BRIT. j. APPL*. PHYS.  16. PP.  260*281 ,
GER8ER, H.E.
ON THE PERFORMANCE OF THE GOETZ AEROSOL SPECTROMETER
ATMOS. ENVIRON,, 5, PP. t009«lOSl. 1971

GOETZ, A., H. J. Rt STEVENSON, AND 0, PREINJNG
THE DESIGN AND PERFORMANCE OF THE AEROSOL SPECTROMETER
J. APCA, 10 (5). PP. 376*583, I960
                         240

-------
 GOLDSCMNIDT, V. W.
             OF AEROSOL CONCENTRATIONS WITH A HOT
 J. OF COLLOID SCI., 20, PP. 617-634, 1965

 GOOD1NG, C. H.
 WIND TUNNEL EVALUATION OF PARTICLE SIZING INSTRUMENTS
 RESEARCH TRIANGLE INST.. EPA, RESEARCH TRIANGLE PARK, N.r.
 1976, 72 PP.                                          •
 EPA-600/2.76-073      P8 251 n%

 GRAEDEL, T. E.
 CHANNEL WIDTH DETERMINATION AND ELECTRONIC PULSE PROCESSING
 LOSSES IN OPTICAL PARTICLE COUNTERS
 AEROSOL SCI., 5, PP. 12S-131, 1974

 GRASSLt H.
 DETERMINATION OF CLOUD DROP SIZE DISTRIBUTIONS FROM SPECTRAL
 TRANSMISSION MEASUREMENTS
 BEITRAGE ZUR PHYSIC  DER ATMOSPMARF UN  GERMAN),  43.
 PP.  255-284. 1970

 GRASSL,  H.
 DETERMINATION OF AEROSOL  SIZE  DISTRIBUTIONS  FROM SPECTRAL
 ATTENUATION MEASUREMENTS
 APPL.  OPT.  10 (11),  PP.  2554.2538,  1971

 GRAVATT,  C.  C.
 LIGHT  SCATTERING METHODS FOR  THE  CHARACTERIZATION  OF
 PARTICULATE  MATTER IN  REAL  TIME
 PROCEEDINGS  .  SEMINAR  ON AEROSOL  MEASUREMENTS  NAT'L.  BUR   OF
 STANDARDS,  WASHINGTON,  0. C.,  197«                     "  *  '

 GRAVATT,  C.  C.,  JR.
 SJitrl^E MEASUREMfcNT  OF THE SIZE DISTRIBUTION OF  PARTICULATE
 MATTER BY A  LIGHT SCATTERING METHOD
 J. OF APCA,  23 (123. PP. 1035-103S, 1973

 GRAY, D.  C,
 SURVEY OF SAMPLING TECHNIQUES FOR DEFINING RESPIRABLE CONCFN.
 TRATION AND/OR PARTICLE-SIZE CHARACTERISTICS OF  AEROSOLS
 LOS ALAMOS SCI.  LAB., ERDA, WASHINGTON, D. C., H  PP., 1976

SUCKER, F. T.. J. TUMA, H. M. LIN, C. M. HUANG, S. C. EMS,
AND T. R. MARSHALL
RAPID MEASUREMENT OF  LIGHT-SCATTERING DIAGRAMS FROM SINGLE
 ™X!;LrS ^ AEROSOL  STREAM & DETERM. 0F LATEX PARTICLE SIZE
AEROSOL SCI., 4,  PP.  189»«04, 1973
                          241

-------
 GUSSMAN,  R.  A.,  A.  M,  SACCO,  AND  M.  M'.'MCMAMQN
 DF8IGN  AND  CALIBRATION OF  A  HIGH. VOLUME  CASCADE  IMPACTOR
 J.  OF  APCA,  ;?3  (9),  PP.  778*78?,  197?

 HABERL,  J.  B.
 A  LINEAR  SCALE  AITKEN  NUCLEI  COUNTER WITH  AUTOMATIC  RANGE
 SELECTION                         "                      &
 J.  OF  APCA,  2,  3  PP.,  1977

 HARRIS,  0.  R.
 PROCEDURES  FOR  CASCADE IMPACTOR CALIBRATION  AND  OPERATION  IN
 PROCESS  STREAMS
 EPA, WASHINGTON,  D.  C'.,  1977,  l?l  pp.
HEYDER, J,, AMD J. PORSTENDORFER
COMPARISON OF OPTICAL AMD CENTRIFUGAL  AEROSOL SPECTROMETRYj
LIQUID AND NON»SPHERICAL PARTICLES
AEROSOL SCI, 5, PP. 387-400,  1974

HINDE, A. L., AND P. J. D. LLOYD
REAL-TIME PARTICLE SIZE ANALYSIS IN WfT CLOSED-CIRCUIT Mj| L
POWDER TECHNOL. 12 tn, PP. 57-so, 1975

HOCHSTRASSER, J. M.
THE INVESTIGATION AND DEVELOPMENT OF CYCLONE DUST COLLECTOR
THEORIES FOR APPLICATION TO MINIATURE  CYCLONE PRESAMpLERS
DISSERTATION, UNIVERSITY OF CINCINMATI, 1976, 368 PP.

HOGAN, A, W.
CALIBRATION OF PHOTO ELECTRIC NUCLEUS  COUNTERS
68TH ANNUAL MEETING,  APCA, BOSTON, MASS., 1975, PAPER
75-62.2

HORVATH,  H., AND A, T*. ROSSANO, JR.
TECHNIQUE FOR MEASURING DUST COLLECTOR EFFICIENCY AS A FUNCTION
OF PARTICLE SIZE
J. OF APCA, 20 f«), PP. 24<|-2«6, 1970

HOTHAM, 6. A..
SUE OF RESPJRABLE AEROSOLS BY PULSING UV LASER MACHINE
AEROSOL MEASUREMENT SEMINAR, FDA AND NBS, GAITHER8BURG, MD.,
ma, 55  PP.

HOUNAM, R. F.f  AND R.  J, SHERWOOD
THE CASCADE CENTRlPETERi A DEVICE FOR  DETERMINING THE
CONCENTRATION AND SIZE DISTRIBUTION OF AEROSOLS
IND. HYG, J., PP.  122-Ht, 1965
                          242

-------
 II NOVA, .«'. ,  AND S.  YLI
 ON  SEPARATION OF MfcCHANJS* OF TWO-DIMFNTIONAL CASCADE
 KAQAKU KOGAKII,  33,  PP.  1265«l?7t.  19*9
    NI,  R,  R.,  AND C,  F,  CALLIS
 PARTICLE  SIZE*  MEASUREMENT,  INTERPRETATION, AND APPLICATION
 JOHN  WILEY .&  SONS.,  INC'.,  NEW YORK,  1963,  165 PP.

 JACKSON,  M. i,,
 PARTICLE-MOLECULE COLLECTION BY SONIC FLOW IMPINGERS
 J.  OF APCA, ?U  (6),  PP,  569»57§,  1974

 JACKSON,  M. u,  S.  CHIMQNAS, AND  R.  G'.  PATTERSON
 SAMPLE  COLLECTION OF  SOLID AND LIQUID AEROSOLS BY SONIC-
 FLOW  IMPINGEMENT
 76TH  NATIONAL MEETING OF AICHE, MAR.  1*74

 JAENICKE,  R.
 THE DOUBLE-STAGE 1MPACTOR,  A FURTHER  APPLICATION OF  THE
 IMPACTOR PRINCIPLE
 STA«'B REINHALTUNG OER LUFT,  31  Cfe),  PP.  1*10,  1971

 JAENICKE,  R'., AND H.  J,  KANTER
 DIRECT  CONDENSATION NUCLEI COUNTER WITH  AUTOMATIC PHOTOGRAPHIC
 RECORDING, AND GENERAL PROBLEMS OF "ABSOLUTE"  COUNTERS
 J. OF APPL. METEOROLOGY.  15  (6),  Pp'.  620-632,  1976

 KERKER, M,     '
 LIGHT SCATTERING  BY SINGLE AEROSOL PARTICLES
 PROCEEDINGS * SEMINAR  ON AEROSOL  MEASUREMENTS  NAT'L  BUR.  OF
 STANDARDS, WASHINGTON, D.  C.,  197fl

 KNQLLENBERG, R,  G.
 THE OPTICAL ARRAYi AN  ALTERNATIVE TO  SCATTERING  OR EXTINCTION
 FOR AIRBORNE PARTICLE  SIZE DETERMINATION
 J. OF APPL. METEOROLOGY, 9,  PP. 86.105,  1970

 KNOLLENBERG. R.  G.
 ACTIVE SCATTERING AEROSOL  SPECTROM£TRY
 PROCEEDINGS * SEMINAR  ON AEROSOL  MEASUREMENT NAT«L.  BUR.  OF
 STANDARDS, WASHINGTON, D, C.,  1974

 KNOLLENBERG, Rt G..
 THREE NEW INSTRUMENTS FOR CLOUD MEASUREMENTS |  THE 2-D SPECTRO-
METER, THE FORWARD SCATTERING SPECTROMETER PROBE, AND THE
ACTIVE SCATTERING AEROSOL SPECTROMETER
PREPRINT VOLUME INTERNATIONAL CONF. ON CLOUD PHYSICS.
 1976
                         243

-------
 KNUTSON,  F.  0.,  AND  K.  T.  WHTTBV
 AEROSOL  CLASSIFICATION  BY  ELECTRIC  MOBILITYl  APPARATUS,
 AND  APPLICATIONS
 j.  AEROSOL  set.. *,  PP.  443*451.  1975

 KOPS,  J., L. -HERMANS, AND  J,  F, VAN DE  VATE
 CALIBRATION  OF  A STOBER  CENTRIFUGAL AEROSOL
 AEROSOL  SCI., S, PP.  379-386,
 KRFIKEBALIM,  G.,  AND  F.  M.  SH.OFNER
 DESIGN  CONSIDERATIONS  AMD  FIELD  PERFORMANCE  FOR  AN  INSJTU,
 CONTINUOUS FINE  PARTICULATE  MONITOR  BASED  ON RATIO-TYPE  LASER
 LIGHT SCATTERING
 INTERNAL  CONF. ENVIRON,  SENSING  AND  ASSESSMENT,  LAS  VEGAS,
 NEVADA,  }97%  18  PP.

 KUBIE,  G,
 A NOTE  ON A  TREATMENT  OF IMPACTOR  DATA  FOR SOME  AEROSOLS
 AEROSOL  SCIENCE,  2,  PP.  23-30, 1971

 LEHBETTER, J. Q,, AND  8'. R,  FISH
 THE JET  FILTER -  SINGLE-STAGE SIZE-SELECTIVE  SAMPLER  FOR
 AIRBORNE  PARTICIPATES
    . IND. HYG. ASSOC. J.. PP. 90-93, 1972
UE, R. E., JR.
SIZE DISTRIBUTION OF SUSPENDED PARTICULATES  IN AIR
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT, PP. i»«ai, 1972

LEITH, D., AMD D. MEHTA
CVCLONE PERFORMANCE AND DESIGN
ATMOS. ENVIRON., 7, PP. 527-5«9, 1973

LEITH, D., AND M. W. FIRST
UNCERTAINTY IN PARTICLE COUNTING AND SIZING PROCEDURES
AMER. IND. HYG. ASSOC'. J., PP. 103-108, 1976

LEITH, D,, AND W. LICHT
THE COLLECTION EFFICIENCY OF CYCLONE TYPE PARTICLE COLLECTORS
A NEH THEORETICAL APPROACH
A.I.CH.E. SYMPOSIUM SERIES,  V, 69, PP*.  196-206, 1971

LESCHONSKI, W. A,, AND R, KOGLIN
PARTICLE SIZE ANALYSIS,  SEPARATION METHODS
                 a6 (195, ppt 831-824.  (GERMAN),  197«
                         244

-------
ROYCO INSTRUMENTS PARTICLE COUNTERS! CAPABILITIES AND
LIMITATIOMS
AF.ROSOL MEASUREMENT WORKSHOP, GAINESVILLE, 1976. P. 1-6

LIPPMANN. J.
REVIEW OF CASCADE IMPACTORS FOR PARTICLE SIZE ANALYSIS AND NEW
CALIBRATION FOR THE CASELLA CASCADE JMPACTQR
IND, HYG. J., PP. «03««16. 1959

LIPPMANN, M.
SIZE-SELECTIVE SAMPLING FOR INHALATION HAZARD EVALUATIONS
PROCEEDINGSI SYMPOSIUM ON FINE PARTICLES, MINNEAPOLIS, MINN.
1975, PP. 267-310

LIPPMANN, M., AND T, L. CHAN
CALIBRATION OF DUAL-INLET CYCLONES FOR 'RESPIRABLE' MASS
SAMPLING
AMER. IND. HYG. ASSOC. J., PP. 189-206. 1974

LIU, 8. Y. H.
LABORATORY GENERATION OF PARTICIPATES WITH EMPHASIS ON SljRMTCRON
AEROSOLS
J. OF APCA, 2ti (12), PP*. 1173-11T2, 197«

LIU, 8. Y. H,, AND A, VERMA
A PULSE CHARGING, PULSE PRECIPITATING ELECTROSTATIC
AEROSOL SAMPLER
ANAL. CH£M. flO'(«), PP, 8aO-8«7, 1962

LIU, 8. Y. H., AMD D. Y'. H. PUT
ON THE PERFORMANCE OF THE ELECTRICAL AEROSOL ANALVZER
J. AERO. SCI.. 6* PPt 2«9-26«, 1975

LIU, B. Y. H.. K. T. WHITBY, AND D. Y'. H, PUI
A PORTABLE ELECTRICAL ANALYZER POR SIZE DISTRIBUTION MEASUREMENT
of SUB-MICRON AEROSOLS
J. OF APCA, a« fll), PP'. 1067-1072. 1974

LIU, 8. Y. H., R, N. BERGLUND, AND J. K. AGARWAL
EXPERIMENTAL STUDIES OF OPTICAL PARTICLE COUNTERS
ATMOS, ENVIR. 8. PP. 717-732, 197«

Liu* B. Y. H., v. A. MARPLE, K. T*. WHITBY, AND  N. j, BARSIC
SIZE DISTRIBUTION MEASUREMENT OF AIRBORNE COAL  OUST BY
OPTICAL PARTICLE COUNTERS
AMER. IND. HYG, ASSOC. J.. PP. «
-------
 LOCHART.  I..  AND  P.  L.  PATTERSON,  JR.
 FIITFR  PACK  TECHNIQUE CLASSIFYING  RADIOACTIVE  AEROSOLS
 BY  PARTICLE  SIZE
 U.S.  NAVAL RES. LAB., WASHINGTON,  p'. C.,  11  PP..  1963

 LOFFLER,  F.
 THE CALCULATION OF CENTRIFUGAL  SEPARATORS
 STAUB REINHALTUN6 OIR LUFT,  IN  ENGLISH, 30  (1?).  PP.  105
 1970

 LOO,  B. «.,  j*. M. JAKLEVIC,  AND F. A, GOULOING
 DICHOTOMOUS  VIRTUAL  IMPACTORS FOR  LARGE SCALE  MONITORING  OF
 AIRBORNE  PARTICULAR MATTER
.PROCEEDINGS!  SYMPOSIUM  ON FINE  PARTICLES, MINNEAPOLIS, MINN.
 1975, PP. 311-350

 LUDWIG, F. L.
 BEHAVIOR  OF  A NUMERICAL ANALOG  TO  A CASCADE  JMPACTQR
 ENVIRON.  SCI. g, TECH.,  2 m, PP.  5«7*550,  1968

 LUNA, R.
 A STUDY OF IMPINGING AXI-SY^METRIC JETS AND  THEIR
 APPLICATIONS
 DISSERTATION, PRINCETON UNIV.,  UNIV. MICROFILM, HIGH
 WYCOMB, ENGLAND, 117 PP.
LUNDGREN, n. A.
AN AEROSOL SAMPLER FOR DETERMINATION OF PARTICLE CONCENTRATION
AS A FUNCTION OF SIZE AND TIME
J. OF APCA, 17 (4), PP. 225-559, 1967

LUNDGREN, 0. A,, AND A. R. MCFARLAND
APPLICATION OF A LIGHT-SCATTERING AEROSOL COUNTER AND A FOUR.
STAGE IMPACTOR TO INDUSTRIAL HYGIENE AIR SAMPLING
AM£R. IND. HYG. ASSOC'., 32, PP. 35. «2. 1971

MACWILLIAM G. L.. F, GUTIERREZ, AND A'. S. LEE
INVESTIGATION OF A PERFUSION IMPACTION DUST SEPARATOR
OAK RIDGE NATIONAL LABORATORY, (15 PP» 1975
        j. P., AND G, MADELAINE
NEW METHODS FOR AEROSOL SIZE DISTRIBUTION DETERMINATION WITH
A DIFFUSION BATTERY
WATER AIR SOIL POLLUT., 3 C«), PP*. 527-535, 197«
                         246

-------
        ,1. P., P. Y. TURPTN, G. MODELAINE. AND J, BRXCAPO
NOUVELLF METHOOE DE DETERMINATION DE LA GRANULOMETRIF. D'UM
AEROSOL Ad MOYEN D'UNF BATTERIE DE DIFFUSION
AFROSOI, SCI.  (FRENCH) 5, PP. 339*355, 1974

MALLOVE, E. F., AMD *'„ C. HINDS
AEROSOL MEASUREMENT BY COMBINED LIGHT SCATTERING AND
CENTRIFUGATION
j. AEROSOL sci., 7, PP,
MALTON1, G. G.* C. MELANORI, V. PROpI. 6, TARRONI,
A. DEZAlACOMn, G, F, 80MPANE, AND M. FORMIGNANI
AM IMPROVED PARALLEL PLATE MOBILITY ANALYZER FOR AEROSOL
PARTICLES
AEROSOL SCI., «. PP. ««7-«55, 1973
        W. H., AMP R, l. TANNER
DIFFUSION SAMPLING METHOD FOR AMBIENT AEROSOL SIZE
TION WITH CHEMICAL COMPOSITION DETERMINATION
ANAL. CHEM. qg (13), PP". 1999*2001, 1976
MARLOW, W. H., P, C, REIST, AND G. A,
ASPECTS OF THE PERFORMANCE OF THE ELECTRICAL AEROSOL ANALYZER
UNDER NONIDEAL CONDITIONS
J. AEROSOL SCI.. 7, PP, 457*462. 1976

MARPCE, V. A.
THE AERODYNAMIC SIZE CALIBRATION OF OPTICAL PARTICLE COUNTERS
BY INERTIAL IMPACTORS
PARTICLE TECH. LAB. PUB*. #306* PRESENTED AT AEROSOL MEASURE*
MENT WORKSHOP, u. OF FLA, GAINESVILLE. 1976, is PP,

MARPLE, V. A.
A FUNDAMENTAL STUDY OF TNERTIAL IMPACTORS             »
DISSERTATION, UNIV. OF MINN,, UNIVERSITY MICROFILMS, HIGH
WYCOMB, ENGLAND, 1970. 2«3 PP.

MARPtE, V. A., AND 8, Y'. H. LlU
CHARACTERISTICS OF LAMINAR JET IMPACTQRS
ENVIRON. SCI. & TECH.. 9 (7), PP, 6
-------
MAKPLE,  V.  A..  B.  Y,  H.  LIU,  AND  K.  ?'.  WHITBY
FLUID MECHANICS  OF  THE LAMINAR  FLOW  AEROSOL  IMPACTOR
AEROSOL  SCI.. 5, PP.  1-16,  197/i

MARPLE,  V.  A..  N.  J.  BARSIC,  AND  X,  T'.  WHITBY
INSTRUMENTS  AND  TECHNIQUES  FOR  DYNAMIC  PARTICLE  SIZE
OF COAL  DUST |   FINAL  REPORT
UNIV. OF MINN.,  DEPT. OF  INTERIOR, WASHINGTON, D.  C,,
J974, 131 PP.

MARTENS, A,  E.
ERRORS IN MEASUREMENT AND COUNTING OF PARTICLES  USINg  LIGHT
SCATTERING
J. OF APCA,  15  (10),  PP'.  661-663,
MARTENS, A. E.» AND D'. D, DOOMAN
COMMENTS ON| INFLUENCE OF REFRACTIVE  INDEX ON  THE  ACCURACY  OF
SIZE DETERMINATION OF AEROSOL PARTICLES  WITH LIGHT-SCATTERING'.  .
APPL. OPT. 9 (8), PP. 1930-1938,  1970

MATTESON, M. J., G. F'. BOSCOE, AND 0. PREINING
DESIGN THEORY AND CALIBRATION OF  A FIELD TYPE  AEROSOL
SPECTROMETER
AEROSOL sci'., 5, PP. 71-79, 197*1

MATTHEWS, 8. J.
DEVELOPMENT OF LASER INSTRUMENTATION FOR PARTICLE  MEASUREMENT
TRW SYSTEMS GROUP, EPA, RESEARCH  TRIANGLE PARK, N.C.,  1971,
72 PP.
APTD*087Q             Pfi ?OS 189
MATTHEWS, B. J., AND C. W. LEAR
APPLICATION OF HOLOGRAPHIC METHODS TO THE MEASUREMENT OF
FLAMES AND PARTICULATE, VOLUME II
TRW SYSTEMS GROUP, EPA, WASHINGTON, D*. C,. 1974. 123 PP.
EPA-650/2-74.031B     PR 335 675

MATTHEWS, R. J., AND Rt F. KEMP
HOLOGRAPHY OF LIGHT SCATTERED BY PARTICULATE IN A LARGE
STEAM BOILER
63Rn ANNUAL MEETING, AICHE, SYMPOSIUM^ CONTINUOUS PARTICULATE
MONITORING, NOV. « DEC. 1973

MAY, K. R.
AEROSOL IMPACTOR JETS
J. OF AEROSOL SCI., 6, PP. 403-411* 1975
                         248

-------
MAY. K. R.
THE CASCADE JMPACTORj  AN  INSTRUMENT FOR  SAMPLING  COARSF
AfROSOLS
J. OF SCI. INSTRtf- S3, PP.  187- IPS, l
-------
MERCER. T. T.
ON THE CALIBRATION OF CASCADE
ANN. OCCUP. HYG. 6, PP.  i-i7f  1963

MFRCF.R, T, T.
TH£ INTERPRETATION! OF CASCADE  IMPACTQR DATA
INOUSTR. HYG. J., 36, PP. £36-2«l,  1
-------
 DESIGN  OF  CYCLONE  SEPARATORS  IN  TNf  ENGINEERING  PRACTICE
 STAUR REINHALTUNG  DE»  LUFT,  IN ENGLISH,  30  (5),  PP.  1-12.
 1970

 MYERS,  P.  I.,  T, H.  8ARLAK,  AND  W". I .  FITE
 AN  AUTOMATIC,  REAL-TIME  DETECTOR  AND 8IZER  FOR SUBMICRON
 AIRBORNE PARTICIPATE MATTER
 SUBMITTED  TO RSI,  2« PP'.f  1975

 NATUSCH, D. 6.  S,, AND J.  R.  WALLACE
 DETERMINATION  OF AIRBORNE  PARTICLE SHE  DISTRIBUTIONS I CALCULA.
 TION OF CROSS-SENSITIVITY  AND DISCRETENESS  EFFECTS IN CASCADE
 IMPACTION
 ATMOS.  ENVIRON.. 10, PP. 315. 3ga,  1976

 NEWTON, G. J.,  0,  G, RAABE, AND  B'. V,  MOKLER
 CASCADE IMPACTOR DESIGN  AND PERFORMANCE
 j.  AEROSOL sci., e, PP.  339-s«7.  1977

 NOL.L, K. E.
 A ROTARY INERTIAL  IMPACTOR FOR SAMPLING  GIANT PARTICLES IN THE
 ATMOSPHERE
 ATMOS. ENVIRON., «, PP,  9*19, 1970

 NOLL, K. E.. AND M. J. PILAT
 INERTIAL IMPACTION OF PARTICLES UPON RECTANGULAR BODIES
 J.  OF COLL. AND INTER. SCI., 33  C2), PP. 197-207, 1970

 PARKER, G. w.,  AND H, BUCHHOLZ
 SIZE CLASSIFICATION OF SUBMICRON PARTICLES  BY A IOW«PR£SSURE
 CASCADE IMPACTOR
 ORNL-4326, 6« PP.,  1968

 PARKER, R.
 CALIBRATION OF FINE PARTICIPATE SIZING DEVICES
 AIR POLLUTION TECHNOLOGY, INC., 1976
 EPA-600/2-76-116      PR 352 656
       J. H*., AND R. H, PERRY
ENGINEERING MANUAL! A PRACTICAL REFERENCE OF DATA & METHODS IN
ARCH., CHEM., CIVIL, ELEC.,MECH.f & NUCLEAR ENGINEERING
MCGRAW-HILL ROOK CO., INC., NEW YORK, N.Y'., PP. 60-63,

PICH, J.
A NOTE ON THE DIFFUSIVE DEPOSITION OF AEROSOLS ON A
CYLINDER
AEROSOL SCI., 1, PP. 17-19, 1970
                         251

-------
 PTCKNETT,  R.  G.

 A MEW METHOD  OF DETERMINING AEROSOL SIZE DISTRIBUTIONS EROM
 MULTISTAGE SAMPLER DATA
 AEROSOL SCI.f  3,  PP.  185-198.  197?

 PILAT,  M.  j'.

 SU8MJCRON  PARTICLE SAMPLING WITH CASCADE IMPACTOR
 fefeTM ANNUAL MEETING,  APCA,  CHICAGO, ILL. 1973.  PAPER 73-28U

 PILAT,  M.  j;f  0.  s. ENSOR.  AND j.  c'.  BOSCH
 CASCADE IMPACTOR  FOR  SIZING PARTICIPATES IN  EMISSION SOURCES
 AMER.  TWO.  MYG. ASSOC.  J.,  3£  (8).  pp'.  508-511,  1971

 PILAT,  M.  J.,  |v.  S. ENSOR,  AND J.  c'.  BOSCH
 SOURCE  TEST CASCADE IMPACTOR
 ATMOS.  ENVIRON..  «, PR,  671-679.  1970


 P1LAT,  M.  J.,  G.  Mt FIORETTI,  AND  E.  ft.  POWELL
 SIZING  OF  0.02-20  MICRON DIAMETER  PARTICLES  EMITTED  FROM  COAL
 FIRED POWER BOILER WITH  CASCADE  IMPACTORS
 PAPER PRESENTED APCA-PNWIS  MEETING, VANCOUVER.  B.  C.,  1975
         j. M., R.  i. MITCHELL,  AND  R'.  E.  THOMAS
THE CASCADE IMPACTOR FOR PARTICLE-SIZE  ANALYSIS OF  AEROSOLS
42MD ANNUAL MEETING CHEM. SPEC.  MANUF!  ASSOC., INC.,  NEW  YORK
N. V,,  1955

PQLLAK, L. W.. T, C. n*cONNOR, AND A. L, METNIEKS
ON THE  DETERMINATION OF THE DIFFUSION COEFFICIENT OF
HETEROGENEOUS AEROSOLS BY THE DYNAMIC METHOD
GEOFISICA PURA E APPLICATA, 3«,  PP.  183-190,  1975
         H.
INFLUENCE OF REFRACTIVE INDEX ON THE ACCURACY OF SIZE DETERMINA-
TION OF AEROSOL PARTICLES *ITH LIGHT-SCATTERING AEROSOL COUNTERS
APPLIED OPTICS. 8 (1). PP. 165-169. 1969

RAGLAND, J. w'., K; M, CUSHING. J, D'. MCCAIN, AND W. B. SMITH
HP-25 PROGRAMMABLE POCKET CALCULATOR APPLIED TO AIR POLLUTION
MEASUREMENT STUDIESJ STATIONARY SOURCES
SOUTHERN RESEARCH INSTITUTE, EPA, RESEARCH TRIANQLI PARK.
N. C., 1977. 127 PP.
EPA-600/7-77-058

RAGI.AND, J. W., K. M. CUSHING, J, 0. MCCAIN, AND *, B. SMITH
HP- 65 PROGRAMMABLE POCKET CALCULATOR APPLIED TO AIR POLLUTION
MEASUREMENT STUOXESI -.STATIONARY SOURCES
SOUTHERN RESEARCH INSTITUTE, EPA, RESEARCH TRIANGLE PARK.
N. C., 1976*. 122 PP.
EPA-600/8-76-002


                         252

-------
 RANZ, n. F.
 PRINCIPLES OF JNERTTAL IMPACTJONi A SURVEY OF INFORMATION
 APPLICABLE TO AN ANALYSIS OF MIST AND OUST COLLECTORS
 U.S. PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE, «5 PP., 1956

 RANZ, w. F..  AND J. B. WONG
 IMPACTION OF  DUST AND SMOKE PARTICLES ON SURFACE AND BODY
 COLLECTORS
 INO. AND EMC. CHEM,,  -«4 (6), Pp; 1371.1381, 195?
       w,  £,,  AND J, 8. WONG
 JET IMPACTORS FOR DETERMINING THE PARTICLE-SIZE DISTRIBUTIONS
 OF AEROSOLS
 IND.  HYG. & OCCUP. MED..  PP. 46«-477,  1953

 RAO,  A.  K.
 AM EXPERIMENTAL  STUDY OF  IWERTJAL IMPACTORS
 DISSERTATION,  UNIV, OF MINNESOTA, 197«5,  194 PP.
 RAO,  A,  K.,  AND  K.  T,
 NONIDEAL  COLLECTION CHARACTERISTICS  OF  SINGLE  STAGE AND
 CASCADE  IMPACTpRS
 AMER.  IND. HYG.  ASSOCl  J« ,  38,  Pp'.  17««I79,  19?7

 RATH,  R.,  AND  D. POHL
 PARTICLE  SIZE  DETERMINATION  WITH  THE  PARTICLE  COUNTER
 8TAUB  REINHALTUNG DER LUFT,  (ENGLISH*.  34  CO),
 PP. 10-8-114,  !97«

 ROBTRDS,  D.  W.,  W.  M. FARMER, AND A*.  E.  LENNERT
 INTERFEROMETRIC  INSTRUMENTATION FOR PARTICLE SIZE  ANALYSIS
 ARNOLD RESEARCH  ORGANIZATION, INC., EPA. WASHINGTON, o.  c.
 1974,  56  PP.
 EPA«650/2-73*03«      PR 240 584
SCHOTT, J. H., AND W. E'.
JET-CONE IMPACTORS AS AEROSOL PARTICLE SEPARATORS
J. OF ENVIRON. SCI. & TECH., 10  (13), RP, 1250-1256,  1976

SCHUSTER, B., AND R. KNOLLENBERG
DETECTION AND SIZING OF SMALL PARTICLES IN AN OPEN CAVITY
SAS LASER
APPL. OPT., 11 (7), PP. 1515-1520, 1972
        8, A.

AN EVALUATION OF A .HIGH-VOLUME pASCADE PARTICLE IMpAeTOR SYSTEM
2ND JOINT CONF. SENSING ENVIRON. POLLUT,, WASHINGTON. D.C.
PP. 109-115,  1973                         .    • •  •   » *.u.
                         253

-------
    .  G.  J.
 STATE OF THF  ART*  1971  INSTRUMENTATION FOR MEASUREMENT OF
 PARTICIPATE  EMISSIONS  FROM COMBUSTION SOURCES.  VOLUME  ni
 THERMO. SYSTEMS,  INC.,  EPA, RESEARCH  TRIANGLE  PARK,  N.  c.
 1972, 850/2-7«-102      PB 2aO  670
SMITH, w. B., K, M, CUSHING, AND J, D'. MCCAIN
PROCEDURES MANUAL FOR ELECTROSTATIC PRECIPITATOR EVALUATION
SOUTHERN RESEARCH INSTITUTE, EPA, RESEARCH TRIANGLE PARK,
N. C., 1977. 430 PP.
EPA«feOO/7"77«059
                         254

-------
SONKJN, t. S.
A MODIFIED CASCADE  I^PACTORi  A DPVJC'E FOR  SAMPLING  AND  SIZING
AEROSOLS OF PARTICLES BF.LOW ONE MTCRHN  IN  DIAMETER
J. OF  IND. HYR. & TOXICOLOGY* 2fl  (6), PP.  269»;?72,
SODLE, B. w.
CONCERNING THE CALIBRATION CONSTANTS OF CASCADE  IMPACTS.
SPECIAL REFERENCE TO THE CASEILA MK'. 2
AEROSOL SCI., ?. PP. 1-ta. 1071
SPERTELL, R. «„, AND H»
AIRBORNE DENSITY OF FERRIC OXIDE AGGREGATE HICROSPHERES
      INC. HVB. ASSOC. J., PP. 73^.740,  i«?71
8PROULL. K. T.
EFFECT OF OUST CONCENTRATION UPON THE CASHFLOW CAPACITY
OF A CYCLONIC COLLECTOR
J. OF APCA, 16 (8),  PP'. 439»44t*
STAIRMAND, C. J.
THE DESIGN AND PERFORMANCE OF CYCLONE SEPARATORS
INST, OF CHEM. ENG,, 39, PP. 356«-383, 1951

STAIRMAND, C. J.
PRESSURE DROP IN CYCLONE SEPARATORS
ENGINEERING, 168, PP.
STF.NHOUSE. J. 1. T., AND P. J. LLOYD
SAMPLING ERRORS DUE TO INERTIAL CLASSIFICATION
65TH ANNUAL MEETING AICHE, N^W YORK, N. Y.,  19?a, PAPER 30
STERN, S, C'., H. W. ZELLER, AND A, I. SCHEKMAN
COLLECTION EFFICIENCY OF JET IMPACTORS AT REDUCED PRESSURES
UEC FUNDAMENTALS* 1 <«> » PP. ' Zt5«S«4. 1962

SUNDELOF, L. 0.
ON THE ACCURATE CALCULATION OF PARTICLE'DISTRIBUTIONS  IN
AEROSOLS FROM IMPACHON DATA
STAUR REINHALTUNG DEP LUF'T, IN ENGLISH, 27  (8),
PP. 22«?8, 1967

SVAROVSKY, L., AND J, SVAROVSKA
A NEW ANALOGUE DATA ANALYSER FOR PARTICLE SIZE DISTRIBUTION
MEASUREMENTS IN A DISC CENTRIFUGE
J. PHYSICS E» SCI. INSTR. 9, PP. 959-962* 1976
                         255

-------
S*APTZ, 0. R., M, B. OENTON AMH J. L. MOVERS
ON CALIBRATING OF CASCADE IMPACTORS
AMER. TWO. HVG ASSOC. j'.f PP. a29-«39. 1973

VAN OSDFLt , n. (COMPILER)
PROCEEDINGS! SEMINAR ON IN. STACK PARTICLE SIZING FOR PARTICIPATE
CONTROL DEVICE EVALUATION
RESEARCH TRIANGLE INST,. EPA, RESEARCH TRIANGLE PARK, N. C.
1975, PP. 135-142
EPA-6QO/2-77-060
        K. T., AND 8. Y. H. LIU
GENERATION OF COUNTABLE PULSES BY HIGH CONCENTRATIONS OF SUB-
COUNTABLE SIZE PARTICLES IN THE SENSING VOLUME OF OPTICAL
COUNTERS
J*. OF COLL. AND INTER. SCI.. 25, PP. 537-546, 1967
        K. T., AND R. A. VQMELA
RESPONSE OF SINGLE PARTICLE OPTICAL COUNTERS TO NONIDEAL
PARTICLES
ENVIRON. SCI. & TECH.. 1 (10). PP'. 801-614, 1967

WHITBY, K'. T., AND W. E. CLARK
ELECTRIC AEROSOL PARTICLE COUNTING AND SIZE DISTRIBUTION
MEASURING SYSTEM FOR THE o.ois TO i MICRON SIZE RANGE
TELLUS, 10, PP, S73«586, 1966

WILLEKE, K.
PERFORMANCE OF THE SLOTTED IMPACTOR
1<5TH AMER^ IND. HYG. CONF., MINNEAPOLIS. MINN., PARTICLE
TECH. LAB. PUB. 2*10, 32 PP,, 1965
         K.
PERFORMANCE OF THf SLOTTED IMPACTOR
AMER, INO. HYG, ASSOC. J,, 16 (9), 683-691, 1975
WILLEKE, K.,  AND B, Y. H, LIU
SINGLE PARTICLE OPTICAL COUNTERl PRINCIPLE AND APPLICATION
1975SYMP. ON  FINE PARTICLES,  MINNEAPOLIS, MAY 28*30, 1975
FINE PARTICLES! AEROSOL GENERATION, MEASUREMENT, SAMPLING
AND ANALYSIS, PP, 698*729, 1976
         K,. AND j, j. MCFETERS
THE INFLUENCE OF FLOW ENTRY AND COLLECTING SURFACE ON THE
IMPACTION EFFICIENCY OF JNERTIAL IMPACTORS
J. OF COLL. AMD INTER. sci,» 53 CD. PP. 121*127, 1975
                         256

-------
       WILLIAMS, 1., AND A. R, MEDLEY
       THE CHOICE, DESIGN AND PERFORMANCE OF A MULT ICHANNF,L AEROSOL
       PARTICLE COUNTER
       AEROSOL sci.. 3. PP. 363-375, 597?

       WINKLER, P.
       RELATIVE HUMIDITY AND ADHESION OF ATMOSPHERIC PARTICLES TO
       PLATES OF IMPACTORS
       AEROSOL SCI., 5. PP. 235«2ao, 197*

       WITTEf A. R., AND 0. E, HAFLINSER
       APPLICATION OF HOLOGRAPHIC METHODS TO THE MEASUREMENT OF
       FLAMES AND PARTICULATE, VOL. i
       TRW SYSTEMS GROUP, EPA, RESEARCH TRIANGLE PARK, N. C,
       197«, 69 PP.
       EPA.650/2*7«»03«A     PB 536 580

       YAMAMOTO, 6., AND M. TANAKA
       DETERMINATION OF AEROSOL SIZE DISTRIBUTION FROM SPECTRAL
       ATTENUATION MEASUREMENTS
       APPL. OPT. fl C2)i PP. «a7«a53»
       YUU, S«, AND K. 1 1 NO Y A
       SEPARATION MECHANISM OF ROUND»NOZZLI CASCADE IMPACTOR«EFFECT
       OF CLEARANCE
       KAGOKU K06AKU (IN JAPANESE), 3«. PP*. «27*«12, 1970
       ZEBEL, (3., AND D. HOCHRAINER
       MEASUREMENT OF SIZE DISTRIBUTION OF FINE DUST WITH THE AID OF
       AN IMPROVED SPECTRAL IMPACTOR
       STAUB REINHALTUN6 OER LUFT, IN ENGLISH. 32 (3)
       PP. 6-H, 1972

       ZINKY» W. R.
       A NEW TOOL FOR AIR POLLUTION CONTROL* THE AEROSOL PARTICLE
       COUNTER
       J. OF APGA, 12 C12), PP. S78-S80, 1962
6.  OPACITY
       AVETTA,  E.  D.
       IN-STACK TRANSMISSOMETER EVALUATION AND APPLICATION TO
       PARTICULATE OPACITY MEASUREMENT
                             P§ 243 402
                                257

-------
BEUTNER, H, P.
MEASUREMENT OF OPACITY AND PARTICIPATE EMISSIONS WJTH AN
QN-STACK TRAN8MISSOMETER
J. 'OF APCA, ?>J (9), PP, 865-871. 1974


COLLINS, K. £., AMD 0. J. STEELE
HIGH. SENSITIVITY RECORDING OPTICAL DENSITY METER
J. SCI. INSTR'., 38, PP, 186»190, 1961
        «. n.
            OF THE OPACITY AND MASS CONCENTRATION OF
PARTICIPATE EMISSIONS 8Y TRANSMISSOMETRY
EPA. RESEARCH TRIANGLE PARK, N. c., 1974. 39 PP.
EPA-650/2-74-128      PB 241 251

DOBBINS, R. A.. AND G". S. JIZMAGIAN
OPTICAL SCATTERING CROSS SECTIONS FOR POlYDlSPERSIONS OF
DIELECTRIC SPHERES
J. OPT. SOC. AMER., 56 (135, PP. 1345-1350, 1966

ENSOR, D. S.
PLUME OPACITY MEASUREMENT
U.S.-U.S.S,R. WORKING GRP, STATIONARY SOURCE AIR POLLUTION
CONTROL TECH. SYMP, SAN FRANCISCO, 1974, MR17«»PA«1H2
ENSOR, D. S.. AND M. J,
CALCULATION OF SMOKE f»LUME OPACITY FROM PARTICULATE AIR
POLLUTANT PROPERTIES
Jr. OF APCA, 21 (8), PP, 496»50l. 1971
ENSOR, D, S*., AND M. J,
THE EFFECT OF PARTICLE SIZE DISTRIBUTION ON LIGHT TRANSMlTTANCF.
MEASUREMENT
AMER. i NO'. HYG. ASSOC. J,, 32, PP. 287-292, 1971

ENSOR, D. Si. L. D, SEVAN, AND 6, MARKQW8KI
APPLICATION OF NEPHELOMfTTRY TO THE MONITORING OF AIR POLLUTION
SOURCES
67TH ANNUAL MEETING, APCA, DENVER, COLO., 1970, PAPER 7«-iio

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
EPA REQUIREMENTS FOR SUBMITTAL OF IMPLEMENTATION PLANS,
STANDARDS FOR NEW STATIONARY SOURCES
FEDERAL REGISTER, «0 (194), PP. 46240»46271. 197S
                         258

-------
HERMANN, J,( AMD H. J.
THE INFLUENCE OF ' PARTICLE' SIZE  IN EXTINCTION  MEASUREMENTS
STAUB REINHALTUNG OER LU^T,  TN  ENGLISH. 34, PP,  123-129
1974

HINKLEY, E. o.f R. T..KU, K. w. NILL, AND j.  r,  BUTLER
LONG-PATH MONJTORINGI ADVANCED  INSTRUMENTATION WITH  A
TUNABLE DIODE LASER
APPL. OPT..J5 (7). PP'.  1653»J.655»
HOOD, K. T.
OPACITY AND PARTICULATE EMISSION RELATIONSHIPS FOR PULP MILLS
NATIONAL COLINC* OF THE PAPER IND, FOR AIR AND STREAM
IMPROVEMENT. INC, i 1976

KRAUSt F. J.
THE  INFLUENCE OF FORWARD SCATTERING ON MEASUREMENTS OF THE
DEGREE OF TRANSMISSION OF AEROSOLS
STAUB REINHALTUNG DERLUFT, IN ENGLISH, 33  (9), PP, 3«l-345,
1973

LAMBIE, R.
IMPROVED SMOKE DENSITY RECORDER
J. OF SCI*. INSTR. 37, PP. 174M4.6/ I960

LARSEN. S., D. S, ENSOR, AND M, j', PILAT
RELATIONSHIP OF PLUME OPACITY TO THE PROPERTIES OF PARTICULATES
EMITTED FPOM KRAFT RECOVERY FURNACES
TAPPt, 55 (1), PP. 88-92, 1972

LITTLEWOOD, A.
MEASUREMENT OF THE OPTICAL DENSITY OF SMOKE IN A CHIMNEY
J. OF SCl'. INSTR. 33, PP. a95"499. 1956

MASON, R. D.
EVALUATING PARTICULATF EMISSIONS PROBLEMS THROUGH OPACITY
MONITORING
LEAR SIEGLER,  INC., 20 PP., 1970

MCRANIE, R. D.
EVALUATION OF  SAMPLE CONDITIONERS & CONTINUOUS STACK MONjTORS
FOR MEASUREMENT OF SULFUR DIOXIDE, NITROGEN OXIDES AND OPACITY
SOUTHERN COMPANY SERVICES. INC., 259 PP.* 1975

NADER, J. 8,
CURRENT TECHNOLOGY FOR CONTINUOUS MONITORING OF PARTICULATE
EMISSIONS
J. OF APCA, 25 (81, PP, 814-821. 1975
                          259

-------
       NADER,  J.  S.,  F. JAYE.  AND W. CONNER
       PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCE MONITORING
       SYSTEMS FOR GASES AND VISIBLE EMISSIONS
       NATIONAL ENVIRON. RES.  CTR,  EPA.  RESEARCH TRIANGLE PARK,  N.£.
       1974.  73 PP.
       EPA.650/2-74-013      PB 230 934

       PILAT,  M.  j.
       PLUME  OPACITY  RELATED TO PARTICLE PROPERTIES
       APCA-PNWIS MEETING,  NOV>
       PILAT,  M,  J. f  AND D.  S,  ENSOR
       PLUME OPACITY  AND PARTICIPATE M*SS CONCENTRATION
       ATMOS ENVIRON.,  4,  PP.  !63*173,  1970

       PEISMAN.  E., W.  D.  SER8ER,  AND N.  D*. POTTER
       IN. STACK  TRANSMISSOMETER MEASUREMENT OF PARTICULATE OPACITY
       AND MASS  CONCENTRATIONS
       PHILCO-FORD CORP.,  EPA,  RESEARCH TRIANGLE PARK,  N.C.,
       US PP.
                 7fl»120      PB 239
       SCHNEIDER,  W.  A.
       OPACITY MONITORING OF STACK EMISSIONS!  A DESIGN TOOL
       WITH PROMISING RESULTS
       GENERATION  PLANBOOK,  3 PP., 197«

       VINCENT,  J. M.
       EVALUATION  OF  A LIGHT TRANSMISSION TECHNIQUE FOR TESTING A
       TWO-STAGE ELECTROSTATIC DUST PRECIPITATOR
       J.  OF PHY.  Df  APPL. PHYS.  4, PP. lft3S»i8«l,  1971

       WOLF, P.  C.
       CONTINUOUS  ACROSS-THE-STACK MEASUREMENT
       ENVIRON.  SCI.  & TECH., 9 C3),  PP.  221-225,  1975
7.   ANALYTICAL TECHNIQUES
       CAHILL,  T.  A.
       CASCADE  JMPACTQR DATA FOR ELEMENTAL ANALYSIS
       SEMINAR-IN.STACK PARTICLE SIZING FOR PARTICULATE CONTROL
       DEVICE IVAL.,  EPA,  RESEARCH TRIANGLE PARK,  N,C.  197B,  PP.
                                260

-------
 CAHILL,  T.  A.,  L.  L.  ASHRAUGH,  J.  B.  BARONF,  R.  A.
 p.  J.  FEENEY,  AND  G.  W,  WOLFF
 ANALYSIS  OF  RFSPIRAHLE FRACTIONS  IN  ATMOSPHERIC  PARTICIPATES
 VIA  SEQUENTIAL  FILTRATION
 J.  OF  APCA,  11  (7), PPf  675-678.  1977


 HULETT,  L.  D.,  J.  M.  DALE,  J, F.  EMERY,  W*.  S,  LYON,  JR.,  AND
 W
 TF-CHNIQUES FOR  CHARACTERIZATION!  OF  PARTICULAR  MATTER!  NEUTRON
 ACTIVATION ANALYSTS,  X-RAY  PMOTOELECTRON  8PECTROSCOPY,  SCANNING
 ELECTRON MICROSCOPY
 WORKSHOP. SAMPLING, ANALYSIS,  AND  MONITORING  or  STACK
 EMISSIONS, fPRl SR-ttt. DALLAS, TEXAS,  1975.  PP. 241-256
       R. B., D. W, NEUENDORF,  AND K. J.  YOST
TRACE METAL SAMPLES COLLECTED  IN THI FRONT  AND BACK HALVES
OF THE EPA STACK SAMPLING TRAIN
J. OF APCA, 25  (10), PP'. 1058MOS9,  1975

JAKLEVIC, J. M., AND R. L. WALTER
COMPARISON OF MINIMUM DETECTABLE LIMITS AMONG X.RAY SPECTROMETERS
X-RAY FLUORESC. ANAL. ENVIRON.  SAMPLES, PP. 68*75, 1977

JENSEN, B., AND J. w. NELSON
NOVEL AEROSOL SAMPLING APPARATUS FOR ELEMENTAL ANALYSIS
PROC. 2ND INTERNS CONF* "NUCLEAR METHODS  IN ENVIRONMENTAL
RESEARCH", U. OF MISSOURI-COLUMBIA,  1974

MAHAR, H,
EVALUATION OF SELECTED METHODS FOR CHEMICAL AND BIOLOGICAL
TESTING OF INDUSTRIAL PARTICIPATE EMISSIONS
MITRE CORP., EPA, RESEARCH TRIANGLE PARK, N.C., 1975, sa PP.
EPA-600/2-76-137      PR 257 912

ROBERTS,  N. J.
AEROSOL TRACE ELEMENT ANALYSIS USING NEUTRON ACTIVATION AND
X-RAY FLUORESCENCE
LAWRENCE  LIVERMORE LAB., U.S. AEC,  135 PP., 197«

SOWINSKI, E'. J., AND I. H.  SUFFETT
AN EXPERIMENTAL LABORATORY  SYSTEM TO EVALUATE THE INDUSTRIAL
FATE OF TOXIC VOLATILE INORGANIC HYDRIDES
AMER. IND. HYG. ASSOC'. J.,  38, PP*.  351-357, 1977
                         261

-------
fl,  CONTROL DEVICE EVALUATION.FIELD TESTS
       BOSCH,  J,  C.f  M.  J. PILAT,  AMD B, F. HRUTFIORO
       SIZF DISTRIBUTION OF AEROSOLS FROM A KRAFT Mitt, RECOVERY
       FURNACE
       TAPPI,  5H  HI),  PP. 1871-1875, 1971

       BRADWAY,  R,  M,,  AND R.  W,  CASS
       FRACTIONAL EFFICIENCY OF A  UTILITY BOILER BAGHOUSEl
       NUCLA GENERATING  PLANT
       GCA  CORP,  EPA.  RESEARCH TRIANGLE PARK*  N, C.,  1975, 148 PP,
                 75«031A     P8
       BRADY,  J.  D.^ F.  N.  HILL,  AND K,  M,  GRAVES
       USE  OF  INFRTIAL  IMPACTOR  DATA TO  SELECT AIR POLLUTION CONTROL
       EQUIPMENT
       70TH ANNUAL  MEETING,  APCA,  TORONTO,  1977,  PAPER 77-42.4

       BROOKS,  D.  A.
       MEASUREMENT  AND  CHARACTERIZATION  OF  PARTICLES IN WET SCRUBBING
       PROCESS  FOR  SOX  CONTROL
       TRW  SYSTEMS  GROUP, IPA, WASHINGTON, -pi  C.. 1975, 125 PP.
       EPA«650/2-73-024       PB
       BROWN,  R.  F.
       PARTICULATE COLLECTION  STUDY,  EPA/TVA  FULL-SCALE  DRY  LIMESTONE
       INJECTION  TESTS
       COTTRELL ENVIRON,  SYSTEMS,  INC.,  EPA,  RESEARCH  TRIANGLE  PARK
       N.C.,  1974, 197  PP.   .
       EPA-65Q/2-74.053 PB   260  586

       BURNS,  E.  A.
       INSTRUMENTAL  ANALYSES FOR  WET  SCRUBBING  PROCESSES
       TRW  SYSTEMS GROUP  FOR NAT'L  ENVIRON'. RES,  CENTER, 1974
       EPA-650/2-7U.064     PR 240 616

       BYFRS,  R.  L.
       PROCEEDINGS. SEMINAR!  IN.STACK  PARTICLE SIZING FOR PARTICULATf
       CONTROL DEVICE EVALUATION
       EPA, RESEARCH TRIANGLE  PARK, N. c'.,  1975,  PP, 135-147
       EPA.600/2-77i»060
                                262

-------
 C.ALVFRT,  s.,  AND  s,  YUNG
 EVALUATION  OF  ELECTROSTATIC  SCRUBBER
 A.P.T.,  INC.,  EPA. RESEARCH  TRIANGLE  PARK.  N.C..  1975
         S,, C.  JHAVERI.  AND  S.  YUNG
 FINE  PARTICLE SCRUBBER  PERFORMANCE  TESTS
 A>.T.,  IMC.. EPA,  RESEARCH TRIAN6LF PARK,  N.  C'.,  1974,
 269 PP.
 EPA«650/2»74»093      P8  240  325

 CARP, R., w, PIULLE,  AND" j, 'P. GOOCH
 FABRIC FILTER AND ELECTROSTATIC  PPf CIPXTATORf  FINE PARTICLE
 EMISSION COMPARISON
 ELECTRIC POW£R RESEARCH  INST., AMERICAN PO^ER  CONF,f
 CHICAGO, ILL.. 1977,  39  PP.

 CASS, R. W., AND J, V.  LANGLEY
•FRACTIONAL EFFICIENCY OF  A STEEL MjLU 8AGHOUSE
 GCA CORP., EPA
 EPA

 CASS, R. W., AND R. M.  8RADWAY
 FRACTIONAL EFFICIENCY OF  A UTILITY BOILER BAGHOUSEt SUN8URY
 STEAM-ELECTRIC STATION
 CCA/TECH,, EPA, RESEARCH  TRIANGLE PARK, N.C,,  1976, 2^*4 PP.
 EPA-600/2-76-077A     P8  253  945
COOPER, 0. W.
DYNACTOR SCRUBBER EVALUATION
GCA CORP. FOR NATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH CENTER,   1975
116 PP.
                      PB 2«3 365
DENNIS, R., AND J. WILDER
FABRIC FILTER CLEANING STUDIES
GCA/TECH,, EPA, RESEARCH TRIANGLE PARK, N. c,, 1975, «3» PP.
EPA-650/2-75-009      PB 240 372

OISMUKES, E. G.
CONDITIONING OF FLY ASH WITH SULFUR TRfOXIOE AND AMMQNIA
SOUTHERN RESEARCH INSTITUTE, EPA, RESEARCH TRIANGLE PARK, N.C
1975,  169 PP.
EPA«600/2-7S«OlS      PB 247 231

ENSOR, D, S.
FIELD  EXPERIENCE WITH CASCADE IMPACTORSl  QUALITY CONTROL OF
TEST RESULTS
SEMINAR, IN-STACK PARTICLE SUING FOR FARTICULATE CONTROL
DEVICE FVAL., EPA. RESEARCH TRIANGLE PARK, N.C. 1975, PP. 118-lSfl
                         263

-------
EH50R, D. S., H. S, JACKSON, S. CA|,VERT, C, LAKF,
n. v. wALtON, R. E. NTLAN, *. s. CAMPBELL, AMD T. A. CAHRI
EVALUATION OF A PARTICULAR SCRUBBER ON A COAL-FIRED UTILITY
BOILER
METEROLtiGY RES, IMC., EPA, RESEARCH TRIANGLE PARK, N.C.
1075
EPA»600/2-75-074      PB 249 56?


ENSOR, D. s'.. H. G, HOOPER, AND R, W, SCHECK
DETERMINATION OF THE FRACT, EFFIC., OPACITY CHARACTERISTICS,
ENG. ft ECON. ASPECTS OF FABRIC FILTER OPERATING ON UTILITY BOILE'
METEOROLOGY RESEARCH, INC., EPRI, PALO ALTO, CALIF
1176, 2?0 PP.
     N, G. J.. R. S. SERENIUS, AND A, D. MCINTYRE
MEASUREMENT AND CHARACTERIZATION OF RECOVERY FURNACE
PARTICULATES.  A STATUS REPORT
PULP AND PAPER MAGAZINE OF CANADA, 74 (12), PP. 98«104, J07?

FPANCONERI, P'., AND L. KAPLAN
DETERMINATION AND EVALUATION OF STACK EMISSIONS FROM
MUNICIPAL INCINERATORS
J. OF APCA, 26 (9), PP. 8B7-888, 1976

ERASER, D. A.
THE COLLECTION OF SURMJCRON PARTICLES' BY' ELECTROSTATIC
PRECIPITATION
IND. HYG. QUARTE«LV, PP'. 75-79, 1956

HALL, R. R., AND R. DENNIS
MOBILE FABRIC FILTER SYSTEM DESIGN AND FIELD TEST RESULTS
CCA/TECHNOLOGY, EPA, RESEARCH TRIANGLE PARK,
N.C., 1975, 136 PP.
EPA-65G/2-75-059      PB 249 514

HESKETH, H. E.
AEROSOL CAPTURE EFFICIENCY IN SCRUBBERS
68TH ANNUAL MEETING, APCA, SOUTHERN ILLINOIS UNIVERSITY AT
CARBQNDALE, J975

JACKO, R. B.f D. W. NEUENDORF, AND F. VAURE
FACTIONAL COLLECTION EFEICIENCY OF ELECTROSTATIC PRECIPITATOR FOI
OPEM HEARTH FURNACE TRACE METAL EMISSIONS
ENVIRON. SCI. & TECH., 10 (105, PP, tQQ2»1005, 1976
                          264

-------
 JAMGOCHIAN.  E.  M..  M.  f. MILLER, AND R.  REALE

 ll*r,l^r«lION °F  CAT"OX HIGH EFFICIENCY  ELECTROSTATIC
 r " t|. C I r J T A T 0 R

 THE MITRE CORP.,  EPA,  RESEARCH TRIANGLE  PARK, N.C., 1*75
 1 U £ f*r g

 EPA-.600/2.75.037       PR 246 647


 JOHNSON,  L,  D.,  AND R'. M. STATNICK

                         L1°UID LEVFLS IN  ^FLUENT GASES FROM
 CONTROL  SYSTEMS LAB., EPA, 'RESEARCH  TRIANGLE PARK. N C .
 1974,  17 PP.                                       * *
 EPA-650/2-71.050      P8 233 7J9
 KUTYNA,  A,  G,
 COMPARISON  OF SOURCE PARTICULATF  EMISSION MEASUREMENT  METHODS
 FOP COMBINATION FUEL'FIRED BOILERS
 TECHNICAL BULLETIN 75. NATIONAL COUNCIL OF THE PAPER  INDUSTRY
 FOR AIR  AND STREAM IMPROVEMENT, INC., 1974,  35 PP.  .1'WL5TRT

 MCCAIN,  j.  D.
 EVALUATION  OF A REXNORD GRAVEL REP FILTER
     HE!^ ^?EARCH INSTITUTE,  EPA, RESEARCH TRIANGLE PARK. N.C
     , 53 PP *
          76*16«      P§ 255  095
 MCCAIN, J. D.
 EVALUATION OF ARQNETICS  TWO-PHASF JET SCRUBBER
 SOUTHERN RESEARCH INSTITUTE, EPA, 1974. 43 PP'
                      P8  239
MCCAIN, J. p.
EVALUATION OF CENTRIFIED SCRUBBER
SOUTHERN RESEARCH  INSTITUTE, EPA, RESEARCH  TRIANGLE PARK.
N.C., 1975
EPA-650/2-74.J29A     PR ga3 626
MCCAIN, J. 0..  AND  W. B'. SMITH
                           AIR CLEANING  SYSTEM EVALUATION
                            ;-,:  **w*.. ^.^^
EPA«650/2-7«-028      PR 232 «36

MCCAIN, j. D.,  j. P. GOOCH, AND w.  B,  SMITH
RESULTS OF FIELD MEASUREMENTS OF INDUSTRIAL PARTICIPATE SOURCES
AND ELECTROSTATIC PRECIPHATOR PERFORMANCE
J. OF APCA,  25  (2), PP. 117-121. 1975
                        265

-------
 MCKF.NNA,  j,
 APPLYING  FABRIC  FILTRATION TO COAL FIRED INDUSTRIAL ROTI FRS
 A  PILOT  SCALE INVESTIGATION                         '
 FNVIRO-SYSTEMS AND RESEARCH INC.,  EPA.  1975,  201 PP
 MCKENNA,  j.  D.
 APPLYING  FABRIC  FILTRATION TO  COAL  FIRED INDUSTRIAL BQJLfRS
 A  PRELIMINARY  PILOT  SCALE  INVESTIGATION
 ENVIRO-SYSTEMS  AND RESEARCH INC.,  NERD, 1974,  90 PP.
 EPA..65Q/2.7fl-058      PB  237 117

 NICHOLS,  G.  B.,  AND  J*.  D.  MCCAIN
 PARTJCULATE  COLLECTION  EFFICIENCY  MEASUREMENTS ON THREE
 ELECTROSTATIC  PRECIPIT ATORS
 SOUTHERN  RESEARCH INSTITUTE, EPA, 1975
 EPA«6QQ/2»75«056      PR  248 220

 PIt,AT,  M. J..  AND F.  MEYER
 UNIV. OP  WASH. ELECTROSTATIC SPRAY  SCRUBBER  EVALUATION
 UNIVERSITY. OF  WASHINGTON,  EPA,  RESEARCH TRIANGLE PARK, N'C.
 1976, 74  PP.
 EPA-60Q/2-76-100      P8 ESI 655
PILAT, M. j;f e. A, RAEMHILO. D. L, HARMON
TEST OF UNIVERSITY OF WASHINGTON ELECTROSTATIC  SCRUBBER  AT  AN
ELECTRIC ARC STEEL FURNACE
PROCEEOlNGS»SYMPj PARTICULATE COLLECTION PROBLEMS  USING  ELEC-
TROSTATIC PRECIP. IN METALLURGICAL INO., DENVER. 1977, 259  PP(
EPA-60Q/2-77-208

PILAT, M. J..
UNIV. OF WASH. ELECTROSTATIC SPRAY SCRUBBER EVALUATION
UNIV. OF WASHINGTON, EPA, RESEARCH TRIANGLE PARK,  N.C.
1976, 77 PP.                                     •••*'•
EPA-600/2-76-100      PB 252 653

PRAKASH, C, B.,  AND F. E. MURRAY
COLLECTION OF KRAFT MILL PARTICIPATES USING A CONDENSATION
MECHANISM
PULP & PAPER MAGAZINE OF CANADA, 7« (7), PP. 101-105, 1973

SCHWITZGEBEL, K,
DEVELOPMENT OF SAMPLING AND ANALYTICAL METHODS OF LIME/LIMESTONE
WET SCRUBBING TESTS
RADIAN CORP., EPA,  RESEARCH TRIANGLE PARK,  N.C,, 197*1, 7fe PR.
EPA»650/2«74«02r      PB 236
                         266

-------
 SEH>  G. J.
 SUBMICRON PARTICLE SIZE MEASUREMENT 0F STACK EMISSIONS Us IMP,
 THE ELECTRICAL  MOBILITY TECHNIQUE              i^iv.9 J5i b
 ELECTRJC POWER  RESEARCH IN$T.,  WORKSHOP-SAMPLING. ANALYSTS
 AND MONITORING  OF STACK EMISSIONS,  DALLAS.  TEX. 1975. 16 PP.

 SMITH,  W, 8.,  K.  M.  GUSHING,  AND J. D.I MCCAIN
 PROCEDURES MANUAL FOR ELECTROSTATIC PRECIPITATOR EVALUATION
 SOUTHERN RESEARCH INSTITUTE,  EPA, RESEARCH  TRIANGLE PARK.
 N.  C,,  1977,  430  PP.
 EPA-600/7-77-059

 SPENCER,  H.  u/.,  HI
 RAPPING REENTRAINMENT IN -A  NEARLY FULL SCALE PILOT
 ELECTROSTATIC PRECIPITATOR
 SOUTHERN  RESEARCH INSTITUTE.  EPA, RESEARCH  TRIANGLE  PARK.
 N.  C.,  1976.  178  PP.                                    "'
 EPA»600/?«76»140       PR 255  964

 SPROULL,  W. T.
 MINIMIZING RAPPING LOSS IN  PRECIPITATORS  AT  A  SODO-MEGAWATT
 COAL"FIRED POWER  STATION
 J.  OF APCA, 2?  (3)f PP. 181*186,
STEELE, R. D., G, C, PAGE, AND G. t, MEENAGHAN
             '
     «         OF HVGROSCOPIC PARTICULATES  IN AN ENTRAINED  WATER
ENVIRONMENT
J^. OF APCA, 25 C6), PP. 634-635, 1975

VINCENT, J. H.
EVALUATION OF A LIGHT TRANSMISSION TECHNIQUE FOR TESTING A
TWO.STAGE, ELECTROSTATIC DUST PRECIPITATOR
J. OF PHY. DI APPL. PHYS. 4, PP. 1835-1841, 1971
                         267

-------
                                 TECHNICAL REPORT DATA
                          (I lease read Instructions on the reverse before completing)
   EPA-600/7-78-043
 4. TITLE AND SUBTITLE
 Technical Manual: A Survey of Equipment and Methods
    for Particulate Sampling in Industrial Process
    Streams
                                                       3. RECIPIENT'S ACCESSION NO.
                              5. REPORT DATE
                               March 1978
                              6. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION CODE
 W.B. Smith,  P.R. Cavanaugh, andR.R. Wilson
                                                       8. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION REPORT NO.
  "bRFORMING ORGANIZATION NAME AND ADDRESS
 Southern Research Institute
 2000 Ninth Avenue, South
 Birmingham, Alabama 35205
                              10. PROGRAM ELEMENT NO.
                              EHE624
                              11. CONTRACT/GRANT NO.

                              68-02-2131,  T.D. 10904A
          JG AGENCY NAME AND ADDRESS
 EPA, Office of Research and Development
 Industrial Environmental Research Laboratory
 Research Triangle Park, NC 27711
                              13. TYPE OF REPORT AND PERIOD COVERED
                              Task Final; 2/77-1/78	
                              14. SPONSORING AGENCY CODE
                               EPA/600/13
                              project officer to D.Bruce Harris, Mail Drop 62,
   ABSTRACT rj,fre manuai jjgte ^ describes the instruments and techniques that are
 available for measuring the concentration or size distribution of particles suspended
 in process streams.  The standard, official, well established methods are described
 as well as some experimental methods and prototype instruments.  To the extent
 that the information could be found, an evaluation of the performance of each
 instrument is included. The manual describes instruments and procedures for
 measuring mass concentrations, opacity,  and particle size distribution. It also
 includes procedures for planning and implementing  tests for control device evalua-
 tion, a glossary, and an extensive bibliography.
                             KEY WORDS AND DOCUMENT ANALYSIS
                DESCRIPTORS
                                          b.IDENTIFIERS/OPEN ENDED TERMS
                                         c.  COSATI Field/Group
 Pollution
 Industrial Processes
 Dust Control
 Sampling
 Measuring
 Concentration
Opacity
Pollution Control
Stationary Sources
Particulates
13B
13H

14B

07D
13. DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT
 Unlimited
                                          19. SECURITY CLASS (This Report)
                                          Unclassified
                                         21. NO. OF PAGES
                                              280
                                          20. SECURITY CLASS (Thispage)
                                          Unclassified
                                                                  22. PRICE
EPA Form 2220-1 (9-73)-
                                        268

-------